it
GT
.
reLare pt
o #98. 08
'
a a
ne Ni; i uj "| i,
‘Hi Hil i) bit
ua
HSH TH
TAL ete
ri He Pa
Ota aint i TE ut hel
SENN Piteedae.
if: ae “iin Arlt silt fae ree nr ane
3 bres
! wit anna? Win! bbl bay nina ali init
shialial Hi ui wii Hitt i ! il ‘| i HH i
AM
ie ie
:
:
,
He i
: i ‘
|
.
: |
itt
ras
t¢
eee were
oer
Storie sl sabgaetiesgeeii ifni! iii° HHeyctiinae re
tase?
i : ee ttel?s tes spake Side ce
1 aed ETT pened i ‘alle preps tele sear sey FF
VETERINARY
STATE BOARD QUESTIONS
AND ANSWERS
Xev BY
V..G. KIMBALL, D.V.M.
i
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR, VETERINARY MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PHILADELPHIA AND LONDON
J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
CopyYRIGHT, 1914
BY J. B. LIPPINCOTT COMPANY
Electrotyped and Printed by J. B. Lippincott Company
The Washington ey Press, Philadelphia, U. S.A.
JUN 24 1914
©cla376452
Yr}.
PREFACE
BEING intimately associated with veterinary students, the author is
fully aware of the feelings of fear and mysticism with which they are
possessed when confronted with the ordeal of taking a State Board exam-
ination. Partly to dispel these fears, but more to provide a means of self-
quizzing, this work was undertaken.
A large number of State Board questions from ten of the more repre-
sentative eastern and a few of the middle and western States have been
sorted over. Those contained herein represent what was left after elim-
inating hundreds of duplicates. The few duplications which remain serve
to illustrate the close relationship of the various subjects to one another.
The overlapping and the necessary process of elimination resulted in the
abbreviation of some subjects, especially Sanitary Science, Pathology and
Zoodtechnies, to a considerable degree. Many topics, considered elsewhere,
might rightly have been inserted under these headings.
The author lays no claim to literary genius or bombastic propensities.
The aim has been to supply brief, accurate answers, and this has been
done many times at the expense of grammatical precision.
The extensive library of the Veterinary School of the University of
Pennsylvania, being at my disposal, has been thoroughly perused and the
highest authorities on the different phases of veterinary science have been
carefully consulted and compared. It would be impossible to make
acknowledgment to all in the space allotted.
To my colleagues, with whom it is a privilege to associate, and who have
endeared themselves by their valuable suggestions and advice, my heartfelt
thanks are due.
It is the author’s hope that this humble beginning will meet the
student’s demands for a means of self-interrogation in preparing for State
Board and Civil Service examinations. Incidentally, by reason of the
complete index, it may, in a measure, satisfy the need of a convenient, com-
plete, reliable reference book on veterinary science. To the end that
this may be accomplished, criticisms and suggestions will be cheerfully
received.
May, 1914. V. G. KimsBau.
aa
CONTENTS
PAGE
CHEMISTRY
IE OSESSIOT AC ROIS DI Pe 1 U8 (EOE oe OD 2
EMER RCRE fate rere aone (5s CRMC RRR pee Stated acy LIE a lias id ve ie klein ate mele or 13
EET a RIN S88 Uc Aa is Me ea UCT LY male Rr RO, Be 14
EI ATNT PERE SALEYI / SRO ig hs olf le Sa GP ly aed we bie Sle sip dip wreeruts 15
ree NUE a oi IRR ss ai and ARE ta, it i a 16
SELES GT A IRMA "Sy Ta a a aU i a ga aa aE a A an A 18
SEARS hap IRR SE A Tm Mag) ie Re Oe 19
A SRR: EE I RN SEER lances A Oa eR 20
eM RENN ON LAY." INES INGHE aty one Nie igs Weaen ees ehh ioc w L Wlctetnldce cae Gia kee @ 20
SUT LSS IRIS) CS SP Se ec el oe A a 23
PREINEMCTANTS AND ANTISEPTICS. 2.50000 Jclcs cae cecabscccccwebsleuwud 24
OT ESTES SE SR 8 SPS RO SA Si ns RN eg 9) 25
| STEEDS Las Nad Ai RSS 6 SRY ONSEN ROEM Nema eS Aaa: SUR RONON CORN TLC BES ee a 25
Sr 2 Ll SIN RI 0 Se TI AMR Rms ge ie) CARS Pe NT 27
LEE i i Gage I eS eR a9" Re EE AEA ey 2 SOAP ROPER STEAD ieee em 27
a PRE eh ARID REO TREADS To aN ene J ON AAR eo Ne CO 28
_ oe ee “os Me? MESS (6, 2a AO Pigey A at Csece gt 8 RC AEE” 28
ree ae VE OAT IC AREER Oa) sy daha s eteee wie v Ook He Side bg A dw 29
EES sr AI aI AAV ee UCU ah © Co a RE og 29
OE OER OS SEIMEI T Pa PP fe ea 0g 31
6 SOL 2 ean RRS SEPA: "3 he a Ne PRT ng) MS pe PAN ee a 31
oD STR RS 0 Ce ca eR, Bre bey ce AE 31
ReneS eve tet ee YL a! eye oN, aot Del ile eames 31
URTMLEER CC ht)", A ed Ot Soa Sa Lb aa: Cee dd Th ge Mi 31
oF DEDEDE PRD Ey a Yet 33
TET EE ke IMR oS SOSA SA Sg aes EA, SR ag Neate Te Peo 34
CRIME TSE MERAY 0 eae he his nee a gt Cb a Ti ks ee Sk 34
PEEUENTATION AND PUTREFACTION. 0.20500. 000600054 22 dalek luce 34
UL DERN E OO ss poll te CE AMSG AOE Re Cian ORI) GaSe Ree Re MOR UME APE ble am a 35
MEMREROUNEE NE SES: Fh ene Ene ge oot Leer NARS Gola Re PRC MY MURR 2 36
LDU) PTRETRA Ty CASINO WON Ey itena § ion! © Nae ee anna od. eee ie WR CRE Ve IP ee (A Ie 36
TET EER SIkS) Aig hie halted 1 ae Sigs SR re te Ae Rs i Sg Oe 36
PERE S Aon ene ek hi meh tOd a et. Ob he Oe ROE PA Lo 37
= ETE 0 Eh ey SN se Pan aa i Ao EEN ULE EU AS 19) Wa oe
Jn TEST TE Ses SA AEDES ASR OR eh LAE Re ee od a 38
EEE E ER RS "Shh pe St Teh SUN ae Dl AY ROM, Pag RR CP a 38
Roma RCAT, CO EIUNTESTEY, 4.05 nie oie oe knw Sadek ee Sa ad ee 40
PIPES OPLINVIRRTE ABS i 0 ee SS ed, a Ci ae GPS a EEA et EAB Re 41
TEE GO Be EEE CS ect 71k Bes a mr mae ate Ca Ae A eee BS A 41
TE aT as ane task VS le Fb aL ecg eB ek Ma Dae 41
“EES Ta a a td tel COs, SRD a StL GG Ondine fait cd Were ere 42
ANATOMY
EERE ESA) 26 EONS A PTE AS OL OO ee tere ated UN eee 2 44
os PETES ING ee 1k Gy ee dee ee eS ee RAS RUUD RS AEN became ee 3 |
LCS PE PTS iw 0a NE ASE OR et TS RL ee oO aene RE ne meee SU ie ee ee eC an
MP RES RIE GPC UCSES V0 WO PEECEAIS Nc SOs hei ch cd ok oh eh ov lic Sed or oad eetose) blonanite Sotelo « 62
LRTI aa Sa NEE A er gn ee PORES DEY a aa ee 71
PME TB LURE CPESECAINTS) on Mop te tin sk 0 al teats hand eA MeL UD Wart og FFE
LS TESTED PUTS Sak UU en 1S aA oe eR, Seca ea ROE ay eed ee EL Se 85
“TER CT UT a a cs ey Se ee 89
“SERS T TCO ee Te ON aR De a Rt RP a PI he Ro SR Lae ea oA 90
LER SeCEUSIN ES OASYS] ofa ht S07 0g oN pal sey a 93
Sane MED AGe ANDY SPOOR. eh! cl exci ne ot FeO alae alee she aan eyo dase 95
Rr eC REA ITI cbs oe Ris ek ere oe a Shee ph Sa ene Wek eo 96
APOC APHICAT, ANA TOMES ig os Nr fa St ye ag A ee RPE la be Bde d's 98
EET GI ECR AN UN AONE oo yore Cy osu Cec ge wiecec Oke AUR Niele Sel aye'e s 99
vi CONTENTS
PHYSIOLOGY
BLOOD 56 oe ORG Pew ca are Se 65 TRE oh cal en ne 106
PART. i IRE Ee a Cece Ed os SL aioe eC ea 109
BLOOD-VESSHUB. 6/538 ee A ih RS CA ae 110
VASCULAR GLANDS Eee oe sy ee Re Ue a en ee 112
PMB PURATION ON OOS Be Nr Mee 5 ER eae 113
DIGESTION ee bee Be Eee Oe SRR Oo aL OS er tee ee ns
ABSORPTION kG ee ed Oe lene oe OL MEAS ERS Aelia tt eee te 122
1-9 REE ahah de ADM re Cnn AMO A OE arg KERN es SNR A 123
(Gis 6 1 OEE eee et eRe Phaser ty GAM RORR TREMP IG COTS al R ite cae 125
IN aE ETON eT MPR a ne UT Sa RN Bye 126
PU SP 10 0.U OO & 1G eh eee nt ne Oe NR ROM UmiMMn TS UHI NT NR Unb hi ei EN 128
MUSCULAR (SYSTEM NS OS OR Ss er 130
NERVOUS (SYSTEM eh a Ran eo) ES On ee 131
SINGS Ns re Er MCE eth al 0 NN a Oe ae rr 136
EET SOOT oes os a ed ole ces a abcde lod ehcp aac ORAS ERE I eof Ee ce 138
GENERATION AND DEVELOPMENT: (22... 3. . USe ee ee eee 139
PATHOLOGY
HYPERTROPHY: AND (ATROPHIY 064). \) 0 sc ss as hte el eee et eee 143
PDWGRNERATIONB 2 soe ie oa oc see la este tas UR ee 143 -
DEN AMIMATIRON 5 500d SIG fe receialie ee ES ove Cee LG es ae ean a 144
"PERMOBS Oe i ON ERIS SOURS UA Se 145
BROOD es ee ee ae SRE EE ea ake WC Mcaatins Se rere 146
BONES: AND JOENTS. 0/69 SERA A Ae Ca OR 147
HBART AND) BEOOD-VESSELS). 2 20. oe Ae ee 148
RESPIRATORY ORGANS. 6 ok elo vd s bac Chee Ree ee ee eee 150
ABDOMINAT, (ORGANS i/o) is eo ee eee ak A RS a 152
GENITO-URINARY ORGANS. 06 oo oe Ot 153
NERVOUS SYSTEM) eG FO RS, Ae 155
MEU SORES A RUN Aes Ur ae mad ele 8” 2. | RN ee 155
ya UN Pre ea Snes IE ee 155
SIRTN Wen PU a ON. ee II oc 0 1 AR Rp Ra rr 156
ENEROTIOUS., DISHAGES Ef ol 0) AM sik I ee a 157
BACTERIOLOGY. 065.2382 6s de eS a 160
THEORY AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE
GENERAL AND DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS...........0.000cececereweees 165
Acutm GENERAL INFECTIOUS DISEASES............:.:..00+20+++45008 172
Crronrce Inrecrious DIsBASES: (oo. .).66. 6.0200 See eee 179
DISEASES OF BLOOD AND BLOOD-FORMING ORGANS..........-+0-eecee+ 182
DISHASES. OF (METABOLISM) 5008 Oo ok ee 183
DISEASES OF THE (URINARY) ORGANS: 000200 2800 eee 184
DISEASES. OF ‘THE ‘CIRCULATORY ORGANS): ...00.52... 00. bo eee ee 186
DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS.........-2202--0ccccecceeuee 188
DisnAsSES OF THE DickstTive ORGANS. W000 5.02. 8 a ee 191
DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM......::.....00c0cceuceeccreceeee 199
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF LOCOMOTION..............--20e+e sees 201
IDISHASHS OR (THE (SKE Eau Me KG Ue Oe aa Gut Pie 202
SURGERY
AV OUINDIS GUNES AN Ss iit AR A G0 0) ES DL Nae aR es ee 206
TONE AVENTIS RC as Ma ED oe C10 NAH SO Ga 209
Uncur, BIstULA AND) GANGRENE 02) 005 (000) a a ae ede 210
SE RGO RES eR AUR ON ENE Aa NES GCL cy 2 le ae ne 211
CON GRE NIBH Wo lid ee Ee Tt OSA Zi
PRRNTA) AND PRODAPRE (00M G0) 0) ay Sa RR AMG Oo Sth pd
HBOS He ete ae eS Rs A eR AUTH Sy SAR aa eg DAW:
OTN 6) ob che Ue ei te SOS INTL A PAIS Sina V0) 2 Aa 214
TENDONS VAND) “CENDON-SH BARR 0/0015 O04 0) OLR USSR SIP) lakes a 215
VET SCEES) ANID INR VIS! YO CUNO UT AR eC aCe Ae a 216
DISHABES) ‘OF (BEOOD-VESSEES U0 Oe te eC Ma ee TT He oa a 217
NOEL HAR VAN OU ROAD Si oe UE GB ee ah VE OT a Bat aes ia Ue a 217
EAD) ANID INEIGR lo no eece Re SAO eT dh Ok ge A a 223
Diswasis ‘Or: ‘te! THORAK ek RM 8 a tO NAS ANGE NEE aa aa Ai 228
CONTENTS Vil
peer aoe OW TE ARDOMEN 6 kis ks 's soa oe eee adc dwkdcceacecc. 229
RI AReruS OWN THM OU BINARY CHAGANS 0. so) cc Shc csc scmlc'cuac cau caueee 232
DISEASES OF THE GENERATIVE ORGANS............cccccccccucccccce 234
DISEASES OF THE SPINAL COLUMN AND PELVIS............ccccccccee 238
eee: COUP TEU AM OSERN) RUNNER 2 oo Bec. ec cc teattidin Gn e'h oo giclee Gebleibis dabee ate 239
PEL OAEY WENN EP UINDY SDRENEEE sak ccc elas ie we dale aia ulauie cud a elwelegs 245
MES AOE DP EI NSO tet es 0 8 esd os Waleieiaid Ua lada owed Wureckin ao ow de 250
Mertsops or RESTRAINT, CasTING, ETC.........0.0. 04 ccc ccc ceweneee 257
OBSTETRICS
8 8 SEI GOUT gg De SS I ee nD 48a? A Ea en a 259
SE EAE a ede 2 2A AP. 8 a a aioe NORCO Ge Oi 9 hal a Ne AR EO ed 264
LR ERTS ed RIB Se UR ly a aE a aU A 0 a a RO 269
ESET As ORR 09s Bi a A oa aE AREY TA OG ee ee aE ee SEN 276
Tc ee BS IRM Cs ooo ee a SOU Re A NM ns ce oe SE Rt 278
Diseases INCIDENT TO PREGNANCY AND LABOR...................--. 284
Ae se OM THE INI WoRORN ) i dsc. ds kice Coe dite Sa ea dln d ae weuhwes 294.
MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS
PMU TMNIME TORN s (LY EEUTEING ere snopes to od cc) Se ah Soe a lee cree eR eas 332
EMMTO REBT Y Hite th | Ace NER i252 Cu alee OCA Lie ronan 2ST bo 338
EUS CATT 70 RIG ot 9 SN Roh Od ta ROR ae SR A Re 341
UneRnER Mee CRTC, 5, Gey ee eek ees iS er te Eo ee ep 343
SANITARY SCIENCE—MEAT AND MILK HYGIENE
PRESEN INT ETA TION Soe closes 52s ew wo a chy mele hNtel eee dO ioe Gia ac eh ie 346
epee ROUGE DP RESTOARINS | reo) e.g kok aired thine Wik eg Siaee wae POOR oat we 347
PRIMERS ee ak Paty ea aioe eles eats aide ena EN Ic che Kale cee Eos 349
enEtPAnD WITAT TTY GERM 0)... Cos ok oe es ee Se abe 351
ES OEE ERI «> Sa OUSLY aR pel ACR APA oe Cane aN Bie 8 YD tee Hh alee 360
IER 6-55, l,''5. besa et civic) alain eid ORS BLL Tia tI MEMO in Siem b phoisibeneterae 367
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
CHEMISTRY
Distinguish between chemistry and physics.
Physics is the science of matter and energy. It deals with those
changes in matter which do not involve a change in composition.
It also deals with the doctrine of equilibrium and with that of
motions. The latter are visible, as those of mass, in fall, projection,
rotation, propagation in a plane, etc.; or invisible, and only per-
ceptible by their results, as sound, heat, light and electricity.
Chemistry reveals to us the composition of matter, and in the
formation of new compounds, acquaints us with the rules and laws
by which its various forms act upon one another. It deals with
those changes in matter which do involve a change in composition.
Define specific gravity. If the specific gravity of a substance is 1.5,
how many c.c. of distilled water will ten grammes represent?
The specific gravity of a substance is the ratio between the
weight of any volume of the substance and the weight of a like
volume of some other substance taken as a standard. For solids and
liquids, the standard is distilled water at its temperature of maxi-
mum density ; for gases and vapors, the standards are hydrogen and
air at a temperature of 0° C. and a barometric pressure of 76 centi-
metres of mercury.
If the specific gravity of the substance in question is 1.5, 10
grammes would equal 15 grammes of water; 1 gramme of water
equals 1 c.c., hence 15 grammes would equal 15 ¢.c.
How is the specific gravity of a liquid determined?
There are several ways. The hydrometer is usually employed,
or comparisons can be made of the weights of equal volumes of the
liquid and water.
What effect on the volume of a gas has (a) change of pressure, (b)
change of temperature?
(a) The volume of a gas varies inversely as the pressure upon
4 it (Boyle’s law).
(b) All gases approximately expand equally for equal rises of
1
2 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
temperature. Theoretically, at 273 degrees below zero (absolute
zero) the gas becomes nothing, and for each degree of rise in tem-
perature it expands 57, of the volume which it occupied at 0° C.;
hence 273 volumes of air at 0° C. becomes 274 volumes at 1° C.,
275 at 2° C., ete.
Describe the process of electro-plating.
This process depends upon electrolysis, that is, the decomposition -
of a chemical compound, the electrolyte, into its constituent parts,
called ions, by an electric current. In a battery or in an electro-
lytic bath, the metallic, or electropositive ion is carried with the
current through the electrolyte. Similarly, when a chemical salt
is electrolysed, the metallic base is carried to the cathode (the nega-
tive pole of the battery). Therefore, by attaching the object to be —
plated at the cathode in a bath composed of a silver, gold or copper
solution, it will become coated, or plated, with silver, gold or copper.
Define evaporation, electrolysis, amorphism, dialysis.
Evaporation is the process of converting a substance, especially
a liquid, into a vapor. |
Electrolysis—see answer to preceding question.
Amorphism relates to the non-crystalline character of some
substances, such as starch and glue.
Dialysis is the passing of a dissolved substance through a die:
phragm of parchment into another liquid.
Convert (a) 104° F. to its equivalent in Centigrade degrees, (b) 38° C.
to Fahrenheit scale.
(a) (104° F.— 32) xX 5— 40° C.
(b) (38° C. X 2) + 32 = 100.4° F.
INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Define chemistry.
Chemistry is the science which treats of the properties and
composition of substances, their changes in composition and the
phenomena attending such changes. The subject of chemistry is
divided for convenience into inorganic, organic and physiologic.
State the difference between a chemical and a physical change, with
an example of each.
A chemical change is one occurring in the molecules of matter
in which the substance or substances lose their identity by the for-
mation of new substances. Example: Paper, when burned, yields
carbon dioxide, water and some charcoal.
A physical change is one occurring in a mass of matter in which
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 3
the substance retains its original composition. Example: Water,
changing into ice or steam.
Define the following terms: analysis, synthesis, atom, molecule, com-
bustion, chemical affinity, compound.
Analysis is the process of determining the composition of a sub-
stance. There are two kinds, qualitative and quantitative.
Synthesis is the artificial building up of a chemic compound,
by the union of its elements.
An atom is, theoretically, the smallest particle of an element
which can exist.
A molecule is, theoretically, the smallest particle of a compound
that can exist.
Combustion is oxidation accompanied by the development of
heat and light. .
Chemical affinity is the affinity or attraction which exists between
the atoms of certain substances.
A compound is a substance made up of two or more elements,
united to each other in definite proportions:
Define and illustrate acid, base, salt, alkali.
An acid is a compound having electronegative, or anionic, prop-
erties and containing hydrogen which is replaceable by metals to
form salts. It produces hydrogen ions when dissolved in water
or other dissociating liquids. Acids change blue litmus to red.
Example: hydrochloric acid, HCl.
A base is a substance which unites with an acid to form a salt.
Bases produce hydroxyl ions when dissolved in water or other dis-
sociating liquids. Example: Zine unites with sulphuric acid to
form zinc sulphate.
A salt is a compound formed by the union of a base with an acid.
Example: Iron sulphate is formed by the action of sulphuric acid
on. iron.
An alkali is a soluble substance having strong basic (electro-
positive) properties, usually applied to the oxides and hydroxides
of the alkali metals and metals of the alkali earths. Such substances
are very soluble in water, change red litmus to blue, unite with and
neutralize acids, forming salts, and emulsify fats. Example: potas-
sium and sodium.
Define efflorescent substance, deliquescent substance. Give an ex-
ample of each.
An efflorescent substance is one which is converted from a
crystalline solid to an amorphous powder on exposure to the air,
4 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
due to the loss of its water of crystallization. Example: erystal-
line sodium sulphate, exposed to the air, becomes a white powder.
A deliquescent substance is one which can be converted from a
solid salt into a liquid form by the absorption of moisture from
the air. Example: calcium chloride left in an open vessel for a
few days will become wet and in time will even liquefy.
Define acid salt, amalgam, molecular repulsion, neutralization.
An acid salt is one in which only part of the hydrogen of an
acid is replaced by a metal or basic radical. Example: NaHSQ,.
An amalgam is an alloy containing mercury, as tin and mercury.
Molecular repulsion is the term applied to the tendency of
molecules to separate. According to the theory of the constitution
of matter, the molecules of every mass are in ceaseless motion,
hitting and rebounding from one another. In gaseous masses, the
molecules move without restraint; hence gases always tend to
expand.
Neutralization is the term applied to the interaction between
acids and bases with the result that both acid and basic properties
disappear, 2.e., are neutralized. It consists in the union of the
hydrogen ion of an acid with the hydroxyl ion of a base to form
water.
Define valence and write formulas of four compounds containing ele-
ments having different valences, indicating the valence in
each case.
Valence is the definite capacity which every elementary atom
has for uniting with other atoms. Hydrogen is taken as the standard
and its valency is assumed to be unity. In HCl, Cl is univalent
because it combines with one atom of H; in H,O, O is bivalent;
in NH,, N is trivalent; in CH,, C is quadrivalent.
Define monad, diad, triad, tetrad, pentad. Give an example of each.
Monad is an element having a valency of one; diad, a valency of
two; triad, three; tetrad, four; pentad, five.
Examples: see preceding answer; pentad, phosphorus as in
PCl,.
Define monobasic acid, dibasic acid, tribasic acid. Give an example of
each,
A monobasic acid is one containing in its molecule one replace-
able atom of hydrogen, as nitric acid, HNO,. |
A dibasic acid is one having two replaceable atoms of hydrogen
in its molecule, as sulphuric acid, H,SQ,.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 5
A tribasic acid is one having three replaceable atoms of hydrogen
in its molecule, as phosphoric acid, H,PQ,.
Define crith, atomic weight, and molecular weight.
A erith is the unit of weight for gases, it being the weight, in a
vacuum, of a litre of hydrogen gas at 0° C. A erith=0.0899 gramme.
Atomic weight is the weight of an atom of a substance compared
with the weight of an atom of hydrogen which is taken as unity.
(In scientific work, oxygen is taken as the standard, but the U.S. P.
takes hydrogen.)
Molecular weight is the sum of the atomic weights of the element
or elements contained in a molecule of a substance.
Define allotropism and reduction.
Allotropism is the property possessed by certain elements of
presenting themselves in two or more different forms, as the allo-
. tropic forms of carbon, seen in the diamond, charcoal and graphite.
Reduction is the process of abstracting oxygen from an oxide.
(This is a generally accepted definition, although the subject of
reduction has a deeper significance, as may be instanced in the
reduction of calomel with stannous chloride, which also involves
the subject of valence. SnCl, + 2HgCl = SnCl,-+ Hg,. See oxi-
dation, p. 16.)
What is a metal?
A metal is an element which is predominantly basic in its chemi-
eal behavior. Metals are solid at ordinary temperature, except
mercury, usually opaque, have a more or less metallic lustre, are
malleable, ductile, tenacious, good conductors of heat and elec-
tricity, and are capable of forming basic substances and salts.
What is meant by isomerism?
Two or more compounds which contain the same elements in the
same relative proportions by weight in the molecule, but differ more
or less widely in their physical, chemical and physiological proper-
ties, are called isomeric, e.g., C,H,O,, lactic acid, and C,H,,0,,
grape sugar.
Define chemical action. Name three kinds and give an example of
each. |
Chemical action refers to the changes taking place in two or
more elements when brought in contact or disintegrated.
Light: Silver chloride decomposes in the presence of light.
Heat: Heat decomposes red oxide of mercury into mercury and
oxygen.
6 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Electricity: By electrolysis, water is split into hydrogen and
oxygen.
How many elements are there?
There are about eighty known elements.
Give the symbol and atomic weight of each of the following elements:
chlorine, hydrogen, nitrogen, oxygen, potassium and
sodium.
Chlorine, Cl, 35.2; hydrogen, H, 1; nitrogen, N, 14; oxygen,
O, 16; potassium, K, 39; sodium, Na, 23.
Name five elements. Give the symbol and one principal use of each
element named.
Carbon, C, is the chief element of coal.
Phosphorus, P, is used in matches.
Arsenic, As, is used in medicine.
Copper, Cu, is used in the arts.
Chlorine, Cl, is used as a bleaching agent.
Define incompatibility. Name three forms and give an example of each.
Incompatibility is that relation between medicines which ren-
ders their admixture unsuitable. There are three forms, viz., chemi-
cal, physical or pharmaceutical, and physiological or therapeutic.
A chemical incompatibility exists when a new compound is
formed, as silver nitrate and sodium chloride form silver chloride;
a physical, when an unsightly appearance is produced, as when
resinous tinctures are added to aqueous solutions, the resins sepa-
rate; a physiological, when there is an antagonistic action between
the drugs, as atropine, which checks secretion, and pilocarpine,
which stimulates glandular activity.
Write the chemical formula for (a) sulphuric acid, (b) nitric acid, (c)
potassium iodide, (d) copperas, (e) epsom salts.
(a) H,SO,, (b) HNO,, (¢) KI, (d) FeSO,, 7H,0, (e) MgSO,,
7H,O.
What is meant by synthesis? Name two products that can be made
this way.
Synthesis is the artificial building up of a chemic compound
by the union of its elements.
Water can be made by uniting hydrogen and oxygen. Cupric
oxide can be made by heating metallic copper in the air.
What is meant by diffusion of gases? Describe an experiment to illus-
trate diffusion of gases.
A diffusion, similar to that of liquids, takes place when two
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 7
different gases are separated from each other by some porous sub-
stance, such as burned clay, gypsum, ete.
In the open end of an unglazed clay cylinder (such as is used
in galvanic experiments) there is fixed a glass tube about one metre
long, its open end terminating in a dish containing water ; the cylin-
der and tube are filled with air. Over the porous cylinder is placed
a wider vessel filled with hydrogen. The latter presses faster into
the cylinder than the air escapes from it; the air in the cylinder
and tube is displaced and rises in the water in bubbles. When the
escape of gas ceases, the tube and cylinder are almost filled with
pure hydrogen.
State which of the following gases are (a) lighter than air, (b) heavier
than air: oxygen, nitrogen, hydrogen, ammonia gas,
sulphur dioxide, chlorine.
(a) Hydrogen, ammonia gas, nitrogen.
(b) Sulphur dioxide, chlorine, oxygen.
Distinguish in meaning between the following suffixes when used in
names of chemical compounds: (a) ous and ic, (b) ate and
ite. Give examples.
(a) ous indicates that a compound contains less, and 1c that it
contains more, of the other, or electronegative, element. An ex-
planation of these terms involves the subject of valence. Fre-
quently, two elements unite to form two or more compounds, for
instance, mercury and chlorine unite to form mercurous chloride,
Hg,Cl,, and also, mercuric chloride, HgCl,. The electropositive
atom (mercury) terminates in ous, indicating the lower valence
(or a valence of 2 for two atoms), while 7c indicates the higher
valence (or a valence of 2 for one atom).
(b) The suffix ste indicates that a salt is derived from an acid,
terminating in ous (as Na,SO,, sodium sulphite), and the suffix ate
that it is derived from an acid terminating in 1c (as Na,SO,, sodium
sulphate).
Give the formula and the chemical name of each of the following: (a)
washing soda, (b) saltpetre, (c) blue vitriol, (d) corrosive |
sublimate, (e) Glauber’s salt, (f) Rochelle salt.
(a) Sodium carbonate, Na,CO,,10H,O. (b) Potassium nitrate,
KNO,. (c) Copper sulphate, CuSO, (d) Mercurie chloride,
HgCl,. (e) Sodium sulphate, Na,SO,. (f) Potassium sodium
tartrate, KNaC,H,Q,.
Distinguish between organic and inorganic compounds.
Organic compounds contain carbon and therefore, upon burn-
8 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
ing, char. When pure they are completely consumed under con-
tinued heat; any residue remaining after the disappearance of the
char indicates the presence of mineral matter. They are the essen-
tial compounds of plant and animal structures and their molecular
composition may be very complex, but includes only a few elements.
An inorganic compound is any one of the large series of com-
pounds (minerals, metals, etc.) which are not directly connected
with vital processes, either in origin or nature, and which are
broadly and relatively contrasted with organic compounds.
Distinguish between solution and emulsion.
The term solution is applied to any clear and homogeneous
liquid obtained by causing the transformation of matter from a
solid or gaseous state to the liquid state, by means of a liquid called
the solvent or menstruum. Solutions may be made by uniting two
liquids, as when we dissolve oil in ether.
The term emulsion is used to designate a more or less homo-
geneous liquid, rendered opaque or milky by the suspension in it
of finely divided particles of fat, oil or resin.
Distinguish in meaning between the following when used in names of
chemical compounds: hypo and per. Give examples to illus-
trate the differences.
Hypo is prefixed to a compound containing less of the negative
element, oxygen, than the ous compound in that series, as hypo-
chlorous acid, HCI1O, and chlorous acid, HCI1O,.
Per or hyper indicates that the compound contains a greater
amount of oxygen than the ic compound in the series, as perchloric
acid, HC10,, and chlorie acid, HC1O,. We have the term peroxide,
applied to compounds very rich in oxygen.
Name a substance used as a bleaching powder and explain chemically
its bleaching properties.
Hypochlorite of lime, CaOCl,. The element chlorine has a strong
affinity for hydrogen. In the presence of moisture, it unites with
the hydrogen and thus liberates oxygen, which acts upon the coloring
matter and bleaches it,
Write the equation to show the reaction between (a) sulphuric acid
and zinc, (b) hydrochloric acid and calcium carbonate, (c)
sodium carbonate and calcium hydroxide.
(a) H,SO, + Zn = ZnSO, + H,.
(b) 2HCl + CaCO, = CaCl, + H,O + CO,.
(c) Na,CO, + Ca(OH), = 2NaOH + CaCoO,.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 9
Distinguish between a mixture and a compound.
A mixture consists of a combination of two or more substances
each of which retains its individual characteristics and may be
separated from each other by mechanical means, no matter how
thoroughly mixed and finely commingled. H«aample: Iron filings
and sulphur may be mixed and if no heat is added, the iron can be
removed from the mixture with an electromagnet; if heat had been
added to the mixture, a compound, ferrous sulphide (FeS) would
have been formed, which would require chemical means to separate.
Distinguish between a metal and a non-metal.
See ‘‘metals,’’ p. 5. Non-metals do not possess a metallic
appearance and are known as metalloids. To these belong sulphur,
carbon, phosphorus, oxygen, ete. The line between metals and non-
metals is not very marked. Thus, mercury, despite the fact that
it is liquid at ordinary temperature, must be included among the
metals because of its chemical properties.
Mention (a) three light metals and (b) three heavy metals. Give the
symbol and atomic weight of each.
(a) Aluminum, Al, 26.9; sodium, Na, 23; potassium, K, 39.
(b) Gold, Au, 195.7; lead, Pb, 205; iron, Fe, 56.
Name ten non-metallic elements and write the symbol of each.
Hydrogen, H; oxygen, O; nitrogen, N; sulphur, 8; carbon, C;
phosphorus, P; chlorine, Cl; bromine, Br; iodine, I; fluorine, F.
Complete the following equations:
1. HC1+ AgNO, =
2. 2NH,OH + H,.SO, =
3. H,O + Na =
1. HCl + AgNO, = AgCl + HNO,.
2. 2NH,OH + H,SO, = (NH,),SO, + 2H,0.
3. H,O + Na = NaOH + H.
Complete the following equations:
1, AgNO, + KCl =
2. ZnCl, + 2KOH =
3. CaF, + H,SO, =
4, 3HCl1+ HNO, =
5. Ca(OH), + 2NH,Cl =
1, AgNO, + KCl = AgCl + KNO,.
2. ZnCl, + 2KOH = 2KCl1 -+ Zn(OH),.
3. CaF, + H,SO, = 2HF + CaSQ,.
. 83HCl + HNO, = 2H,0 + NO + 3Cl.
. Ca(OH), + 2NH,Cl = CaCl, + 2(NH,OH).
OT >
10 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Complete the following equations:
1, AgNO, + NaCl =
2. CuSO, + H,S =
3. 2NaCl + H,SO, =
1. AgNO, + NaCl = AgCl + NaNO,.
2. CuSo, + HS = H,SO, + CuS.
3. 2NaCl + H,SO, = Na,SO, + 2HCL.
Complete the following equations:
1. NaNO, + H,SO, =
2. CaCO, + 2HCl =
3. 2NaCl + 2H,SO, + MnO, =
4. Cu+ 2H,S0, =
1. NaNO, + H,SO, = NaHSO, + HNO,.
2. CaCO, + 2HCl = CaCl, + H,O + CO,.
3. 2NaCl + 2H.SO, + MnO, = Cl, + Na.SO, + MnSO, +
2H,0.
4, Cu-+ 2H,SO, = CuSO, + 2H,0 + SO,.
Complete the following equations:
1. Pb(NO,), + H,S =
2. Ca(OH), + 2HCl =
3. 2NaOH + H,SO, =
1. Pb(NO,), + H,S = 2HNO, + PbS.
2. Ca(OH), + 2HCl = CaCl, + 2H,0.
3. 2NaOH + H,SO, = Na,SO, + 2H,0.
Complete the following chemical equation. Give the name of the new
compound formed.
Zn + 2HCl =
Zn + 2HCl = ZnCl, + 2H. ZnCl, = Zine chloride.
Write the equation to express the reaction that takes place between
sulphuric acid and sodium carbonate. Name the compounds .
formed.
H,SO, + Na,CO, = Na,SO, eG sulphate) + H,O(water) +
CO, (carbon dioxide).
Write the equation to express the reaction between (a) potassium
chloride and sodium nitrate, (b) ammonium chloride and
calcium hydroxide, (c) ferrous sulphide and hydrochloric
acid.
(a) KCl -+ NaNO, = NaCl + KNO,,.
(b) 2NH,Cl + Ca(OH), = CaCl, + 2(NH,0H).
(ec) FeS + 2HCl = FeCl, + HS.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 11
Give the chemical symbol and the atomic weight of each of the follow-
ing: (a) hydrogen, (b) chlorine, (c) iron, (d) mercury,
(e) oxygen.
(a) H,1; (b) Cl, 35; (ce) Fe, 56; (d) Hg, 198.5; (e) O, 16.
Give the chemical name of each of the following: (a) FeCl,, (b)
NaHCoO,, (c) CO., (d) As,O,, (e) H,PO,,.
(a) Ferrous chloride, (b) sodium bicarbonate, (¢c) carbon diox-
ide, (d) arsenic trioxide, (e) phosphoric acid.
Write the chemical names of the substances whose formulas are as
follows: (a) Ca(OH)., (b) KC10., (c) PH,, (d) KNO,, (e)
HgCl, (f) SnCl,, (g) KMnO,, (h) NO, (i) CO, (j) AgNO..
(a) Calcium hydroxide, (b) potassium chlorate, (c) phosphine,
(d) potassium nitrate, (e) mercurous chloride, (f) stannous chlo-
ride, (g) potassium permanganate, (h) nitric oxide, (i) carbon
monoxide, (j) silver nitrate.
Write the graphic formula of (a) sulphuric acid, (b) ammonia, (c)
potassium chlorate.
(a) H-O\ ,_ yo
(ec) Cl-O-0-0-K
Give two laws relating to chemical combinations.
1. Law of constant or definite proportions. The same compound
is always composed of the same elements in constant proportions by
weight.
2. Law of multiple proportions. When two elements unite to
form several compounds the higher proportions of each are even °
multiples of the lowest.
Explain fully how the percentage composition of any compound is
determined.
Obtain the molecular weight of the compound by adding together
the atomic weights of the elements it contains. Then, the percentage
of any one element is obtained by dividing its atomic weight by the
molecular weight. For instance, the molecular weight of KNO,
is, 38.82 + 13.93 + 47.64 = 100.39. The percentage composition
of K is 38.82 ~ 100.39, or 38.66 per cent.
Define and illustrate the law of definite proportions.
Definition given above. |
Sodium chloride, NaCl, is always composed of 23 parts by weight
of Na and 35.5 parts of Cl.
12 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
State Avogadro’s law.
Equal volumes of gases, compared under identical conditions of
temperature and pressure, contain equal numbers of molecules.
Name the elements that enter into the composition of each of the fol-
lowing alloys: (a) brass, (b) German silver, (c) soft solder,
(d) bell metal.
(a) Copper and zine, (b) copper, zine and nickel, (c) tin and
lead, (d) copper and tin. .
Is glass a compound or a mixture? To what does green glass owe its
color?
Glass is a mixture. Green glass owes its color to silicates of iron
derived from the impure materials of which it is made.
What element occurs in all acid compounds?
Hydrogen.
Name two classes of salts and distinguish between the classes named.
Acid salts are acids in which only a portion of their replaceable
hydrogen atoms have been replaced, e.g., KHSO,, potassium hydro-
gen sulphate. Acid salts are generally acid in reaction to litmus.
Basic salts are salts containing a higher proportion of a base
than is necessary for the formation of a salt, e.g., Pob(OH) NO,, basic
lead nitrate.
What gas is evolved when copper acts on nitric acid? Account for
the formation of this gas. |
Nitrie oxide, NO.
3Cu + 8HNO, = 38Cu(NO,), + 2NO + 4H,0.
Determine how much sulphuric acid and how much copper will be
needed to produce 1,000 grammes of copper sulphate by the
reaction Cu + 2H,SO, = CuSO, + SO, + 2H,O. [Atomic
weight of S = 32, of copper = 63, of O= 16.|
See p. 11 regarding determination of percentage composition.
Molecular weight of Cu = 63, of sulphuric acid = 196, of copper
sulphate = 159; it takes 63-+196 or 259 parts of copper and
sulphuric acid to make 159 parts of copper sulphate, So, 259: 159 =
AX; 1000; X = 1629. 63/259 of 1629 — 396; and 196/259 of 1629 —
1233. Substituting grammes for parts, we have 396 grammes of
copper and 1233 grammes of sulphuric acid necessary to make 1000
grammes of copper sulphate.
Find the number of grammes of oxygen that can be prepared from 10
grammes of KCIO,. [Atomic weight of K = 39, of Cl = 35,
of O = 16.]
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 13
39 + 35 + 48 = 122, the molecular weight of KC1O,.
48 — 122 = .393, the percentage composition of oxygen.
10 grammes of KC1O, would contain 3.93 grammes of oxygen.
Calculate the weight of carbonic acid gas that can be obtained from
one pound of marble. Write the equation. [Atomic wt.
of Ca ao, of O'=— 16,08 C — 12.)
CaCO, + heat = CaO + CO,,.
40 + 12 + 48 = 100, the molecular weight of calcium carbonate
(marble). 12+ 32 = 44, the molecular weight of carbon dioxide
(carbonic acid gas). Therefore .44 is the percentage composition
of CO,. From one pound of marble, .44 of a pound of CO, could
be obtained.
Under standard conditions how many litres of hydrochloric acid will
result from the action of sulphuric acid on 117 grammes of
common salt? [Na —.23, Cl = 35.5.]
2NaCl + H,SO, = Na,SO,-+ 2HCl. The molecular weight of
NaCl = 58.5. The molecular weight of HCl = 36.5. 58.5: 36.5 =
117:X. X=73g. One litre of hydrogen weighs 0.0899 gramme
under standard conditions. 73 ~ 0.0899 = 812 litres.
How much chlorine can be derived from 50 grammes of NaCl?
[Atomic weight of Na — 23, of Cl — 35.5.]
23 + 35.5 = 58.5, the molecular weight of NaCl. 35.5:58.5 =
X:50. X = 30.34 grammes.
HYDROGEN
What are the physical and chemical properties of hydrogen?
Hydrogen, the lightest of all elements, is a colorless, odorless,
tasteless gas; combustible, burning with a colorless flame, but is not
a supporter of combustion. The resulting compound of its com-
bustion in air is water. It is only slightly soluble in water, is
electropositive and capable of combining with many elements.
Give details of the preparation of hydrogen by the action of an acid
onametal. Write the equation.
Place a quantity of granulated zine in a glass flask and cover
it with dilute hydrochloric acid. Adjust a piece of glass tubing in
the stopper of the flask and after the air of the flask is expelled,
hydrogen will pass from the tubing. Zn-—+ 2HCl = ZnCl, + 2H.
Give (a) the symbol, (b) valence, (c) atomic weight, and (d) a method
of preparation of hydrogen.
(a) H, (b) 1, (¢) 1, (d) see answer to preceding question (Iron
14 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
filings may be substituted for the zine, and sulphuric acid for the
hydrochloric acid). )
What element occurs in all acid compounds? Describe the element.
Hydrogen. See description given above.
Find how many grammes of H may be released from HCl by 260
grammes of Zn. How many grammes of HCl are neces-
sary? [Atomic weight of Zn= 65, of Cl= 35.5.]
65:2 = 260:X. X =8 grammes of H.
73:2=X:8. X = 292 grammes of HCl.
WATER
Give the composition of water (a) by volume, (b) by weight, and (c)
give its molecular weight.
(a) Two volumes hydrogen and one volume of oxygen.
(b) Two parts of hydrogen and sixteen parts of oxygen.
(c) 18.
If six volumes of hydrogen and two volumes of oxygen are placed
together and the electric spark passed through them, will
the volume be increased or diminished, and to what extent?
The volume will be diminished from 8 to 2, because four volumes
of hydrogen would unite with the two of oxygen and form 2 mole-
cules of water, leaving two volumes of hydrogen free. The volume
of the water formed is so small that it may be disregarded in the
calculations.
Describe one way in which water can be decomposed and two ways in
which it can be formed.
Decompose by acidulating slightly with sulphuric acid and pass
an electric current through it. Water can be formed by passing
an electric spark through a receptacle containing two volumes of
hydrogen and one volume of oxygen; also by burning hydrogen in
the presence of oxygen, as in the air.
State the means by which water may be purified. Describe one of
these ways.
Filtration, distillation and precipitation.
Filtration is accomplished by allowing the water to percolate
through layers of charcoal and sand, or by forcing it through a
very thick porcelain material with small pores.
Describe a test to show the presence of each of the following in water:
(a) chlorides, (b) nitrates, (c) lead.
(a) Add silver nitrate: a white, curdy precipitate is produced.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 15
which is soluble in even very dilute ammonia water, but insoluble
in nitric acid.
(b) Add a few drops of 1 part of brucine in 300 parts of 5 per
cent. dilute sulphuric acid, then add some concentrated sulphurie
acid by pouring carefully down the side of the test tube and a red
color, changing to yellow, is produced at the line of contact.
(c) Add hydrogen sulphide or ammonium sulphide to the solu-
tion and a black precipitate of lead sulphide, which is insoluble in
dilute acids or alkalies, results.
Distinguish between hard water and soft water. Under what con-
ditions and how may hard water be made soft?
Hardness of water is due to the presence of mineral salts (cal-
cium, magnesium). Hard water does not readily produce a lather
with soap. Soft water contains very little or no inorganic matter
and readily produces a lather with soap.
By boiling hard water, carbon dioxide escapes, the carbonates of
the metals are precipitated, and the water is rendered soft. By
distillation, hard water may be made soft.
Describe a test to determine the hardness of water.
For ealcium: Pass a small amount of CO, into the water,
CaHCoO, will be thrown down, but is redissolved in an excess of
CO,. Upon boiling the clear solution, the excess of CO, will be
driven off and CaHCO, will be precipitated.
For magnesium: The addition of an alkali carbonate solution
causes a white precipitate of basic magnesium carbonate.
Hard water does not readily produce a lather with soap, as does
soft water.
Describe the oxyhydrogen blow-pipe.
In this apparatus the oxygen and hydrogen are contained in two
separate receptacles. They are mixed just at the tip of the burner,
which consists of two tubes, one within the other. Through the
inner tube, oxygen is passed, and the outer one is connected with
the hydrogen reservoir. The hydrogen is first turned on and ignited,
then the oxygen is admitted. The resultant flame is intensely hot.
HYDROGEN DIOXIDE
What is hydrogen dioxide? Write the formula.
It is a colorless liquid with an odor resembling weak chlorine
solution, a bitter astringent taste, and is unstable in concentrated
solutions, being easily decomposed with the liberation of oxygen.
16 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
It is composed of two parts by weight of hydrogen and thirty-two
of oxygen. Formula H,0,.
Write the equation for the preparation of hydrogen dioxide.
BaO, + H,SO, + H,O = BaSO, + H,O, + H,0.
Mention the important properties and the uses of peroxide of hydrogen.
It is an active oxidizing agent and is used preéminently as a
disinfectant, bleaching agent, antisuppurant, and deodorant.
Give the chemical explanation of the uses of hydrogen peroxide.
It acts as an oxidizing agent because it is readily decomposed
into water, H,O, and nascent oxygen, O.
OXYGEN
Describe oxygen as to (a) occurrence, (b) physical properties, (c)
chemical properties.
(a) Most abundant of all the elements. Uncombined, but mixed
with nitrogen, it constitutes one-fifth of the atmosphere; combined,
it forms eight-ninths of the material composing water, and nearly
half the weight of all the rocks. It is a very important constituent
of animal and vegetable matter.
(b) A colorless, tasteless, odorless gas, nearly sixteen times
heavier than hydrogen, and somewhat heavier than air. It may be
made liquid or even solidified by great cold and pressure.
(c) It supports combustion, but is non-combustible and is one
of the most powerful electronegative elements; capable of uniting
with all elements except fluorine, bromine and the helium group. |
Describe a method of preparing oxygen. Give the symbol, atomic
weight and specific gravity of oxygen.
Mix potassium chlorate and manganese dioxide, equal parts, and
apply heat, carefully ; oxygen will be given off copiously. Symbol,
O. Atomic weight, 16. Specific gravity, compared with hydrogen,
is 16, compared with air, 1.1056.
How much oxygen can be obtained from 50 grammes of potassium
chlorate? [Atomic weight of potassium — 39, of chlor-
ine = 35.5, of oxygen = 16.| |
39 + 35.5 + 48 = 122.5, the molecular weight of KC1O,. The
molecular weight of 3 atoms of oxygen=48. 122.5:48 — 50:X.
X = 19.5 grammes.
What is oxidation? Give an example.
Oxidation is the union of oxygen with other elements, the prod-
ucts formed are oxides. Example: iron and oxygen unite to form —
ferrous oxide. See reduction, p. 5.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS. 17
What is combustion?
Combustion is rapid oxidation and is accompanied by heat and
light.
Distinguish between an oxidizing and a reducing agent and give an
| example of each.
An oxidizing agent is one which readily parts with its oxygen
when brought in contact with substances having a greater affinity
for it. Example: KCI1Q,.
A reducing agent is one which has the power to abstract oxygen
from an oxide. Example: hydrogen.
What is meant by (a) slow oxidation, (b) rapid oxidation? Give an
example of each.
(a) A process of oxidation evolving no light. Example: oxida-
tion of the different organic substances in the living body.
(b) When the heat generated by oxidation is sufficient to cause
the emission of light and perhaps a loud report, the process is called
rapid oxidation, or combustion. Example: gunpowder is a mix-
ture of sulphur, carbon and potassium, KNO,. Upon heating or ignit-
ing this mixture, the sulphur and carbon are oxidized, and various
gases (CO, CO,, N, SO., ete.) are formed, the sudden generation
and expansion of which cause the explosion.
Describe a method of preparing oxygen on a commercial scale. Write
the equation to express the reaction.
Heat to redness in an iron vessel manganese dioxide (MnO,),
causing it to decompose into manganous manganic oxide and oxygen.
3MnO, = Mn,O, + 20.
Compare the physical and chemical properties of oxygen with those
of hydrogen.
Both gases are colorless, odorless and tasteless. Oxygen is 16
times heavier than hydrogen. Oxygen supports combustion but is
non-combustible, whereas hydrogen is combustible but not a sup-
porter of combustion.
‘What is ozone? Describe the preparation of ozone.
| Ozone is an allotropic modification of oxygen. It possesses
a peculiar odor and is a stronger oxidizing agent than common oxy-
gen. Its symbol is O.
Ozone is prepared by passing non-luminous electric discharges
through atmospheric air or through oxygen.
18 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
NITROGEN
Give (a) the symbol, (b) atomic weight, (c) molecular weight, and
(d) describe the properties of nitrogen.
(a) N. (b) 14. (e) 28. (d) Nitrogen is an odorless, colorless,
tasteless gas, neither combustible nor a supporter of combustion.
It is distinguished by having very little affinity for any other
element. Nitrogen is not poisonous, but, being unable to support
combustion, cannot sustain animal life. In compounds it is unstable.
What is the function of nitrogen in the air? Describe a process of pre-
paring nitrogen from the air. _
It serves to dilute the oxygen and has some important function —
in regard to plant life.
By burning phosphorus in a confined portion of air, the oxygen
of the air unites with the phosphorus and forms phosphorus pen-
toxide, P,O,. If the experiment is conducted over water, P,O,
unites with the water, forming phosphoric acid, leaving nitrogen in
the container.
Name a preparation of nitrogen. Mention the properties of nitrogen.
Ammonia, NH,. Properties described above.
Describe the usual method of preparing laughing gas. Write the
equation to show the reaction.
By heating ammonium nitrate, it breaks down dincetly into
water and nitrous oxide.
NH,NO, = N,O + 2H,0.
‘Name the oxides of nitrogen.
Nitrogen monoxide, N,O; nitrogen dioxide, N,O,; nitrogen triox-
ide, N,O,; nitrogen tetroxide, N,O,; nitrogen pentoxide, N,O.,.
Calculate the percentage composition of HNO,. [Atomic weight of
N = 14. |
1+ 14+ 48 = 63, the molecular weight of HNOQ,.
1 — 63 = 0,0158, or 1.58 per cent. hydrogen.
14 — 63 = 0.222, or 22.2 per cent. nitrogen.
48 — 63 = 0.761, or 76.1 per cent. oxygen.
Mention two nitrates and give two uses of each.
Silver nitrate, used in medicine and electro-plating.
Sodium nitrate, used in fertilizers and in the preparation of
saltpetre.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 19
Describe a method of preparing nitrogen. Compare the properties of
nitrogen with those of oxygen.
By passing a current of air over copper, heated to redness,
copper oxide will be formed and nitrogen isolated.
Nitrogen and oxygen are both colorless, odorless, tasteless gases.
Oxygen has a great affinity for other elements and supports com-
bustion; nitrogen unites with very few elements and does not
support life nor combustion.
Describe the commercial preparation of nitric acid and write the reac-
tion. Mention important uses of nitric acid.
Sodium nitrate is distilled with sulphuric acid.
2NaNO, + H,SO, = Na,SO, + 2HNO,.
Nitric acid is used in medicine as a caustic and is employed in
etching copper plates for engraving ; it is also important in the refin-
ing of precious metals and in the making of nitroglycerine, gun
cotton, aniline dyes, ete.
What element constitutes four-fifths of the air?
Nitrogen.
AMMONIA
What is ammonia? Give the source and uses of ammonia.
Ammonia is a colorless gas, of a peculiar, characteristic and
very pungent odor. It is neither combustible nor a supporter of
combustion. By weight it is composed of 13.93 parts of nitrogen
and 3 parts of hydrogen. It is very soluble in water; caustic and
readily blisters the skin; strongly alkaline in reaction. Formula,
NH.
Sources: Decomposition of organic matter (meat, urine, blood,
ete.). Decomposition of ammonium salts by the hydroxides of
sodium, potassium and calcium, 2(NH,Cl)+ Ca(OH), = CaCl, +
2H,O + 2NH,. Ammonia is obtained, commercially, from gas
liquor, a by-product of gas plants.
Uses: It is used in medicine as a cardiac stimulant and general
stimulant, also to increase secretions. In the household it is used
as a general cleaning agent in the aqueous form (hartshorn).
Explain why the presence of free ammonia in drinking water is a sign
of danger. |
Because it is indicative of contamination with decomposing
organic matter.
Give the composition and method of preparation of ammonium chloride.
It is composed of nitrogen, hydrogen and chlorine, NH,Cl. Pre-
20 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
pared by neutralizing hydrochloric acid with ammonia water. The
solution is evaporated and the crystalline mass remaining is am-
monium chloride. HCl-+ NH,OH — NH,Cl + H.0O.
Give the chemical name and formula of two compounds of ammonia.
Ammonium chloride, NH,Cl, ammonium nitrate, NH,NO,.
AIR
(Name the important constituents of air and give the approximate per-
centages of each constituent. }
By weight By volume
INTEROR@E I. CE se Nea Bara 76 ial
Oxia he ea cw eer nee om 23 21
Co,, ammonia, argon, etc. ........ 1 2
State three facts tending to show that air is a mixture and not a
compound. es
1. By artificially mixing oxygen and nitrogen in the proportions
found in the air, no energy change (heat) that indicates chemical
union takes place.
2. Analysis shows air taken from different heights to be slightly
variable.
3. By passing air through water it is changed, oxygen being more
soluble than nitrogen.
Mention the injurious substances added to the air in breathing. What
per cent. of carbon dioxide is fatal to the animal breathing it?
Carbon dioxide and disease germs are added to the air in
breathing.
It is not advisable to allow animals to breathe for any length
of time air containing more than 1 per cent. CO,; 5 per cent. pro-
duces insensibility, and 8 per cent. causes death in a few minutes.
What element constitutes four-fifths of the air?
Nitrogen.
CARBON
Give (a) the symbol, (b) specific gravity, (c) the physical and chemical
properties of carbon. i
(a) C. (b) In its purest form, 3.5; graphite, 2.15; amorphous
forms, 1.5 to 2. (c) One of the most common elemenis, tasteless,
odorless, non-volatile, infusible and insoluble in all its forms;
black in color, except in the form of the diamond, and is combustible,
yielding CO,. It unites readily with a great many elements, forming
important compounds.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 21
Discuss the use of carbon as a reducing agent.
Carbon is a very active reducing agent, because of its great
affinity for oxygen. By heating carbon in the presence of any
oxide, the latter is rapidly reduced, its oxygen forming CO or
CO, with carbon.
Mention and describe three allotropic forms of carbon.
1. Diamond is the purest form of carbon, and is the hardest sub-
stance known. It occurs in erystals, octahedral in shape. It is a
very brilliant gem, owing to its great refractive power.
2. Graphite, also known as plumbago, or black lead, is a black,
greasy substance with a specific gravity of 2.15. It is a good con-
ductor of heat and electricity. Used as a lubricant for machinery,
and in the manufacture of lead pencils, stove polish, crucibles, ete.
3. Amorphous carbon is always a black solid, but the different
kinds vary in hardness and specific gravity. It is seen as the prin-
cipal part of the various kinds of coal; in the form of lamp-black
it is used in printer’s ink; and occurs in bone-black, which serves as
a decolorizing agent in the making of sugar, syrups and other liquids.
Describe how each of the following may be prepared: (a) lamp-black,
(b) bone-black. Mention the important uses of each.
(a) Lamp-black is made by burning tar, rosin, turpentine or
petroleum, with a deficient supply of air, and passing the smoke
into large chambers where the carbon is deposited. It is used in
making printer’s ink.
(b) Bone-black is made by carbonization of bones of animals
and is used as a decolorizing agent,
Give the important physical and chemical properties of carbon dioxide.
Carbon dioxide is a colorless, odorless gas which by eold and
pressure may be easily condensed to a liquid. Its specifie gravity is
1.529, and its symbol, CO., being composed of one volume of carbon
and two of oxygen. It is not combustible and is not a good sup-
porter of combustion, in fact it has a decided tendency to extinguish
flames. It unites with water to form carbonic acid, H,CO,.
Describe the method of preparing carbon dioxide from marble and
write the equation.
By heating marble (CaCO,) or by adding hydrochloric acid,
carbon dioxide is liberated.
CaCO, + heat = CaO + CO,.
CaCo, -++- 2HCl = CaCl, + H,O + CO,.
22 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe a simple test for carbon dioxide and write the reaction.
Pass the gas through lime water and the solution becomes
turbid.
Ca(OH), + CO, = CaCO, + H,0O.
Compare as to weight, carbon dioxide with air.
Carbon dioxide is one and one-half times heavier than air.
Describe the manufacture of some carbide and mention its common use.
Calcium earbide (CaC,) is manufactured on a commercial seale
_by heating, in an electric furnace, a mixture of lime and coal, or
coal tar (CaO + 83C = CaC, + CO). It is used for generating
acetylene gas, which is formed by the action of calcium carbide and
water (CaC, + H,O = C,H, + CaO).
What is marsh gas? Give its formula and chemical importance with
a method of preparation.
Marsh gas (CH,) is a colorless gas which burns readily with a
bluish-yellow flame, emitting much heat but little light. In nature
it is produced by the decay of dead leaves in the bottom of stagnant
pools. It also accumulates in coal mines as the dreaded ‘‘fire damp’’
and mixing with the oxygen of the air forms deadly explosions. In
impure form it is obtained from wells in some localities and is used.
for lighting and heating. It can be prepared by mixing aluminum
carbide and water [Al,C, + 12H,O = 38CH, + 4Al1(OH),].
Find the weight of each of the products formed by the complete com-
bustion of 20 grammes of marsh gas (CH,). [Atomic
weight of C = 12, of O = 16.|
CH, + 20, = CO, + 2H,0.
16:44 = 29: X, X = 55 grammes of CO,,.
16:36 = 20:X, X = 45 grammes of H,O.
Describe the manufacture of illuminating gas.
Bituminous or cannel coal is heated in clay or brick retorts and
the products of distillation pass out into a series of pipes in which
water, coal-tar, ammonia, ete., are deposited. The gas still con-
tains impurities, which are removed by passing it over some absorb-
ent substance, such as slaked lime.
:
|
:
Describe the construction and operation of the Bunsen burner.
In a gas flame, if the air is excluded, soot and smoke will form
copiously. But if the combustion is rendered more perfect, no car-
bon is deposited and the flame becomes hotter, but less brilliant. In
the Bunsen burner, this is arranged for by allowing air to enter at
the bottom of the burner and become thoroughly mixed with the
gas before the latter is ignited. If the openings through which
Se ee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 23
the air enters are stopped up, the flame becomes more luminous and
less hot.
Give proof of the fact that a diamond is composed of carbon.
A diamond, when heated intensely in the presence of oxygen,
burns and forms carbon dioxide.
SULPHUR
Mention the properties and important uses of sulphur.
Sulphur is ordinarily a yellow, brittle solid, without taste or
odor. It dissolves in carbon disulphide, but not in water, and
combines easily with most of the other elements. Allotropic forms:
prismatic or monoclinic, rhombic octahedra, and plastic. Uses:
Used in the manufacture of gunpowder, matches, sulphuric acid,
bleaching agents, in medicine, etc.
Discuss the behavior of sulphur at different temperatures.
At 115° C. it melts to a clear, amber-colored liquid which be-
comes viscid as the temperature rises to 230° C. Above 250° C. it
becomes fluid again and if poured into cold water it becomes plastic
_ or ductile, but after standing a few days it returns to its primary
condition, original sulphur.
_ Describe the use of sulphur in disinfecting. Explain its efficiency.
Remove animals from premises. All openings to outside air
should be closed. Three pounds of flowers of sulphur, mixed with
two ounces of alcoho! and ignited, should be employed for every
1000 cubic feet of air space to be disinfected. Keep premises
closed for six hours. Steam introduced into the apartment together
with the sulphur fumes is more efficient, the water unites with the
sulphurous anhydride to make the more potent sulphurous acid
(H,SO,). Sulphur fumigation is of little worth to destroy disease
germs. Formaldehyde or chlorine gas is to be preferred.
’
Write the formula of hydrogen sulphide. Describe its properties.
H.S. A eolorless gas with the peculiar odor of rotten eggs
and a disgusting taste. It is soluble in water and highly combustible
in the air, burning with a blue flame and forming sulphur dioxide
and water. This gas is poisonous when inhaled.
Describe a method of preparing hydrogen sulphide.
Prepared by the action of dilute sulphurie acid upon iron
sulphide. (FeS + H,SO, = FeSO, + H,S.)
Describe a process of preparing sulphuric acid on a commercial scale.
Mention the important uses of sulphuric acid.
_ “lead chamber process.’’ Sulphur dioxide, generated by the
24 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
combustion of sulphur or by roasting iron pyrites in a suitable
furnace, is passed into a large chamber, or series of chambers, lined
with sheet lead. Nitrous fumes, produced by heating sodium nitrate
with a little sulphuric acid, enter the chamber at the same time;
jets of steam are blown in at several points and a draft of air is
kept up throughout. The sulphur dioxide meeting the nitrous fumes
is oxidized by them and with the water of the steam forms sulphurie
acid.
Uses: Very extensively used in the arts, in the manufacture of
all the other strong acids, and fertilizers; refining sugar, fats and
oils; in galvanic batteries, ete.
Write the graphic formula and calculate the percentage composition
of sulphuric acid. [Atomic weight of S = 32.]
oo Ns JO
Hoo o
2 + 32 + 64 = 98, the molecular weight of sulphuric acid.
2/98 or 2.04 per cent. hydrogen.
32/98 or 32.65 per cent. sulphur.
64/98 or 65.30 per cent. oxygen.
What is copper sulphate? How prepared?
Copper sulphate, blue vitriol, or blue stone, is the most im-
portant compound of copper. It is formed in large, transparent,
deep-blue crystals which are easily soluble in water and have a
nauseous, metallic taste. Formula, CuSQ,.
It is prepared by dissolving cupric oxide in sulphuric acid,
evaporating and erystallizing the solution.
DISINFECTANTS AND ANTISEPTICS
Differentiate between disinfectants and antiseptics.
| Disinfectants are agents that destroy the microorganisms which
cause infectious and contagious diseases, fermentation and putre-
faction.
Antiseptics are agents which prevent the growth and develop-
ment of the microorganisms occasioning fermentation but more
especially the pus-producing variety.
What is a deodorant? |
Deodorants are agents which destroy or counteract a foul odor,
é.g., phenol, zine chloride and charcoal. 7
_ a
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 25
Describe an efficient method of disinfecting by the use of formaldehyde.
For every 1000 cubic feet of air space, mix in a deep vessel 1624
ounces of potassium permanganate with 20 ounces of formalin
(a 40 per cent. aqueous solution of formaldehyde). Close all open-
ings and leave this mixture in the room for 3 hours before opening.
PHOSPHORUS
Give a description of phosphorus as to (a) occurrence, (b) physical
properties, (c) source.
(a) Never found free in nature, but as phosphates is an im-
portant constituent of plants, animals and the earth’s crust.
(b) Phosphorus exists in several allotropic varieties, the more
important of which are the yellow and red. The yellow variety is a
yellowish-white, waxy solid of specific gravity 1.837. It melts at
44 2° C. and boils at 263° C.; is highly inflammable and oxidizes
readily in the air at ordinary temperature. It has a faint odor,
resembling garlic, is very poisonous, is soluble in carbon disul-
phide and insoluble in water. The red variety is not easily inflam-
mable in air, has a density of 2.2, is insoluble in carbon disulphide
and is not poisonous.
(ec) Prepared from bone-ash or from sombrerite, an impure eal-
cium phosphate found in the West Indian guano.
Mention the principal uses of phosphorus.
Used in matches, vermin poison, medicine and fertilizers.
Give (a) the symbol, (b) the valence, (c) atomic weight, (d) molecular
weight, of phosphorus.
(a) P, (b) 3 and 5, (ce) 31, (d) 124.
Name the allotropic forms of phosphorus.
Yellow, red, white and black.
HALOGENS
Name the elements of the halogen group and write the symbol of each.
Fluorine, F'; chlorine, Cl; bromine, Br; iodine, I.
Give the physical and chemical properties of iodine. Describe a test
for iodine.
Iodine is a bluish-black crystalline substance, with a metallic
luster and an odor faintly resembling that of chlorine. Its specific
gravity is 4.95 and its atomic weight is 125.89. Its vapor has a violet
color. Iodine is almost insoluble in water but forms several im-
portant compounds with other elements.
26 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Test: Add a solution of starch pare, when an intensely blue
color is produced.
Give the source and the preparation of iodine.
Iodine was previously obtained from the ashes of sea-weeds which
are treated with water and the solution thus obtained is heated with
manganese dioxide and sulphuric acid. Iodine is set free by dis-
tillation.
At present, it is obtained from NalO,, a by-product in the manu-
facture of Chili saltpetre.
Mention the important uses of iodine.
Used in medicine, photography and in the preparalion) of aniline
dyes.
Give the method of making potassium iodide. Write the equation
involved.
Add iodine crystals to an aqueous solution of caustic potash
until saturated, then evaporate to dryness; the residue, which con-
sists of potassium iodide and iodate, is then strongly heated to
decompose the iodate, thus forming iodide with the liberation of
oxygen. Dissolve the mass in water and evaporate, when crystals
of potassium iodide will be left.
6KOH + 31, = 5KI + KIO, + 3H,0.
2KI0, + heat = 2KI + 30,.
What are the phyical and chemical properties of chlorine. Mention the
uses and important compounds of chlorine.
Chlorine is a greenish-yellow gas, two and one-half times heavier
- than air, and having a highly irritating odor; soluble in water and
convertible into a liquid by cold and pressure. It has a strong
affinity for other elements and forms a number of important com-
pounds. Its atomic weight is 35.18. |
Uses: Strong disinfecting, deodorizing and bleaching agent and
its compounds are valuable medicinal agents.
Among its important compounds are: sodium chloride, hydro-
chloric acid, chloral hydrate, calcium chloride, ete.
Describe a method of preparing chlorine and write the reaction.
Mix manganese dioxide with hydrochloric acid in a large flask
provided with a delivery tube and heat gently; chlorine gas will be
evolved.
MnO, + 4HCl = MnCl, + Cl, + 2H,0.
Describe the preparation of hydrochloric acid.
It is prepared by the action of sulphuric acid on sodium chloride
in the presence of heat.
_ 2NaCl-+ H,SO, = Na,SO, + 2HCIL.
ee
— Se ee
a ee a
ae ee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 27
Mention a compound of each of the halogens.
Sodium chloride, potassium iodide, sodium bromide and hydro-
fluoriec acid.
Describe the properties of bromine and give a method for its prepara-
tion.
At ordinary temperature, bromine is a heavy, dark, reddish-
brown liquid, giving off yellowish-red fumes of an exceedingly
suffocating and irritating odor; it is very volatile and has a specific
gravity of 2.99. It is soluble in water, is a strong disinfecting and
bleaching agent and acts as a corrosive poison.
Bromine is prepared by treating magnesium bromide with
chlorine.
MgBr, + 2Cl= MgCl, + 2Br.
Give the properties and uses in medicine of bromine.
Properties given above. Sodium and potassium bromide are
used in medicine as antispasmodics, narcotics and nerve sedatives.
GOLD
Give a test for gold and gold compounds, .
Most reducing agents, as oxalic acid, ferrous sulphate, ete.,
precipitate gold from its solutions as a dark-brown powder.
SILVER
Describe silver, giving names of its most important compounds used in
medicine. ;
Silver is a pure, white brilliant metal, a good conductor of heat
and electricity, and is malleable and ductile. It is univalent and
forms but one series of salts. It is not affected by the oxygen of the
air, but is readily affected by traces of hydrogen sulphide, which
forms a black film of sulphide upon the surface. Its atomic weight
is 107, its specific gravity is 10.5 and its symbol is Ag. Compounds
used in medicine are: silver nitrate, protargol, argyrol, collargol.
What is lunar caustic? How is lunar caustic prepared and what is
its medicinal use?
Lunar caustic is nitrate of silver, fused into round sticks, or
pencils. It is prepared by adding 4 per cent. hydrochloric acid to
silver nitrate, fusing and pouring into suitable moulds. It is used
for cauterizing inflamed surfaces, warts, ete.
Give a chemical test for silver.
Add to a solution of silver a solution of hydrogen sulphide
or ammonium sulphide, and a dark-brown precipitate of silver sul-
phide will be produced.
28 ‘VETERINARY STATE BOARD
LEAD
Give (a) the symbol, (b) atomic weight, (c) valence, and (d) the physi-
cal properties of lead.
(a) Pb. (b) 205. (ce) 2 and 4. (d) Lead is a soft, bluish-
white metal; specific gravity, 11.38. When freshly cut, it has a
bright metallic luster, but quickly tarnishes on the surface and
becomes dull. It is malleable and ductile.
What 1 is sugar of lead? Give its pharmaceutical name.
Sugar of lead is a salt formed by the action of acetic acid on
lead oxide. It forms colorless, shining, transparent crystals, easily
soluble in water, and has a sweetish, astringent, afterwards metallic
taste. Formula, (C,H,O,).,Pb.
Pharmaceutical name is plumbi acetate.
MERCURY
Describe mercury as to physical and chemical properties and occur-
rence in nature.
Mercury is the only metal which is liquid at ordinary tempera-
ture ; it is almost silver-white and has a bright metallic lustre ; specific
gravity, 13.56. Pure mercury does not tarnish in the air until heated
above 300° C., when it unites with the oxygen to form the red oxide.
It combines directly with chlorine, bromine, iodine and sulphur and
dissolves in nitric acid and hot sulphuric acid. Its atomic weight
is 198.5.
Mercury occurs in nature in a free state, but generally as mer-
euric sulphide (cinnabar), a dark-red mineral.
Name the compounds of mercury used in medicine.
Mercuric oxide, mercuric and mercurous chloride, mercuric
iodide, massa hydrargyri, unguentum hydrargyri, hydrargyri cum
ereta.
Write the formula of each of the following: (a) mercurous chloride,
(b) mercuric chloride. Mention the common name and im-
portant properties of each. ,
(a) Hg,Cl,, calomel, is a cholagogue cathartic, intestinal anti-
septic and diuretic. The formula is commonly written, HgCl.
(b) HgCl,, corrosive sublimate, is a violent poison, antiseptic,
and alterative.
Write the chemical equation representing the preparation of calomel.
HgSO, + Hg + 2NaCl = Na,SO, + 2He¢Cl.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 29
METALS OF THE ALKALIES
Name three important elements of the alkali group of metals.
Potassium, sodium, lithium.
Name three important potassium salts. Give in regard to each salt
named: (a) its formula, (b) its principal uses in medicine.
Potassium chlorate, KClO,, antiseptic, refrigerant, sialogogue,
and diuretic.
Potassium nitrate, KNO,, diuretic and antipyretic.
Potassium bicarbonate, KHCO,, antacid and sedative in gastric
disorders. |
Name five sodium salts used in medicine and write the chemical formula
of each.
Sodium bicarbonate, NaHCO,; sodium chloride, NaCl; sodium
sulphate, Na,SO,,10H,0; sodium phosphate, Na,HPO,,12H,0;
sodium carbonate, Na,CO,,10H,0.
Describe the chemical action of liquid caustics on the tissues of the
body. |
The liquid caustics (sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide)
have a great affinity for water and in abstracting same from the
tissues, a great amount of heat is produced, which coagulates the
albumin.
Mention the metals of the sodium group and describe the process of
manufacturing sodium carbonate. :
Potassium, sodium, lithium, rubidium and cesium.
The Solvay process for manufacturing sodium carbonate depends
upon the fact that when carbon dioxide is passed into a solution of
common salt, in aqueous ammonia, sodium bicarbonate is formed,
thus:
NH, + CO, + NaCl + H,O = NaHCO, + NH,CL.
The bicarbonate of soda (NaHCO,), being slightly soluble, is
deposited in large quantities and is converted into ordinary car-
bonate by heating.
CALCIUM GROUP
Name the elements of the calcium group and give their general charac-
teristics.
Magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium and radium. They are
alkaline in character and form oxides and salts whose properties
somewhat resemble the metals of the alkalies. They are white in
color and fusible only above a red heat; all oxidize readily in the
air; all are malleable and ductile.
30 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the process of preparing lime water from lime stone. Write
the reactions.
By heating lime stone, CO, is driven off and calcium oxide
obtained. One part of calcium oxide is slaked and agitated occasion-
ally during half an hour with 30 parts of water. The mixture is
then allowed to settle and the liquid, containing, besides calcium
hydroxide, the salts of the alkali metals which may have been pres-
ent in the lime, is decanted and thrown away. To the calcium
hydroxide left, and thus purified, 300 parts of water are added
and occasionally shaken in a well-stoppered bottle, from which the
clear liquid may be poured off for use.
CaCO, + heat = CaO + CO,, ete. —
CaO + H,O = Ca(OH),.
Ca(OH), + 300H,O = lime water.
Describe with explanation the manufacture of plaster of Paris.
Plaster of Paris is made by heating native calcium sulphate
(gypsum) and depriving it of part of its water.
2(CaSO,,2H,O)-+ heat = 2CaSO,.H,O (plaster of Paris) and
3H,0.
What is gypsum?
It is native calcium sulphate, CaSO,,2H,O, and occurs abund-
antly in nature in white translucent masses.
Describe magnesium. Name its principal compounds used in medicine
and write the chemical formula of each compound named.
Magnesium is a brilliant, almost silver-white alkaline metal with
a specific gravity of 1.74. It is tenacious and ductile; dissolves
readily in dilute acids, forming salts. It is easily combustible and
burns with an intensely brilliant light, and is used in photography
for flashlight purposes.
Compounds used in medicine: oxide, MgO, known as magnesia;
carbonate, MgCO,; sulphate (Epsom salts), MgSO,,7H,O.
Describe the method of preparing Epom salts. Write the formula of
Epsom salts.
Prepared by treating magnesium carbonate with sulphuric acid
and evaporating the solution to the crystallizing point. MgCO, +
H.SO, = MgSO, + H,O + CO,. Formula of Epsom salts, MgSO,,-
7H,0.
Name and give the formula of a compound of barium used in medicine.
Barium chloride, BaCl,.
;
f
|
i
i
i
;
i
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 31
ZINC
Name three preparations of zinc that are used in medicine and write
the chemical formula of each.
Zine sulphate, ZnSO,; zine chloride, ZnCl,; zine oxide, ZnO.
Describe a method of preparing zinc sulphate.
Dissolve zine in dilute sulphuric acid.
H.SO, + Zn = ZnSO, + 2H.
How can Epsom salts be distinguished from zinc sulphate?
By testing with potassium ferrocyanide. Zinc ferrocyanide will
be thrown down as a white precipitate. No precipitate is formed
with magnesium.
BORON
Give the names of the principal compounds and the chemical impor-
tance in medicine of boron.
Borie acid, H,BO,.
Sodium borate, Na,B,0,,10H,O (borax).
Borie acid and borax are mild, harmless, non-irritating anti-
septics and are very serviceable in surgery.
ALUMINUM
Give the properties of aluminum and mention its important salts.
Aluminum is a bluish-white, brilliant metal; malleable and
ductile; specific gravity, 2.583. It is an excellent conductor of heat
and electricity. It oxidizes superficially in the air and has the
valuable properties of strength and lightness combined.
Aluminum sulphate is its most important salt. This combines
_ with the sulphates of the alkaline metals to form a class of double
salts, known as alums, Potassium alum is the commonest example.
BISMUTH
Give (a) the symbol, (b) atomic weight, (c) occurrence in nature, and
(d) the compounds used in medicine of bismuth.
(a) Bi. (b) 206.5. (¢) Rare, occurs as an oxide and sulphide.
(d) Bismuth subnitrate, subgallate, subearbonate, subsalicylate and
citrate.
IRON
How does iron occur in nature?
Iron is found in small quantities in nearly all forms of rocks,
clay, sand and earth, and in plants and blood. Rarely found free
32 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
in nature except in meteoric masses, but is very abundant in certain
ores, vlz., magnetite, hematite and siderite.
Give the physical and chemical difference between cast iron and
wrought iron.
Cast iron is brittle and cannot be welded or forged. It contains
two, three or more per cent. of carbon. Wrought iron fuses with
difficulty and is tough, fibrous and can be welded. It contains
1.6 per cent. or less of carbon.
Describe briefly the Bessemer process.
The Bessemer process of making steel from cast iron, which
is accomplished by removing the carbon from the latter, is as follows:
melted pig iron (cast iron) is poured into an egg-shaped vessel,
called a ‘‘converter,’’ through which a powerful blast of air can be
blown. The converter is made of the strongest wrought iron and is
lined with an infusible layer of fire clay. As the air bubbles through
the molten iron, being forced in from below, the temperature rises
and silicon and carbon are burned away. Spiegeleisen is added to
supply the proper amount of carbon for good steel. The molten
mass is then poured into moulds.
Mention three important ores of iron.
Magnetic oxide, Fe,0,; hematite, Fe,O,; and siderite, FeCOQ,.
Give the common name, the chemical name and the chemical formula of
three compounds of iron. |
1. Copperas, or green vitriol, ferrous sulphate, FeSO,.
2. Chloride of iron, ferric chloride, Fe,Cl,.
3. Carbonate of iron, ferrous carbonate, FeCO,.
Give the chemical equation showing the preparation of ferrous sulphate.
Give the common names of ferrous sulphate and state its
uses in medicine. _
Fe, + 2H,SO, = 2FeSO, + 2H,. Fe,SO,,7H,O, copperas, green
vitriol or ferrous sulphate, is used in medicine as a hematinic, astrin-
gent, vermicide and disinfectant.
What is reduced iron and how is it made?
It is a very fine, grayish-black, lusterless powder, without odor
or taste; permanent in dry air, insoluble in water or alcohol.
Made by passing hydrogen gas over freshly made, and carefully
_ washed, ferric oxide, in a hot and closed tube. ;
Ce I ee ig Oe an Fee ee RS Eee FR nA eo I I ae Lg, I ES ag ay ee ae
ee eee oe
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 33
ARSENIC
Give the properties of arsenic and name some of the compounds of
arsenic used in medicine.
Arsenic is an odorless, tasteless, steel-black non-metal with a
metallic appearance. It is very brittle and volatilizes unchanged
and without melting when heated to 180° C. without access of air.
In the air it burns with a bluish-white light and gives forth an odor
which resembles that of garlic; insoluble in water; occurs as an
opaque powder or in irregular masses.
Compounds of arsenic used in medicine: Fowler’s solution,
arsenious acid, arsenious iodide and sodium arsenate. -
Write the chemical formula of white arsenic. State the occurrence of
arsenic in nature.
White arsenic, or arsenious acid, As,Q,.
Arsenic sometimes occurs in nature in the native state, but
generally as a sulphide or oxide.
Describe the making of one preparation of arsenic that is used in
medicine. |
Fowler’s solution, liquor potassi arsenitis. Dissolve one part
arsenious oxide and two parts of potassium bicarbonate in ten parts
of distilled water by boiling. Add enough distilled water to make
ninety-seven parts and then add three parts of compound tincture
of lavender. Filter through paper.
_ Give Marsh’s test for arsenic. What other element gives a similar
reaction? How may these two be distinguished?
Make a hydrogen generator with a flask containing zine and
hydrochloric acid. Ignite the hydrogen escaping through the tube.
Pour into the generating flask a few drops of any compound of
arsenic. Hold a piece of cold porcelain against the flame, and a
black, mirror-like stain of metallic arsenic will be deposited upon it.
Antimony compounds give a similar reaction. The arsenic stain
is soluble in a solution of sodium hypochlorite, whereas, the anti-
mony stain is not.
Mention a common substance containing arsenic.
Paris green. Arsenic is also found in lead shot, it being used to
harden the same.
How should the contents of the stomach be examined for the presence
of arsenic?
Examine under the microscope for solid arsenious oxide. Then
apply Marsh’s test given above.
3
34 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
ANTIMONY
Name the preparation of antimony used in medicine.
Antimonyl-potassium tartrate, commonly called tartar emetie.
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
What is organic chemistry?
Organic chemistry is the chemistry of the carbon compounds or
the chemistry of the hydrocarbons and their derivatives.
Differentiate between hydrocarbons and carbohydrates.
Hydrocarbons are compounds of hydrogen and carbon, as
methane, CH,.
Carbohydrates are compounds composed of carbon, hydrogen
and oxygen, the two latter elements being present in the same
relative atomic proportion as in water, ¢.g., grape sugar, C,H,,O,.
Name four elements that enter into the formation of most organic
bodies.
Carbon, hydrogen, oxygen and nitrogen.
Give the difference between essential oils and fixed oils.
Essential oils are derived from plants and belong to the class
of compounds known as terpenes. They generally bear the em-
pirical formula C,,H, and are volatile liquids. They do not form
glycerine when treated with an alkali.
Fixed oils are the true fats and are composed of the glyceryl
radical combined with a fat acid radical. They form soap when
treated with an alkali.
How does gallic acid differ from tannic acid? What are the tests for
differentiating the same?
Gallic acid does not coagulate albumin, nor precipitate alkaloids,
gelatin or starch; whereas, tannic acid does.
To a dilute solution (1-100) of tannic acid add a small quantity
of lime water. A pale, bluish-white, flocculent precipitate is formed,
which is not dissolved on shaking (difference from gallic acid), but
becomes more copious and of a deeper blue than pinkish by the addi-
tion of an excess of lime water.
FERMENTATION AND PUTREFACTION
Why are organic substances liable to decay?
Because they are composed of combustible elements (carbon
and hydrogen) which readily oxidize, forming carbon dioxide and
water. Organic substances offer the proper environment for the
incubation of bacteria.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 35
Name the principal salts of acetic acid and state which of the salts
named are used in veterinary medicine.
The acetates of potassium, lead, ammonium, sodium, zine and
copper. The first five named are used in veterinary medicine.
What is vinegar? How made? 7
Vinegar is dilute acetic acid (about 6 per cent.). It is made by
the oxidation of fermented juices (wine, cider). This oxidation is
greatly facilitated by the enzyme ‘‘Mycoderme aceti.’’ Vinegar is
also made artificially by adding coloring and odoriferous substances
to dilute acetic acid.
ALCOHOLS
State briefly the method of preparation of alcohol. Give the properties
and the principal uses of alcohol.
Ethyl alcohol is prepared by the fermentation of grape sugar
(glucose). Toa solution of grape sugar, a certain yeast (ferment) is
added which causes the decomposition of the sugar, yielding carbon
dioxide and ethyl alcohol. Alcohol boils at a much lower tempera-
ture than water and therefore it can be readily separated by dis-
tillation.
C,H,,0, = 2CO, + 2C,H,OH (ethyl alcohol).
Methyl aleohol (CH,OH) is obtained by the distillation of wood.
Pure ethyl alcohol is a transparent, colorless, volatile liquid, of
a characteristic, rather agreeable odor, and a burning taste. It is
very soluble in water, for which it has a great affinity. It is used in
medicine in the preparation of tinctures, extracts and fluidextracts,
and widely used in the arts.
What is the difference between an alcohol and an aldehyde?
_ An aldehyde is derived from an alcohol by dehydrating the
latter, hence it contains less hydrogen than an alcohol. Aldehydes
are unstable (except formaldehyde), very volatile liquids having
a peculiar odor, e.g., liquor formaldehyadt.
Give the formula for (a) ethyl alcohol, (b) methyl alcohol. Which is
used for internal purposes?
(a) C,H,OH, used internally.
(b) CH,OH.
What is absolute alcohol? .
Alcohol containing not more than one per cent. of water.
Compare wine and brandy in respect to composition.
Wine, according to the variety, contains from 6 to 22 per cent.
alcohol. Brandy contains from 40 to 50 per cent. of alcohol.
36 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
CHLOROFORM
How is chloroform prepared? Write the formula of chloroform.
Chloroform is prepared by the action of chlorinated lime on
alcohol, or the purest from chloral. Formula, CHCIl,.
Give the properties of chloroform.
Chloroform is a heavy, colorless liquid of a characteristic ethereal
odor, a burning, sweet taste, and a neutral reaction; it is but spar-
ingly soluble in water, but miscible with alcohol and ether in all
proportions. It evaporates rapidly at all temperatures. Specific
gravity, about 1.48.
IODOFORM
State the derivation of iodoform.
lodoform is a derivative of methane, CH,, in which three atoms
of hydrogen have been replaced by three atoms of iodine. It is
made by heating together an aqueous solution of an alkali ecar-
bonate, iodine and alcohol, until the brown color of iodine has disap-
peared; on cooling, iodoform is deposited in yellow scales, which are
washed and dried between filter paper.
Give the chemical formula and uses of iodoform.
CHI,. It is used in surgery as an antiseptic for wound dress-
ings, also for its slight local anesthetic effect.
CHLORAL
Describe chloral.
Chloral is a colorless, oily liquid, with a penetrating odor and
an acrid taste; soluble in water; specific gravity, 1.5. Formula,
C,HC1,0. 3
How is chloral hydrate made? Mention its principal uses in medicine.
Chloral hydrate is made by adding chloral to water, forming
erystals. It is used in medicine for its hypnotic effect.
What is the difference between chloral hydrate and chloroform?
Chloral hydrate, C,HC1,0.
Chloroform, CHCI,.
Chloral hydrate is freely soluble in water; chloroform is only
sparingly so. Chloral hydrate is a crystalline mass and volatilizes
slowly at ordinary temperatures, whereas chloroform is a liquid
and volatizes rapidly at all temperatures.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 37
PHENOLS
Give the composition and the properties of phenol.
Pure phenol, C,H,OH, occurs in colorless crystals which are
deliquescent and soluble in fixed oils, glycerine and water. It has
a characteristic, aromatic odor; when diluted, it has a sweetish and
afterward burning, caustic taste and produces a benumbing and
caustic effect and even blisters on the skin. It is strongly poisonous
and a powerful disinfectant.
What is phenol? For what is it used and from what is it obtained?
See answer to preceding question.
Phenol is used in surgery for its germicidal, antiseptic and slight
anesthetic effecis. Used as a disinfectant and deodorant in cess-
pools, stables, ete. It is obtained by fractional distillation of crude
carbolic acid which is obtained during the distillation of coal-tar.
What is salol? Give its properties and uses.
Salol, a compound of salicylic acid and phenol, is a white, crystal-
line, almost tasteless powder, with a faintly aromatic odor; nearly
insoluble in water, but readily soluble in alcohol and ether. It is
made by the action of suitable dehydrating agents upon a mixture
of phenol and salicylic acid. It is used as an antirheumatic, anti-
pyretic and intestinal antiseptic. |
PETROLEUM
What is petroleum? Name the important derivatives of petroleum
used in medicine.
Petroleum is a product of the decomposition of organic matter,
mostly of the fats and oils of fish and other aquatic animals. It is
a mixture of the various liquid and solid paraffins, often containing
in solution the gaseous and solid members of this group and also
small quantities of coloring and other matters.
Derivatives used in medicine: petrolatum (cosmoline,: vaseline)
and liquid petrolatum.
Mention the source and important properties of vaseline.
Vaseline is obtained from petroleum by distilling off the lighter
and more volatile portion and purifying the residue. It is a fat-
like mass, varying in color from yellowish-white to light amber,
slightly fluorescent, odorless and tasteless; when heated it gives
38 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
off a faint odor of petroleum. Used principally as a base for
ointments.
What is glycerine? How is glycerine prepared? Give its chemical
formula.
Glycerine, a trihydroxyl alcohol, is a colorless, syrupy liquid,
with a specific gravity of 1.28. It is prepared by the action of super-
heated steam and an alkali upon fats, causing a splitting of the
fats into fatty acids and glycerine. Formula, C,H,(OH),.
Mention the sources from which each of the following is obtained:
(a) acetic acid, (b) lactic acid, (c) tartaric acid.
(a) From the destructive distillation of wood and the fermen-
tation of alcohol.
(b) From lactic fermentation of sugar; certain bacteria in milk
produce the enzyme.
(c) Obtained from the deposit occurring in the fermentation of
wine.
ALKALOIDS
What is an alkaloid? State the properties of a vegetable alkaloid.
Mention three alkaloids. |
An alkaloid is an alkaline or basic principle of vegetable or ani-
mal origin. Alkaloids combine with acids to form salts. Vegetable
alkaloids show the characteristic physiologic properties of the sub-
stance from which they are derived. They are usually crystalline,
white, with a bitter taste, and odorless, except those which are vola-
tile. They are insoluble in alkalies, sparingly soluble in water, but
readily soluble in aleohol, ether and chloroform. They are all more
or less toxic.
Strychnia, from nux vomica; morphia, from opium; atropia,
from belladonna.
Mention a chemical antidote for alkaloids and explain why it acts as an
antidote.
Tannin forms an insoluble tannate with nearly all alkaloids.
TOXICOLOGY
What is a poison?
A poison is any substance applied to the body, ingested, or
developed within the body, which causes or may cause disease.
Give a classification of poisons and an example of each class named.
1. Irritant poisons, as caustic potash, phenol and caustic acids.
2. Neurotic poisons, as opium, belladonna and strychnine. ©
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 39
Define ptomaines and state how they are produced.
Ptomaines are the alkaloidal or basie products of the putrefac-
tion of animal or vegetable matter. They are produced by the action
of bacteria on nitrogenous matter.
Distinguish between physiological, chemical and mechanical antidotes
and give an example of each.
A physiological antidote does not act directly upon the poison
but produces physiological effects opposite to that of the poison.
Example: strychnine as an antidote to opium poisoning.
A chemical antidote is one which changes the chemical nature of
the poison, rendering it inert. Example: sulphates in lead poison-
ing form insoluble lead sulphate.
A mechanical antidote is one that prevents the absorption of the
poison. Example: stomach pump, mucilaginous drinks.
Name three metallic poisons and mention an antidote for each.
Lead: antidote, magnesium sulphate.
Mereury: antidote, albumin.
Copper: antidote, potassium ferrocyanide.
Name the antidotes that should be prescribed in case of poisoning by
(a) caustic alkalies, (b) mineral acids, (c) mercuric chloride.
(a) Vinegar, olive oil, demuleent drinks, lemon juice.
(b) Sodium bicarbonate, lime water, soap.
(ec) Egg albumin, flour and water.
Give the treatment for strychnine poisoning in the dog.
Produce vomiting at once; give tannin; place patient under
ether, chloral or potassium bromide for a few hours.
Name the antidotes for phosphorous poisoning.
Copper sulphate, turpentine, peroxide of hydrogen, potassium
permanganate. Never use oils.
Mention a chemical antidote for arsenic and explain its action.
Freshly prepared hydrated oxide of iron forms the insoluble
ferric arsenite or arsenate.
Give treatment in case of poisoning by Paris green.
Same as arsenic. See preceding answer. Empty stomach; give
oils and mucilaginous drinks as well as stimulants.
Give the chemical antidotes for (a) zinc salts, (b) lead salts.
(a) Solution of tannin (or strong tea) forms the insoluble
tannate of zine.
40 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
(b) Magnesium sulphate forms the insoluble sulphate of lead.
In chronic lead poisoning, give potassium iodide liberally.
‘Mention precautions to be observed in case of poisoning by mineral
acids.
Avoid stomach tube, as it might perforate the softened cesopha-
gus. Neutralize the acids before producing vomiting.
What is the treatment for carbolic acid poisoning? >
Give Epsom salts, or neutralize with alcohol, and produce vomit-
ing with apomorphine or use the stomach pump. Opiates relieve
pain.
PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Define physiological chemistry.
Physiological chemistry is that part of chemistry which has
more especially for its object the various chemical changes which
take place in the living organism of either plants or animals.
Define the terms metabolism, catabolism and anabolism.
Metabolism refers to the various chemical changes occurring in
the living body, due to the action of enzymes, bacteria, and the
living cell activity.
Catabolism is destructive metabolism, or the conversion of mat-
ter, especially protoplasm, into a lower state of organization and
ultimately into waste products.
_ Anabolism is constructive metabolism, or the change of matter
from a lower to a higher state of organization ; especially the conver-
sion of matter into protoplasm.
Define isotonic, hypo-isotonic and hyperisotonic solutions.
Isotoni¢e is a condition in which the tension in two substances,
or solutions, is the same, that is, the osmotic pressure is equal, ¢.g.,
physiologic salt solution is isotonic with blood.
Hypo-isotonic refers to a solution having a lesser osmotic power
than another.
Hyperisotonic refers to a solution having a greater osmotic power
than another. A solution of salt in greater proportion than is
present in a physiological salt solution would be hyperisotonic to
blood. Such a solution if mixed with blood would cause hemolysis
and other changes.
What is a physiologic salt solution?
It is a solution of sodium chloride of a certain strength (0.6 to
0.9 per cent.) which is isotonic with blood.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 41
Define (a) osmosis, (b) diffusion.
(a) Osmosis is the phenomenon of the passage of certain fluids
through a porous substance, usually an animal membrane.
(b) Diffusion is the gradual interchange of the particles of mis-
cible liquids when brought together.
CARBOHYDRATES
Define carbohydrates. How do they differ from hydrocarbons? Give
an example of each.
Carbohydrates are organic compounds composed of hydrogen,
carbon and oxygen; hydrogen and oxygen usually being present in
the same proportion as in water. Example: glucose, C,H,,0,.
A hydrocarbon is an organic compound composed of carbon and
hydrogen. Example: methane, CH,.
Mention carbohydrates that are common food for horses and cattle.
Starches, sugars and gums which are present in large propor-
tions in nearly all the common feeding-stuffs.
FATS
Define fats. ‘Give the names of three fats.
Fats are compounds of the glyceryl radical and a fat acid
radical. They are formed by glycerine and a fat acid, and consist
of carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, are insoluble in water, slightly
soluble in cold alcohol, easily soluble in ether. In a pure state,
all fats are odorless, colorless, tasteless substances, and stain paper
permanently.
Palmitin, stearin and olein are the principa! animal fats.
What is soap? Describe a laboratory method of preparing soap.
Soap is a compound of one or more fatty acids with an alkali.
It is usually prepared by the direct action of caustic soda or
potash upon fats.
MILK
What is the composition of normal cow’s milk?
The average composition may be given as follows:
Te ape NIG Ra 6 CE eae eee nee br ge Pe. 871.7
PeaeeE ers kek ein! LOE yk 128.3
(2 | RETEST CVG AON Ts See? SR a aR Ur aos
Meee as ae Bi ao kee neh ara 36.9
Mme ee eo Ug SAY Seles miners 48.8
“Sh SRS DOS 2 Taek a pes Av a re CM eh Beret Ook
42 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the process of determining the per cent. of butter fat in a
specimen of milk.
Take 20 ¢c.c. of milk and add to it a small amount of a sodium
hydrate solution. Extract the fat by adding 80 c.c. of ether which
has been saturated with water. This is done by shaking in a tightly
closed bottle. After the ethereal extract has entirely separated,
60 ¢.c. are placed in a weighed beaker, and the ether allowed to
evaporate ; the residue is dried and weighed. The result is calculated
out for 80 c.c. of the ethereal extract, corresponding to 20 c.c. of
milk.
Describe briefly the cause of the souring of milk and the changes —
thereby produced.
The lactic acid bacteria act upon the lactose, forming lactic acid
which renders the milk sour and coagulates the caseinogen, the curd. .
The milk becomes acid in reaction, the curd settles as a thick, jelly-
like mass, leaving a watery fluid, the whey, above.
Give the requirements of the State of New York in regard to milk
composition.
Milk must contain twelve per cent. solids, of which three per cent.
must be butter fat.
Give the Pennsylvania State requirements for milk composition.
Milk must contain not less than 12.5 per cent. solids, of which
3 per cent. must be fat.
URINE
Describe a test for sugar in the urine.
Place some Fehling’s solution in a test tube and boil it. If no
discoloration takes place, it is suitable for the test. Add a few
drops of the suspected urine and boil. If the mixture suddenly
turns to an opaque yellow or red color, the presence of sugar is
indicated.
Give a test for albumin in the urine.
To a small amount of nitric acid in a test tube, gently pour upon
the surface some of the suspected urine. If albumin is present,
a ring of white coagulum occurs at the junction of the two fluids.
Describe a method of detecting the presence of bile in the urine.
Agitate a few drops of chloroform with the suspected urine
in a test tube. If bile be present, the chloroform becomes turbid
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 43
and acquires a yellowish hue, the depth of which depends upon the
amount of bile present.
What is Fehling’s solution and for what is it employed?
Fehling’s solution is an aqueous solution of cupric sulphate
mixed with potassio-sodic tartrate solution. It is used as a test for
sugar. See answer to preceding question.
State the specific gravity of normal urine.
The specific gravity of horse urine ranges from 1020 to 1050,
the average being about 1035.
What is urea? Give its chemical formula.
Urea is an end-product of metabolism. It is produced by the
metabolism of the albuminous foods ingested and the albuminous
substances in the body. It is a white, crystallizable substance and
the chief nitrogenous constituent of urine. Formula, CON,H,,.
ANATOMY*
OsTEOLOGY
Give the properties and describe the development of the growth of bone.
Bone is composed of one-third animal matter and two-thirds
mineral matter, principally phosphates and carbonates of lime.
Externally, bones are covered by a very vascular and nervous,
fibrous membrane, except over the articular surfaces and insertion
of tendons and ligaments. Bone proper consists of lamelle, tray-
ersed by ‘‘Haversian canals.’’ These canals are very minute and
are part of the vascular system. The medulla, or marrow, is a
pulpy, fatty substance which fills the interior and the areole of the
spongy tissue of bones. Blood-vessels and nerves enter by way of
the nutrient canal. Flat bones (found in the head) do not have a
medullary cavity.
Bones are developed from cartilages and fibrous tissue. The
bones of the face and cranium are the only ones formed from the
latter. Cartilage, undergoing calcification and being ramified with
-blood-vessels which carry the osteoblasts (bone-producing eells),
eventually becomes hard, dense bone. Fibrous tissue is transformed
very much the same except that the blood-vessels and other directing
lines do not arrange themselves in parallel as in the long bones
and, as a result, the medullary canal is absent, it being replaced
by irregular, communicating cavities, called medullary spaces.
How many bones are there in the skeleton of the horse?
The number is subject to slight variation in different skeletons.
Considering the sacrum as a single bone, the os hyoides as one and
16 as the average number of coccygeal vertebre, there are 191
bones in the horse’s skeleton.
Name the bones of the cranium.
Occipital, parietal, frontal, sphenoid and ethmoid, and two tem-
poral—seven in all.
Name the bones of the head.
Besides those of the cranium, above mentioned, there are the
following pairs: superior maxillary, premaxillary, palatine, ptery-
goid, malar, lachrymal, nasal, superior and inferior turbinated, and |
ee ee ee ee ee ee ee
three single bones—vomer, inferior maxillary and hyoid.
* Unless otherwise stated all questions relate to the horse.
44
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 45
Describe the frontal bone of the ox.
A very large, flat bone, occupying nearly one-half the anterior
surface of the head and forming the front part of the roof of the
cranium and part of the face. Quadrilateral in shape, it presents
an external and internal face and four borders. The external face,
slightly convex, is extended laterally by the processes which form
the orbital arches and rest on the malar bone. Its middle region is
covered by the skin and constitutes the base of the forehead. In the
upper third, the supra-orbital foramen opens into a _ vasculo-
nervous groove which ascends toward the base of the horns, and
descends to near the lower border of the bone. The internal face
is concave and divided into two unequal parts by a transverse ridge.
The superior, the more extensive, is covered with digital impres-
sions and belongs to the cranial cavity. The inferior part, articu-
lating in the median line with the ethmoid, shows, between the
external and internal plates of the bone, the frontal sinuses, two
spaces which form part of the roof of the nasal cavities. Projecting
from each side of the superior border are the osseous conical cores
which support the horns (absent in hornless breeds). These projec-
tions are long and curved, very rugged, perforated by foramina and
grooved by small vascular channels. The inferior border is deeply
notched in its middle to receive the nasal bones. Laterally, the
bone articulates with the sphenoid, parietal, lachrymal and malar.
The orbital foramen, in the ox, belongs entirely to the frontal bone.
Describe the superior maxillary bone.
This bone, the most extensive in the upper jaw, is situated on the
side of the face; it is bordered above by the frontal, palatine,
zygomatic and lachrymal bones, below by the premaxillary, in front
by the nasal, behind and within by that of the opposite side. It is
elongated vertically and is irregularly triangular.
The external face shows a convex surface ending below in the
supermaxillary spine; the infra-orbital foramen. The internal face
shows a flat surface which forms the outer wall of the nasal fossa;
the maxillary sinus, the palatine canal; a ridge for the attachment
of the inferior turbinated; the inferior opening of the lachrymal
. canal.
The external border is very thick and hollowed into six large
quadrilateral cavities, alveoli, which hold the molar teeth. Above |
the last alveolus is the alveolar tuberosity, and, below the first, the
interdental space.
46 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
The superior extremity is large and rounded and shows: a large
cavity, the maxillary sinus; the infra-orbital canal; and the palatine
canal.
The inferior extremity presents a cavity which forms the alveolus
of the tusk, and unites with a similar space in the premaxillary bone.
Describe the inferior maxilla.
The inferior maxillary is a very large bone, situated behind the
upper jaw, and is composed of two symmetrical branches, joined at
their lower extremities to form the intermaxillary space. It consists
of two extremities, an inferior and superior, two faces, external and
internal, and two borders, a superior and inferior. :
The inferior extremity shows the body of the bone which is
formed by the union of the two lateral halves. The inferior face
is smooth and convex, and shows the inferior opening of the maxillo-
dental canal—the mental foramen; on a level with this foramen,
the bone markedly contracts to form the neck. The superior face
is smooth and concave; it supports the free extremity of the tongue.
The circumference is convex anteriorly and contains six sockets for
the incisors, and behind these—in the male only—on either side is
an additional socket for the tusks. The space between the lateral
incisors and tusks is called the bars, or inferior interdental space.
The superior extremity shows the condyloid process which
articulates with the glenoid cavity of the temporal bone; the neck,
a constriction below the condyle; the coronoid process, in front of
the condyle and separated from it by the sigmoid notch, is flattened
on its sides and receives the terminal insertion of the temporalis
muscle. .
The external face is smooth and rounded in its inferior two-
thirds and roughened above for the insertion of the masseter
muscle. The internal face presents in its upper one-third the
superior orifice of the inferior maxillodental canal which runs down
under the molar teeth, between the two plates of the bone, to the
mental foramen; in its inferior two-thirds the internal face is
smooth. Near the alveolar border and running parallel therewith
is the myloid ridge. At the junction of the two sides is a roughened.
excavation—the genial surface.
The superior, or alveolar border, shows a straight or inferior
portion which is hollowed by six alveoli to receive the inferior molar
teeth, and a curved or superior portion for muscular insertion.
The inferior border shows a sharp, straight portion and a more
rounded portion above. The union of these two portions forms the
angle of the jaw. |
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 47
‘Name the bones of the fore limbs of the horse and state how they
differ from those of the ox.
In the horse: Scapula, humerus, radius, ulna, scaphoid, lunar,
cuneiform, pisiform, trapezoid, magnum, unciform, principal meta-
carpus, two rudimentary metacarpi, suffraginis, corone, pedis, two
sesamoids and one naviculare.
In the ox: Scapula, humerus, radius, ulna, six carpal bones (the
os magnum and trapezoid are fused together), two metacarpi (one
principal and one rudimentary, situated outwardly), four digits—
two with three phalanges and three sesamoids (as in the single digit
of the horse), and two rudimentary ones, composed of two small
bones.
Describe the scapula and name the bone with which it articulates.
The scapula is a fiat, triangular-shaped bone which is applied
against the anterior and outer plane of the thorax in an oblique
direction downward and forward.
It has two faces, external and internal; three angles, anterior
or cervical, posterior or dorsal, and inferior or humeral, and three
borders, anterior, posterior, and superior.
The external surface is divided by a marked crest, the acromian
spine, which runs parallel to the long axis of the bone, into two
unequal depressed surfaces, the supra- and infraspinous fosse.
The internal face is concave, forming the subscapular fossa, and is
roughened for muscular insertion.
The anterior or cervical angle is comparatively thin, the posterior
or dorsal is thick. The inferior or humeral is separated from the
rest of the bone by a slight constriction, the neck of the scapula.
It presents a glenoid cavity, a round, shallow depression, which
receives the head of the humerus, and in front, a coracoid process,
with a base and a summit which curves inwardly.
The superior border is sharp and thin, while the posterior is
thick and slightly concave, and the superior is irregular and is
prolonged by a thin cartilage, the cartilage of prolongation.
The scapula articulates with the humerus.
Describe the ulna.
The ulna is an elongated, triangular-shaped bone which is applied
against the posterior and upper three-fourths of the radius and
strongly united with the same. It presents for study a middle por-
tion and two extremities.
The middle portion shows an external smooth, an internal con-
eave, and an anterior rough surface which unites with the radius.
In the middle third of the anterior surface is seen the ulnar groove
48 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
which aids in forming the radio-ulnar arch. The posterior border is
concave and thick.
On the superior extremity is an enormous process, the olecranon,
which provides place for the attachment of the extensors of the fore-
arm. It shows anteriorly an articular surface, the sigmoid cavity,
which terminates above in a beak. The inferior extremity terminates
in a sharp point, and sometimes by a small knob, the capitellum,
which sometimes extends to the inferior extremity of the radius.
The ulna articulates with the humerus and radius.
Name the bones of the carpus.
Seaphoid, lunar, cuneiform, pisiform or supercarpal, trapezoid,
magnum and unciform.
Describe the pedal bone.
The pedal bone, os pedis, third phalanx or coffin bone as it is
variously known, supports the hoof and anterior limb. It is a short
bone, somewhat pyramidal in shape, and is divided into three faces,
three borders, and two lateral angles.
The anterior face is perforated by vascular openings and shows
laterally the preplantar fissure, a horizontal groove between the
basilar and retrossal processes ; between this fissure and the inferior
border of the bone is a roughened projecting surface, the patilobe
eminence. The superior face shows two articular surfaces, glenoid
cavities, which are divided by a median ridge. The inferior (or
solar) face is somewhat concave and divided into two regions by
the semilunar crest; just behind this crest and on either side the
plantar fissures which open into a cavity in the interior, the semi-
lunar sinus, may be seen.
The superior border is convex forward and shows the pyramidal
eminence. The inferior border is convex and perforated by from
five to ten large foramina. The posterior border is slightly con-
cave and shows a diarthrodial facet for the navicular bone.
The lateral angles are two projections which are directed back-
ward. They show a superior, the basilar, and an inferior, the retros-
sal, process.
What bones enter into the formation of the foot?
Seven carpals, three metacarpals, three phalanges and three
sesamoids, before mentioned.
Describe the first two cervical vertebra.
The first or atlas has no head but instead two deep concave
facets which articulate with the occipital ; posteriorly, is an articular
surface for the odontoid process of the axis; the transverse processes
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 49
are large, flattened and incline forward and downward; there is no
spinous process, but a roughened surface instead. At the base of
each transverse process are two foramina which traverse it from
below upward.
The second or axis is the longest of all the cervical vertebre.
It terminates anteriorly in a conical process, the odontoid, which
is convex, smooth below and concave above to articulate with the
atlas. The spinous process is very prominent and elongated antero-
posteriorly. The transverse processes are only slightly developed.
Describe the common characteristics of vertebre.
Each vertebra has a body, and an arch enclosing the spinal canal.
The superior face of the body forms the lower boundary of the
spinal canal. The anterior extremity of the body is convex and the
posterior is concave. The arch projects upward from the body and
is composed of pedicles, laminz, transverse, spinous and articular
processes. The articular processes, four in number, are distributed
two anteriorly and two posteriorly. The anterior pair look upward,
the posterior look downward.
What are true vertebrze? Give the number in the horse, ox and dog.
True vertebre are those constituting the cervical, dorsal and lum-
bar regions of the spinal column. There are 30 in the horse, 26 in
the ox, and 27 in the dog.
Describe the sternum of the horse and compare it with the sternum of
the ox and dog.
The sternum is the osteocartilaginous body which forms the in-
ferior boundary of the thoracic cavity. It shows on either side
articulations for the first eight ribs; anteriorly, it shows a ecarti-
laginous mass, flattened on each side and curved upward, the cervical
prolongation or presternum; posteriorly it is flattened above and
below to form the xiphoid or ensiform cartilage. It is flattened,
laterally, in its anterior two-thirds, and from above downward in its
posterior one-third. :
The sternum never undergoes complete ossification. It is de-
veloped, in the horse, from six single nuclei which never coalesce
to form a single piece.
In the ox, the sternum is made up of seven parts; they are
much more compact than those in the horse, and are united to each
other, with the exception of the first. There is no cervical pro-
longation and the xiphoid cartilage is feebly developed.
In the sternum of the dog, eight component parts are noted.
They are hollowed in their middle part and thick at their ends.
They are never ossified to each other.
4
50 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the sacrum. :
The sacrum is formed by the consolidation of five vertebrz which
are closely fused. It articulates, anteriorly, with the last lumbar
vertebra, posteriorly, with the first coccygeal bone, and, laterally,
with the os innominata.
The bone is triangular in shape with a base anteriorly, articulat-
ing with the last lumbar vertebra through its body, articular and
transverse processes; posteriorly, the apex articulates with the
coceyx; and laterally, the first segment shows a sort of transverse
process which has an auricular facet to furnish articulation with
the os innominata. The inferior surface is smooth and shows four
intervertebral foramina, and the superior surface shows in its mid-
dle the spinous processes which together constitute the sacral spine.
On each side of the sacral spine is a groove which is pierced between
each segment by the supersacral foramina.
Name the bones of the pelvis.
The os innominatum, made up of the ilium, pubis and ischium,
and the sacrum.
Describe the cotyloid cavity.
The cotyloid cavity is a deep excavation which is formed in the
middle of the os innominata at the junction of the ilium, pubis and
ischium. It is circumscribed by a narrow rim which is notched on
the inner side to communicate with the subpubic notch. The deeper
portion is roughened for ligamentous insertion. The cavity receives
the articulating head of the femur.
Describe the pelvis. State the difference between the pelvis of the
horse and that of the ox.
The pelvis is a bony cavity in the posterior part of the body,
which prolongs the abdominal cavity between the sacrum and the
coccygeal vertebre. It is formed above by the sacrum, laterally
by the ilia, but mostly by the sacrosciatic ligament, and below by
the ischia and pubes. The inlet is bounded by the sacrum, pubes
and ilia and has four diameters, vertical, horizontal and two
oblique; the outlet, through which pass the rectum and genital
organs, is bounded by the sacrum, ischia and sacrosciatic ligament,
and has two diameters, vertical and horizontal.
In the ox, the os innominatum is nearly horizontal, the transverse
diameter is relatively less extensive, and the ilium is more oblique.
Name the bones of the hind limb.
The os innominatum or coxa (composed of ilium, pubis and
ischium), femur, tibia, fibula, the tarsus (composed of six bones,
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ol
viz., astragalus, caleaneum, cuneiform magnum, cuneiform medium,
cuneiform parvum, and cuboid), one principal and two rudimentary
metatarsi, two sesamoids, suffraginis, corone, pedis, and naviculare.
Give the number of ribs, sternal and asternal, in the horse, the ox and
the dog respectively.
Sternal: horse, 8; ox, 8; dog, 9.
Asternal: horse, 10; ox, 5; dog, 4.
Define trochanter, condyle, trochlea, foramen, sinus, tuberosity, spinous
process, glenoid cavity.
Trochanter is a large, bony eminence on the superior extremity of
the femur, below the neck.
A condyle is an articular eminence on the extremity of a bone
which represents an ovoid segment cut parallel to its larger axis
(e.g., the condyles of the femur).
A trochlea is a pulley-like articular surface on the extremities
of bones, as seen on the os astragalus or tibial-tarsal bone.
A foramen is an opening into or surrounded by bone, through
which blood-vessels and nerves pass.
A sinus is a recess, cavity or hollow space surrounded by bone,
found chiefly within the cranium.
A tuberosity is a large, round, and slightly detached non-
articular eminence on a bone (the great tuberosity of the
humerus).
A spinous process is a bony projection on the dorsal face of a
vertebra.
A glenoid cavity is an oval, shallow, diarthrodial cavity in a bone
(the glenoid cavity of the scapula).
ARTHROLOGY
Name the different classes of articulations and give an example of each
class.
Synarthroses, ¢e.g., the occipitotemporal articulation.
Amphiarthroses, e.g., the intervertebral articulations.
Diarthroses, e.g., the coxofemoral articulation.
Yefine (a) synarthrosis, (b) amphiarthrosis, (c) diarthrosis.
Synarthrosis is an immovable articulation as seen in the bones
of the skull. :
Amphiarthrosis is a joint with limited movement, being inter-
52 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
i a i
What structures may enter into the construction of the following
different kinds of joints: (a) synarthrodial, (b) amphi-
arthrodial, and (c) diarthrodial? *
(a) Bone, fibrous tissue and periosteum.
(b). Bone, fibrocartilage, ligaments.
(c) Bone, cartilage, ligaments, synovial capsule and synovia. |
Describe the atlo-axoid articulation.
This is an example of a diarthrodial joint. 3 is made up of the
odontoid and articular processes of the axis and the corresponding
depressions on the atlas.
Ligaments: Odontoid, from the odontoid to the inferior arch of
the atlas; the superior atlo-axoid, between the spines; the inferior
atlo-axoid below the bodies; the capsular ligaments (two) between
the articular processes; synovial membrane.
Action: Lateral rotation.
eS ee eee eee
Describe the articulating surfaces of the axis.
Anteriorly, is a conical process, termed the odontoid, which is
flattened above and below, convex and smooth on its inferior surface
to fit the corresponding surface on the atlas. The anterior articu-
lating processes (prezygopophyses) are carried to the base and to
each side of the odontoid in the shape of two undulating facets and
are confounded with the gliding surface of the latter. Posteriorly,
is a wide and deep cavity to receive the head of the succeeding
vertebra; above and on each side of this cavity are the posterior
articulating processes (post-zygopophyses) inclined downward.
Oe ee a
— i i iit a i i
Describe the joints that, back of the dentata, connect the vertebra.
Ligaments: 1. The common superior vertebral ligament which
lies above the bodies of the vertebre and is attached to them from
the axis to the sacrum.
2. The common inferior vertebral ligament which lies below the
bodies and is attached to them from the sixth or eighth dorsal to
the sacrum.
3. An interarticular fibrocartilage which is found between the
bodies of the vertebre.
4. A capsular ligament, between the articular processes.
5. An intertransverse, between the transverse processes.
6. An interlamellar, between the laminz.
7. An interspinous, between the spinous processes.
8. A supraspinous, between the summits of the spinous processes.
The ligamentum nuchze extends from the first dorsal to the
occiput. In the sacral and coccygeal regions the articulations are
more or less fused and rudimentary.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 53
The fibrocartilage in the lumbosacral articulation is very thick
and the transverse processes of the last lumbar articulates with the
external angles of the sacrum. The fifth and sixth lumbar also
articulate between their transverse processes.
The movements of the spinal column are those of flexion, exten-
sion and lateral. These movements are quite free in the cervical
region but restricted elsewhere.
Describe the ligamentum nuche, particularly as to its origin, distribu-
tion and function.
The ligamentum nuche is composed of two portions, viz., a
funicular portion, from the first dorsal spinous process to the sum-
mit of the head, and a lamellar portion which extends between the
spinous processes of the second dorsal and the last six cervical
vertebre.
Function: It acts as a stay and support to the head and main-
tains the head and neck in a natural position during repose.
What forms and kinds of costochondral and costosternal joints in the ©“
horse and the ox hinder or favor free breathing in the
recumbent position?
The costochondral in the horse are synarthrodial and hinder, but
in the ox they are true gingymoid diarthroses and hence favor free
breathing. The costosternal in both the horse and the ox are
diarthrodial, but have a gliding movement only, hence they hinder
free breathing in the recumbent position.
Describe the shoulder-joint.
The seapulohumeral articulation is an enarthrodial, or ball-and-
socket joint, which is formed by the head of the humerus and the
glenoid cavity of the scapula.
Ligaments: A rudimentary glenoid ligament which deepens the
cavity; a capsular ligament, extending from the margins of the
cavity to the neck of the humerus; two supporting fasciculi from
the coracoid process to the head of the humerus.
The muscles in relation to the joint are:
1. In front, coracoradial.
2. Behind, large extensor of the forearm and teres minor.
3. Outside, short abductor of the arm and postea spinatus.
4, Inside, subscapularis.
Action: Abduction, adduction, fipcine, extension, rotation and
circumduction.
Name and describe the ligaments of the elbow-joint.
An anterior, from the humerus above the articuiar surface to
the anterior part of the radius.
54. VETERINARY STATE BOARD
An external lateral, from the cavity outside of the humerus to
the external portion. of the radius.
An internal lateral, from the inner tuberosity of the inferior
extremity of the humerus to the radial tuberosity and to interos-
seous fibres.
Describe the radiocarpal articulation.
The radiocarpal articulation is an mepeeteur sinslymoid which
is made up of the lower articular surface of the radius and the four
upper carpal bones.
Three ligaments: an internal from the radius to the fourth bone,
a superficial external from the radius to the supercarpal bone, and
a deep external from the radius to the second bone and interosseous
ligament.
IName the structures composing the carpus.
1. The articulations uniting the carpal bones of the first row to
each other.
2. The analogous articulations of the second row.
3. The radiocarpal articulation.
4. The articulation of the two rows with each other.
5. The carpometacarpal articulation.
Describe the ligaments of the knee-joint.
Besides those mentioned above in describing the radiocarpal joint
are three anterior and three interosseous in front ox and between
the first row of carpal bones; two anterior and two interosseous in
front of and between the second row; an external posterior, from the
first bone of the upper to the second bone of the lower row; an
internal posterior, from the internal bone of the upper row to the
second and third of the lower row; an external, from the superearpal
bone to the first bone of the second row and head of the external
metacarpal.
Between the lower row and the metacarpal bones are two an-
terior, one between the second bone and the principal metacarpal,
the other from the first to the external metacarpal ; two interosseous
from the articulation between the metacarpi to the interosseous
ligaments of the second row.
Common carpal ligaments are:
1. Anterior, from the radius to the principal metacarpus.
2. Posterior, from the posterior part of the radial surface to the
carpus and the principal metacarpus.
3. External lateral, from the outer side of the radius to the
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 55
first bones of the upper and lower rows and the outer metacarpal
bone.
4, Internal lateral, from the inner side of the radius to the prin-
cipal and inner metacarpi, as well as to the capsular ligament.
Name the bones and ligaments of the fetlock joint.
Bones: Metacarpus, first phalanx, and two sesamoids.
Ligaments: Intersesamoid, between the two sesamoids; lateral
sesamoid, between the sides of the sesamoid and the upper extremity
of the first phalanx; inferior sesamoid, of three fasciculi from the
posterior surface of the first phalanx to the sesamoid bones; external
and internal lateral, from the metacarpus to the sides of the
first phalanx; an anterior, between the anterior surfaces of both
bones; a posterior, or suspensory ligament of the fetlock, from the
first and second bone of the inferior carpal row and posterior face
of the principal metacarpus to the top of the sesamoids, where it
divides into two fasciculi which pass forward and are inserted into
the anterior extensor of the phalanges.
What is the function of the suspensory ligament?
It acts as a mainstay or brace to the foot, and assists in preventing
jar from concussion when the fore limbs are brought to the ground
in locomotion.
Describe the first interphalangeal articulation.
This is an imperfect ginglymus, between the os suffraginis and
os corone. Ligaments: two lateral ligaments between the sides of
the bones; one posterior ligament, or glenoidal fibrocartilage
attached to the first and second phalanges by six bands, increases
the articular surface below and forms a sheath for the passage of
the perforans tendon.
Movements: Flexion, extension and some lateral motion.
Describe and discuss the functions of the lateral cartilages.
The lateral cartilages, two in number, are composed of fibrous
and cartilaginous tissue, and are the shape of an oblique parallelo-
gram. They are prolonged behind the third phalanx and are
attached in front to the anterior lateral ligament, behind, to the
basilar and retrossal processes and plantar cushion. They are thin
above with a notch posteriorly for vessels; thick below, concave
internally, with vascular foramina, and convex externally, with
foramina for vessels.
In association with the plantar ishing they act as cushions in
preventing jar and allowing for expansion when the foot is brought
in contact with the ground.
56 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the hip-joint.
The coxofemoral articulation is an enarthrodial, or ball-and-
. goeket, joint between the cotyloid cavity of the os Innominata and
the head of the femur.
Ligaments: Capsular, extending from the margins of the coty-
loid cavity to the neck of the femur; a transverse, converting the
notch into a foramen; a cotyloid which deepens the cavity; a coxo-
femoral (ligamentum teres), from the bottom of the cotyloid cavity
to the depression in the head of the femur; a pubiofemoral, from the
inferior face of the pelvis to the cotyloid cavity; a synovial mem-
brane which is very extensive.
Muscles in relation to the joint are, anteriorly, the gracilis and
rectus; posteriorly, the gemelli, internal obturator and pyramidalis;
inferiorly, the external obturator; and superiorly, the small gluteus.
State the difference between the hip-joint of the horse and that of
the ox.
See answer to preceding question.
The pubiofemoral ligament is absent in the ox, which permits of
ereater freedom to movements of abduction.
Describe the femorotibial articulation.
A diarthrodial type of joint, between the a tibia and
patella.
Ligaments: An anterior, made of three strong fasciculi from
the patella to the anterior surface of the tibia; the antepatellar
aponeurosis, which is an expansion of the fascia lata, binds the
_ patella to the femur by two lateral fasciculi; an external lateral,
from the external condyle to the head of the fibula; an internal lat-
eral, from the inner condyle to the inner tibial tuberosity; a pos-
terior, from the posterior face of the femur to the tibia; two crucial,
or interosseous, from the intercondyloid notch to the tibial spine,
crossing in the centre, forming an X; two interarticular fibrocarti-
lages (menisci), attached to the tibial spine and by fasciculi. to the
femur and tibia; a synovial membrane in two portions, one under
the patella and the other under the lateral ligaments.
Action: Flexion, extension and rotation.
‘Name the various articulations of the tarsal joint.
Tibiotarsal, caleaneo-astragaloid, second row of tarsus with aoe
other, two rows of tarsus with each other, and tarsometatarsal.
Describe the calcaneocuboid ligament.
A strong fibrous brace which unites the posterior border of the
calcis to the cuboides and to the head of the external rudimentary
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 57
metatarsal bone. It blends, outwardly, with the external and super-
ficial, tibiotarsal ligament, and inwardly, with the posterior tarso-
metatarsal band. Strains of this ligament give rise to ‘‘curb,’’
MyYoLoGy
Describe aponeuroses.
Aponeuroses are fiattened bands of white fibrous tissue which
envelop, in common, all the muscles of one or several adjoining re-
gions, and by one extremity are attached to the bones. They main-
tain the muscles in their position and sustain them during their
contraction.
Describe the masseter muscle.
A short, wide and very thick muscle, irregularly quadrilateral,
applied against the external face of the mandible. Origin: the
zygomatic process of the temporal bone. Insertion: the outer sur-
face of the ramus of the jaw. Action: elevator of the jaw. Nerve:
inferior maxillary branch of the fifth.
Name the muscles that close the jaw and give the attachments of each.
Masseter, see above. Temporal, from the temporal fossa, the
temporal fascia and the outer border of the orbit to the coronoid
process and ramus of the inferior maxilla; pterygoid internus, from
the palatine crest and subsphenoidal process to the hollow on the
inner face of the inferior maxilla; pterygoid externus, from the
inferior face of the sphenoid and the pterygoid process to the neck
of the condyle of the lower maxilla.
‘Name the muscles of the globe of the eye.
Retractor oculi; superior, inferior, external and internal recti;
superior oblique and inferior oblique.
~ Describe the mastoidohumeralis muscle.
It extends from the summit of the head to the inferior part of the
arm. It consists of two portions, viz., an anterior portion which
originates on the mastoid process and crest, and is inserted in the
furrow of torsion of the humerus, below the deltoid imprint; a
posterior portion which originates on the transverse processes of the
first four cervical vertebra and is inserted with the anterior portion.
It carries the limb forward or inclines the head to the side.
Name the muscle separating the carotid artery from the jugular vein.
‘What is the function of this muscle?
The subscapulohyoideus. It is a depressor of the hyoid bone
and its appendages.
58 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Name the muscles that aid in flexing the shoulder-joint.
Teres externus (long abductor of the arm) and teres internus
(adductor of the arm).
Name the muscles of the brachial region.
Anterior region: the flexor brachii and humeralis obliquus.
Posterior brachial region: the triceps, viz., caput magnum, caput
medium and caput parvum, and the anconeus.
‘Name the muscles of the forearm.
Four anteriorly, viz., anterior extensor of the metacarpus,
oblique extensor of the metacarpus, extensor pedis and extensor suf-
fraginis.
Five posteriorly, viz., external flexor of the metacarpus, oblique
flexor of the metacarpus, flexor pedis perforatus, flexor pedis per-
forans and internal flexor of the metacarpus.
Describe the flexor pedis perforans.
Situated immediately behind the radius and is composed of three
portions which unite at the carpus to continue to the inferior
extremity of the digit by a long and powerful tendon.
Origin: The summit of the epitrochlea, summit and posterior
border of the olecranon, and posterior surface of the radius, by
the three portions, respectively. Above the carpus, these three
unite and pass through the carpal sheath and between the two
terminal branches of the perforatus tendon to its insertion, the
semilunar crest of the os pedis.
Name all the muscles that would be severed in amputating the fore limb
just above the knee.
All those of the forearm mentioned above.
Name the muscles that flex the carpus. Give their attachments.
1. External flexor of the metacarpus, from the external condyle
of the humerus to the supercarpal and external metacarpal bones.
2. Oblique flexor of the metacarpus from the base of the epi-
trochlea and olecranon to the supercarpal.
3. Internal flexor of the metacarpus from the base of the epi-
trochlea to the head of the internal metacarpal bone.
4. Flexor pedis perforatus arises on the summit of the epi-
trochlea and extends to the second phalanx; in contracting shortly,
it flexes the carpus.
5. Flexor pedis perforans, described above.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the flexor brachii.
Origin: Coracoid process of the scapula.
12 © ee Sj, eee
——
TT ear
er ——
~
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 59
Insertion: Superior and internal tuberosity of the radius, the
capsular and internal lateral ligament.
Action: Flexes the forearm.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the flexor metacarpi medius.
This is the same as the oblique flexor of the metacarpus given
above.
Name the muscles of the gluteal region, or croup.
Three: superficial, middle and deep glutei.
Name the muscles attached to the upper third of the femur.
Great psoas, iliopsoas, superficial, middle and deep glutei, ten-
sor fascia lata, vastus externus, vastus internus, pectineus, small
adductor of the thigh, great adductor of the thigh, quadratus fem-
oris, obturator externus, internal obturator, and gemelli.
Give the origin and the insertion of the vastus externus muscle.
Origin: Outer and anterior surfaces of the superior extremity of
the femur.
Insertion: Superior face and external side of the patella.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the popliteus.
Origin: Outside the external condyle of the femur.
Insertion: Into the triangular surface on the posterior surface
of the tibia in its superior parts.
Action: Flexes the tibia and rotates it outward.
Describe the origin, insertion and action of the gastrocnemius.
Origin: The external head from above and behind the external
condyle of the femur; the internal head from the internal condyle.
Insertion: Into the posterior part of the summit of the os calcis
after passing into a bursa.
Action: Extends the foot on the tibia.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the sartorius.
Origin: The iliac aponeurosis near the tendon of the psoas
parvus.
Insertion: The internal patellar ligament.
Action: Adducts the leg and flexes the femur.
Name and give the attachments of the muscles that flex the tarsus.
1. Flexor metatarsi: the tendinous portion orginates from the
front of the femur between the trochlea and the external condyle
and is inserted in front of the superior extremity of the principal
metatarsus and to the cuboid bone; the muscular portion originates
from the tibia on the sides of the groove through which the tendon
60 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
passes, and is inserted in front of the superior extremity of the
principal metatarsus and the second cuneiform bone. |
2. Anterior extensor of the phalanges: originates in the digital
fossa above the external condyle of the femur ; and is inserted in the
eapsular ligament of the metatarsophalangeal articulation, the an-
terior surfaces of the first two phalanges, and the pyramidal emi-
nence of the os pedis.
3. Lateral extensor of the phalanges: originates along the ex-
ternal femorotibial ligament and the whole extent of the fibula, and
terminates in the tendon of the anterior extensor.
Give the origin, course, relations and termination of the lateral ex- |
tensor of the phalanges (peroneus).
Origin and termination given above.
The muscular portion extends in the direction of the tibia on the
external side from the superior to its inferior extremity. The
tendinous portion, succeeding the muscular portion, passes to the
external side of the tarsus through the tibial sheath and passes for- :
ward to join the tendon of the anterior extensor, near the middle of
the metatarsal region.
The muscular body is enveloped in a special containing apo-
neurosis which separates it in front from the anterior extensor and .
behind from the perforans. The tendon covers the tibia and margins |
the external and superficial ligament of the iio warsal articulation.
Name the muscles of the tail.
Six sacrococcygeal muscles, viz., two superior, two inferior and
two lateral; two ischiococcygeal muscles.
Describe the panniculus carnosus muscle.
An immense wide muscle on the inner surface of the skin, cover-
ing the sides of the thorax and abdomen. It is irregularly triangular,
thin at its borders and thicker in its middle.
Origin: From the flank to the posterior border of the ulnar mass
of muscles and pectoralis major.
Insertion: One layer to the anterior limb and one to the small
trochanter; aponeurotic fibres attach it to the internal surface of
the skin and fascia of the superficial muscles.
Action: In contracting, the whole cutaneous integument is
shaken, thus preventing insects from alighting.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the longissimus dorsi.
Origin: The lumbar border, external angle and internal surface
of the ilium, and the spinous processes of all the lumbar, dorsal and
last four cervical vertebre.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 61
Insertion: The transverse processes of the lumbar vertebre and
the outer surfaces of the fifteen or sixteen last ribs.
Action: Extends the vertebral column and pulls the ribs forward
in expiration.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the longus colli muscle.
Origin: Posterior portion arises from the inferior face of the
bodies of the first six dorsal vertebre. The middle portion, from
the transverse processes of the last six cervical vertebrx. The an-
terior portion, from the anterior three or four fasciculi of the
middle portion.
Insertion: The posterior portion is inserted on the tubercle of
the sixth cervical vertebra. The middle portion, on the inferior
ridge of the bodies of the first six cervical vertebre. The anterior
portion, on the inferior tubercle of the atlas.
Action: Flexes the neck.
Give the origin, insertion and action of the serratus magnus.
Origin: The external surface of the first eight ribs.
Insertion: The anterior and posterior triangular surfaces of the
scapula and the subscapularis.
Action: Supports the body as a girdle, or depresses the scapula.
Describe the diaphragm. What important structures pass through the
diaphragm?
The diaphragm is the muscular partition between the thoracic
and abdominal cavities. |
Originates by right and left pillars from the lumbar vertebre
and is confounded with the inferior common ligament of the spine;
also from the xiphoid appendage of the sternum, and the anterior
extremities of the last twelve ribs.
Insertion: Phrenic centre, dividing into right and left leaflets.
The diaphragm is related anteriorly with the pleura and lungs;
posteriorly, with the peritoneum, stomach, liver, colon and spleen.
The aorta, thoracic duct, vena cava and cesophagus pass through
the diaphragm.
How does the diaphragm of the ox differ from that of the horse? Of
what surgical importance is this difference?
The attachments of the muscular portion are much farther dis-
tant from the cartilaginous circle than in the horse.
This arrangement permits puncture of the rumen through the
last intercostal space, whereas a puncture at this point in the horse
would enter the thoracic cavity.
62 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Name the muscles of respiration.
Inspiratory: External and internal intercostals, levatores costa-
rum, serratus anticus, serratus magnus, latissimus dorsi, diaphragm.
Expiratory: External and internal intercostals, serratus posti-
cus, triangularis sterni, great and small oblique muscles of the
abdomen, longissimus dorsi, and the retractor of the last rib.
Describe the inguinal canal, stating the structures which it contains.
A canal, two to two and one-half inches in length, on each side
and in front of the pubic bone, running downward, backward and
inward, comprised between Poupart’s ligament of the great oblique
muscle, posteriorly, and the small oblique muscle anteriorly. Its
inferior orifice (external or cutaneous orifice, inguinal or external
abdominal ring) is much larger than the superior (internal) ring.
The spermatic cord and vessels in the male, and the external
mammary vessels in the female pass through the inguinal canal.
Describe the navicular sheath.
The navicular sheath is a fibrous membrane which covers the os
naviculare and the single ligament of the pedal articulation. It is
refiected on the plantar aponeurosis of the flexor pedis tendon, in
front of this ligament and ascends to the inferior sac of the sesamoid
sheath, where it is reflected upon itself, thereby forming two culs-de-
sac, one superior and one inferior. It is lined by a synovial mem-
brane which aids the aponeurosis of the tendon in gliding over the
navicular bone.
CIRCULATORY ORGANS
State the position of the heart and show its relation to the right and
left walls of the chest and to the sternum in the horse
and dog.
In the horse, the heart occupies a position in the middle line of
the chest, corresponding to the third, fourth, fifth and sixth ribs,
being enclosed in a sac and suspended from the spine by its aortic
vessels. Its base is uppermost, its apex nearly touches the sternum
but does not rest on the ribs. The diaphragm lies just behind the
apex. The heart is separated from the right wall of the chest by
the right lobe of the lung. There is a triangular notch in the left
lung which exposes the left ventricle and allows it to make its
impulse felt against the chest wall.
In the dog, the heart occupies a more nearly median position,
resting almost entirely on the upper face of the sternum and about
equidistant from the right and left chest wall.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 63
Describe the right and left heart, noting the size of the different cavi-
ties, the thickness of the walls at different points, the nature,
position and dependencies of the four sets of valves and
the source and distribution of the vascular and nervous
supply.
The heart is divided by a vertical septum into two parts, which
are further divided into four by a transverse septum. The cavities
above the transverse septum are called right and left auricles, those
below, the right and left ventricles, the two latter constituting the
largest portion of the heart.
The right auricle: The walls are about one-fourth of an inch in
thickness. It receives the anterior vena cava, posterior vena cava,
vena azygos, and the large coronary veins. It opens, in its floor, into
the right ventricle through the auriculoventricular opening.
The right ventricle: Its walls are on an average six-tenths of an
inch thick. It has two openings, the auriculoventricular, and the
pulmonary opening into the pulmonary artery.
The left auricle: Similar to the right. The walls are irregular
in thickness, varying from one-third of an inch in some places to a
very thin membranous wall in others. It receives the pulmonary
veins and empties through the auriculoventricular opening in its
floor into the left ventricle.
The left ventricle: Its walls are on an average one and one-fifth
to one and five-eighths inches in thickness. Two openings, the
auriculoventricular and aortic.
The valves of the heart are made of fibrous segments. The right
auriculoventricular is composed of three segments (tricuspid)
attached by their free edges to the ventricular wall by tendinous
cords, chorde tendine. The left auriculoventricular is composed
of two segments (bicuspid) and is similarly attached. The pul-
monary and aortic openings of the ventricles are closed by the semi-
lunar valves made up of three segments which are also attached
by tendinous cords.
The blood supply of the heart is by the two coronary arteries,
branches from the trunk of the aorta at the sigmoid valves. Each
divides into two principal branches, one passing along the horizontal,
the other in the vertical furrow of the heart. The venous blood is
returned to the right auricle by the coronary vein.
The nerves of the heart, furnished by the cardiac plexus, come
from the pneumogastric and sympathetic.
Mention all the arteries given off from the posterior aorta.
Intercostals, phrenic, lumbar, middle sacral, broncho-cesophageal,
celiac axis, anterior mesenteric, posterior mesenteric, renal, sper-
64 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
matic, small testicular (uterine in females), external and internal
iliacs.
Name the terminal branches of the anterior aorta.
The two axillary arteries.
Name in regular order the important blood-vessels through which the
blood moves in passing from the left ventricle to the right
front foot.
Common aorta, anterior aorta, axillary, humeral, posterior radial,
collateral artery of the cannon, digital. -
Describe the posterior radial artery and give its branches.
It arises from the humeral artery near the inferior extremity of
the humerus, passes along the internal ligament of the elbow-joint,
along the inner side of the radius to the inferior extremity of the
same, where it divides into the common interosseous, metacarpal
and collateral artery of the cannon, giving off branches in its course
to the elbow and muscles of the forearm.
Describe the digital arteries and their branches.
The digital arteries originate just above the fetlock, from the
terminal extremity of the collateral artery of the cannon, and
descend one to the right, the other to the left, along the margin of
the flexor tendons to the basilar process of the pedal bone, where
they bifurcate to form the plantar and preplantar ungual arteries.
Several small branches are given off at the fetlock to the articu-
lation, sesamoid sheath and tendons. Near the middle of the os
suffraginis, the perpendicular artery, with anterior and posterior
branches, encircles the limb, and by anastomosing both before and
behind, supplies the neighboring tissues. Small branches are given
off to the plantar cushion and coronary cirele. The preplantar
ungual enters foramina in the og pedis. The plantar. ungual passes
into the plantar fissure, plantar canal and semilunar sinus and unites
with the opposite to form the semilunar anastomosis.
Give the origin and the distribution of the brachial artery.
The brachial, or axillary, arteries, two in number, are the ter-
minal branches of the anterior aorta. They give off the following
branches: dorsal, superior cervical, vertebral, internal thoracic,
external thoracic, superior cervical, suprascapular and subscapular;
after giving off these branches, the brachial artery is continued as
the humeral artery. In addition to those named, the right axillary
gives off, near its origin, the common trunk of the two carotid
arteries,
es ee ee ee ee ee
Se ee
oP ee
,
a=
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 65
Name the branches of the external carotid artery.
Glossofacial, maxillomuscular, posterior auricular, superficial
temporal and internal maxillary.
State the anatomic relations of the external carotid artery.
From its origin to the hyoid bone, it is related inwardly to the
guttural pouch and the glossopharyngeal and superior laryngeal
nerves; outwardly, to the outer belly of the digastric muscle and
the hypoglossal nerve; throughout the rest of its course, it is com-
prised between the guttural pouch, the parotid gland, the great
cornu of the hyoid bone, and the inner side of the posterior border
of the inferior maxilla.
Give the course and the termination of the vertebral artery.
It arises from the axillary at the first intercostal space. It passes
beneath the transverse process of the seventh and through the
foramina of the upper six cervical vertebre, anastomosing with
the retrograde branch of the occipital and giving off muscular and
spinal branches at each intervertebral space.
Give the blood supply of the larynx.
The laryngeal artery, which arises from the common carotid at a
short distance from its termination, just behind the larynx.
Give the blood supply of the salivary glands.
Small branches from the external carotid supply the parotid and
submaxillary glands. The sublingual is supplied by the sublingual
artery.
Trace the course of the blood from the left ventricle to the left hind foot,
naming in regular order all the important vessels through
which the blood passes.
The common aorta, posterior aorta, external iliac, femoral, popli-
teal, anterior tibial, collateral artery of the cannon, digital, plantar
and preplantar. A collateral stream from the popliteal passes
through the posterior tibial region and gives off an interosseous
branch which unites with the collateral artery of the cannon just
above the fetlock.
Describe the origin and distribution of the external iliac artery.
Originates in common with the internal iliac from the posterior
extremity of the posterior aorta and gives off the small testicular,
or artery of the cord in the male, or the uterine in the female, and
the circumflex iliac; then it is continued as the femoral upon
leaving the anterior border of the pubis.
5
66 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the cceliac axis and name its branches.
The cceliae axis is a short trunk which arises from the poster
aorta immediately upon the entrance of that vessel into the abdom-
inal cavity. After a course of three-fourths inch, it separates into
three large branches, the gastric, splenic and hepatic arteries. _
Describe the origin and the distribution of the internal iliac artery.
The internal iliac artery arises from the posterior extremity of
the posterior artery and terminates near the insertion of the small
psoas muscle by dividing into the obturator and iliofemoral arteries.
It gives off the following branches: umbilical, internal pudie, ilio-
lumbar, lateral sacral and gluteal.
Give the course and the termination of the femoral artery.
It arises at the anterior border of the pubis as a continuation
of the external iliac and descends to the superior extremity of the
gastrocnemius, where it is continued as the popliteal. The following —
branches are given off: prepubic, femoris profunda, superficial
femoris, small muscular, and saphena.
Give the blood supply of the stomach.
Supplied by the gastric artery, a branch of the cceliae axis.
Give the blood supply of the spleen.
Supplied by the splenic artery, a branch of the cceliac axis.
Give the blood supply of the uterus.
The uterine artery which arises from the posterior aorta or from
the external iliac near its origin; the utero-ovarian which arises
from the posterior mesenteric.
Give the functional and nutritive blood supply of the liver and lungs.
Liver: Functional supply, the portal vein ; nutritive, the hepatic
artery, a branch of the ccelic axis.
Lungs: Functional, pulmonary artery; nutritive, bronchial
artery which is given off from the posterior aorta 1 near the first pair
of intercostals.
Give the blood supply of bone.
The arteries of bones belong to three orders, viz.:
Those of the first order penetrate to the interior of the medullary
eanal of long bones, by a particular orifice, the nutrient foramen.
They soon divide into a network that lines the walls of the canal and
enters the medulla. This network communicates with the arteries
of the second order which go to the spongy tissue of the extremities
of the long bones. The arteries of the third order are branches
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 67
of the periostic network that enters the superficial Haversian canals.
In the fiat and short bones, there are no arteries of the first order.
Describe the systemic circulation.
The blood enters the left auricle from the lungs through the
pulmonary vein, passes through the bicuspid valve into the left
ventricle, through the semilunar valve into the common aorta, an-
terior and posterior aorta, from thence it is distributed to all parts
of the body, passing through arteries, capillaries and into the veins
back to the right auricle, through the anterior and posterior vena
cava. At the right auricle, the pulmonary circulation begins.
Describe the pulmonary circulation.
The blood reaches the right auricle through the anterior and pos-
terior vena cava and passes through the tricuspid valve into the right
ventricle, thence through the semilunar valve into the pulmonary
artery, through which it is carried to the lungs. In the lungs it goes
through a fine network of capillaries and returns through the pul-
monary vein to the left auricle, here to begin the systemic circu-
lation. :
Describe the fetal circulation of the blood.
The blood, after interchanging gases in the placenta, enters the
umbilical vein and is carried to the liver. In the substance of the
liver, it is mixed with the venous blood from the intestines and
posterior parts, through the medium of the ductus venosus, and at
last arrives at the right auricle. From here it passes into the left
auricle through the foramen ovale, thence into the left ventricle and
aorta. The greater portion is driven into the vessels that supply
the head, neck and fore limbs, the remainder passes backward in the
posterior aorta. After the fluid has circulated in the anterior part
of the body, it is returned to the right auricle by the anterior vena
cava. From the right auricle, it passes to the right ventricle, and
from this cavity it is pumped into the pulmonary artery, thence
through the ductus arteriosus into the posterior aorta, which carries
it to the hinder parts of the body. The veins of the hind parts unite
in forming the umbilical artery, which conveys the blood to the
placenta. The umbilical artery is practically a continuation of the
internal iliaecs. (The ductus venosus only exists in ruminants. )
Describe the umbilical arteries of the foetus.
The umbilical arteries arise from the ‘ieeenel iliaes and pass
along the sides of the bladder. Escaping at the umbilicus, they
arrive at the terminal extremity of the amniotic portion of the
cord, and, giving off some branches to the amnion, they are continue?
68 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
to the extremity of the allantoid portion, where they end in an
expansion of placental ramifications.
Describe the ductus arteriosus and the foramen ovale in the foetus.
Give their uses and state what remnants of these can be
found in mature life.
The ductus arteriosus is a short vessel which connects the pul-
monary artery, near its origin, to the posterior aorta. In fetal life,
the lungs do not functionate, hence the blood is not carried to them
but takes this short course to the aorta. This duct remains, but in
mature life is represented by a yellow elastic fibrous cord (the liga-
mentum arteriosum).
The foramen ovale is the opening between the right and left
auricles, through which the blood passes in fetal life. It is pro-
vided with a valve, the Eustachian valve (absent in horse and pig),
that stretches from the mouth of the posterior vena cava to the
annulus, or thickened border of the foramen. The function of this —
valve is to direct the blood-stream into the left auricle, from whence
it goes into the systemic circulation. In mature life, the foramen
ovale is represented by a depression of a thin membrane, surrounded
by the ring of Vieussens, or annulus ovalis. Occasionally the open-
ing persists throughout adult life.
Describe the anterior vena cava.
A large trunk extending from the entrance of the chest to the
right auricle. It is formed by the union of the two axillary and
the two jugular veins. It receives in its course: the internal
thoracic, vertebral, superior cervical and dorsal veins, and the
great vena azygos.
Give the origin of the vena azygos and name its tributaries.
Originates at the first lumbar vertebra and extends forward to
the sixth dorsal, where it terminates in the anterior vena cava. Its
tributaries are the satellite veins of the first lumbar and all of the
aortic intercostal arteries, right and left.
Describe the pulmonary veins.
The pulmonary veins, four to eight in number, arise from the
substance of the lung, emerging immediately above the origin of the
bronchi. They terminate in the left auricle, which they enter by way
of four to eight orifices. They have no valves. Their function is to
earry the blood from the lungs, where it has been purified, to the
left auricle to begin the systemic circulation.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 69
Give the course and relations of the jugular vein.
Formed by the union of the superficial temporal and internal
maxillary veins, behind the inferior maxilla. It passes downward
and backward, lodged at first in the substance of the parotid gland,
afterward in the jugular furrow (the muscular interspace between
the mastoidohumeralis and the sternomaxillaris). At the inferior
extremity of the neck, it unites with its mate to form the confluent
of the jugulars. After leaving the parotid gland, the jugular is
covered externally by the cervical panniculus. Inwardly and
above, it is related to the subscapulohyoideus muscle, which separates
it from the carotid, but in its inferior part it is in direct relation
with that vessel, the trachea and the esophagus.
Branches: maxillomuscular, posterior auricular, occipital, glosso-
facial, thyroid, cephalic, parotidean and many small muscular veins.
Describe the course and the function of the portal vein.
It begins in the sublumbar region, by the union of the anterior
and posterior mesenterics and the splenic veins; it is then directed
forward, traversing the pancreatic ring, below the vena cava, and
is afterward lodged in the great fissure of the liver, where it ramifies
by forming the interlobular veins. It receives on its course the
right gastro-omental and anterior gastric veins. Its function is to
carry the blood which comes from the intestinal walls, charged with
assimilable substances, that are absorbed by the veins of the villi,
to the liver.
Give a general description of the lymphatics.
The lymphatics are vessels with very thin and transparent walls,
found all over the body, except in blood-vessels, nervous tissue,
bone, muscles, eyeball, cartilage, tendons, the membranes of the
ovum, placenta, umbilical cord, cuticle and hair. They possess
nutrient vessels, no nerves, have valves, and carry lymph or chyle
into the vascular system. Like the veins, the lymphatics terminate
in two principal trunks, resembling the vena cava; and, like the
veins, have three tunics. The lymphatics originate from capillaries
which form networks or terminal culs-de-sac. They terminate, as
before stated, by emptying into the vascular system; the union of
the blood with the lymphatic system takes place at the origin of the
anterior vena cava.
Give the course and the termination of the thoracic duct.
The thoracic duct receives all the lymphatics except those of the
right side of the head, neck and thorax and the right anterior
limb. It originates beneath the vertebral column, near the first
lumbar vertebra, where it is marked by a very irregular dila-
70 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
tation (receptaculum chyli), passes forward through the pillars
of the diaphragm to the sixth dorsal vertebra, where it passes to the
left and empties, after a dilatation, into the anterior vena cava at
the junction of the jugulars.
Describe the lymphatic glands.
The lymphatic glands are ovoid, spherical or discoid bodies of
medium consistency, which intercept the course of lymphatic vessels
at several points. Their number is considerable, and they are rarely
single, but most frequently are collected in groups along the blood-
vessels. All the vessels of the lymphatic system are provided with
one or more of these glands on their course. The branch of the
vessel, entering the gland, is called the afferent, and that leaving,
the efferent. The capsule of the gland sends fibrous strands into its
substance, dividing it into very minute spaces (lymph sinuses)
which are filled with lymph corpuscles. The afferent vessels take a
tortuous course and, communicating with the sinuses, become
charged with lymph-cells. |
Lymph-glands are richly supplied with blood-vessels which
penetrate the gland through the capsule, or enter at the hilum and
break up into a fine-meshed capillary network, branches of which
pass through the lymph sinuses.
The lymph-glands act as filters for the lymphatic system and are
- important as a source of leucocytes.
In what part of the intestinal tract is lymphoid tissue found?
At certain places in the walls of the ileum there are collections
of solitary follicles, known as Peyer’s patches.
Give the situation of the lymphatic glands of the thorax.
1. Posterior mediastinal, a series of small granular masses on the
course of the cesophagus.
2. The bronchial, in the angle of the bifurcation of the trachea.
3. Two long strings of lobules which extend on the sides of the
inferior face of the trachea, from the base of the heart to near the
first rib.
Mention the location of the following lymphatic glands: posterior
cervical, prescapular, posterior mediastinal, inguinal, popli-
teal, precrural, iliac, axillary and bronchial.
Posterior cervical, situated on the side of the terminal extrem-
ity of the jugular, within the inferior border of the scalenus muscle,
_ extends into the chest by passing beneath the axillary vessels and
ascends to the inner face of the first rib.
Prescapular, situated on the ascending branch of the inferior
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 71
cervical artery, beneath the internal face of the mastoidohumeralis
muscle and extends close to the attachment of the sternomaxillaris
muscle. |
Posterior mediastinal (see preceding question).
Inguinal, the deep inguinal situated beneath the crural aponeu-
rosis and arch in the interstice between the adductor muscles of the
leg, along with the iliae vessels. The superficial inguinal are located
in front of the inguinal ring at the side of the sheath on the track of
the subcutaneous abdominal artery.
Popliteal, located behind the great sciatic nerve and gastroc-
nemius muscle, between the biceps femoris and the semitendinosus
muscles, and near the femoropopliteal artery. .
Precrural, located within the anterior border of the tensor fascia
lata, on the course of the circumflex iliac artery.
Tliae, situated in the triangular space between the two branches
of the circumflex iliac artery.
Axillary, beneath the anterior limb, inside the arm; one group
is near the ulnar articulation, the other, behind the brachial vessels,
near the common insertion of the teres major and latissimus dorsi
muscles.
Bronchial (see preceding question).
State the approximate number of mesenteric lymph-glands.
About thirty in number.
NEUROLOGY
The nervous system is divided into two great parts, the cerebro-
spinal and the sympathetic. The cerebrospinal system consists of
the brain, spinal cord, ganglia and nerves. The brain is the central
portion of the nervous system and is situated in the cranial cavity ;
the spinal cord is, in reality, a great extension of the brain through-
out the length of the spinal canal, from which emerge, at numerous
points, branches, nerves, upon which are noted enlargements, called
ganglia. The sympathetic system will be described in answer to a
question below.
Name the membranes that cover the brain and describe the outer one.
From within outward, pia mater, arachnoid and dura mater.
The dura mater is a strong, fibrous membrane, adherent to the
bony walls. It gives off prolongations into the brain, forms de-
pressions for the venous sinuses and is prolonged on the nerves and
spinal cord. |
72 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Name the principal parts of the brain.
Cerebrum, cerebellum, the isthmus, and medulla oblongata.
Describe the island of Reil.
The island of Reil is a very small lobule of brain in the fissure
of Sylvius, found in man but not in the horse.
Describe the optic thalami. -
The optic thalami are two masses of gray matter, placed above
the crura cerebri; they are separated by a deep groove, and form
the sides of the third ventricle. At their posterior border are found
two projections, the external and internal geniculate bodies.
Describe the cerebellum.
The cerebellum is that part of the brain, situated behind and
beneath the cerebrum, above the isthmus and separated from the
cerebrum by a fold of the dura mater.
It is globular in form and is divided by two fissures into three
lobes, two lateral and a middle. The lateral lobes are convex and
show many convolutions or depressions. The middle lobe is dis-
posed in a vermicular manner, which gives rise to the names of the
twce divisions, anterior vermiform and superior vermiform
processes.
The structure is gray externally and white internally with a
tree-like arrangement called the arbor vite.
Describe the corpora quadrigemina.
These are four round eminences, placed in pairs, which lie >
above the cerebral peduncles. The two posterior, the smallest, are
also named the tubercula testes, and the anterior pair, the twbercula
nates. The nates are gray and the testes are white.
Describe the spinal cord, using a diagram.
The spinal cord is the portion of the nervous system which is
enclosed in the spinal canal from the occipital foramen to the upper
third of the sacral canal. Its average weight in the horse is 1014
ounces. Itisslightly flattened above and below, and has two enlarge-
ments in its course, one between the fifth cervical and second dorsal
vertebre, the brachial bulb, the other, near the middle of the loins,
the lumbar enlargement.
The structure of the cord is, externally, white matter, internally,
gray. The gray matter is arranged like two horns, the larger ends
of which point down and out, but do not reach the surface, the
smaller look upward and outward, reaching the surface. The two
horns are connected by a transverse band (similar to the letter
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 73
““H’’), called the commissure, which shows in its middle the central
canal of the cord.
The cord is traversed throughout its length by two fissures, the
superior of which is narrower and shallower than the inferior, which
is only separated from the gray commissure by a white band, the
white commissure. |
The white matter is divided on each side into three columns. The
superior column lies between the superior fissure and the superior
or sensory nerve root. The inferior, between the inferior fissure
and the inferior or motor root. The lateral lies between the two.
The cord is covered by membranes similar to the brain, viz., dura
mater, arachnoid and pia mater. The posterior end of the cord
is marked by a narrow prolongation, the filum terminale.
Describe the spinal nerves.
The spinal nerves emanate from the spinal cord and leave the
vertebral canal by the intervertebral foramina to proceed to the
various organs. They proceed from the lateral aspects of the cord
by two orders of roots: one motor, the other sensitive. These two
roots unite into a very short trunk in passing through the inter-
vertebral foramen and this mixed nerve divides almost immediately
into two terminal branches. On the superior root, before its union
with the inferior, a ganglion is found. Passing out with the in-
ferior root of the spinal nerve, but indistinguishable from it, is a
branch of nerve known as the white ramus communicans which
leaves the main trunk after the mixed nerve has been formed, and
runs to a distinct system known as the sympathetic.
How many pairs of spinal nerves are there in the horse? State the
relative number in the cervical, dorsal, lumbar, sacral and
coccygeal regions, respectively.
There are 42 or 43 pairs of spinal nerves as follows: cervical,
8 pairs; dorsal, 17 pairs; lumbar, 6 pairs; sacral, 5 pairs; and
coceygeal, 6 to 7 pairs.
Name the cranial nerves.
Olfactory, optic, motor oculi, patheticum, trifacial, abducens,
facial, auditory, glossopharyngeal, pneumogastric, spinal accessory
and hypoglossal.
Describe the first pair of cranial nerves.
The olfactory nerves originate, superficially, in the olfactory
lobe of the brain, deeply, from the corpus striatum and transverse
fibres of the pons. Pass through the cribriform plate of the ethmoid
bone and are widely distributed over the nasal septum and ethmoidal
74 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
cells in the upper third of the nasal fosse. Function: preside over
the sense of smell.
Give the origin and the distribution of the optic nerve.
Origin: From the commissure and optic tracts which arise from
the thalamus and corpora quadrigemina.
Distribution: To the retina.
Describe the third pair of cranial nerves, the oculomotor.
Originates superficially from the crura near the interpedun-
cular fissure, deeply, from the anterior border of the pons. Passes
through the smallest suprasphenoidal foramen of. the orbit. Dis-
tributed to all the muscles of the eye except the external rectus, the
creat oblique and part of the posterior rectus, and by the ophthalmic
ganglion to the iris. |
Give the origin and the distribution of the fourth pair of cranial nerves.
The patheticum originates in the band of Reil, behind the cor-
pora quadrigemina and, deeply, from the interior of the isthmus.
It is distributed to the great oblique muscle of the eye.
Describe the fifth pair of cranial nerves, the trifacial.
This nerve originates by two roots, motor and sensory, in the
pons varolii. On the sensory branch, in the region of the occipito-
sphenotemporal hiatus, is a large ganglion, the Gasserian, which
gives rise to the three branchés of the nerve, viz., the superior
maxillary, the inferior maxillary and the ophthalmic. The motor
root passes along, but outside of, the ganglion and unites with the
fibres of the inferior maxillary branch. So, although the fifth pair
is called a mixed nerve, in reality only the inferior maxillary branch
is composed of sensory and motor fibres.
The branches emerge from the cranial cavity as follows: the
first branch (ophthalmic) passes through the smallest of the large
suprasphenoidal foramina to the orbit and is distributed to the skin
of the forehead and eyelids, lachrymal gland and nasal fossa. The
second, superior maxillary, passes through the foramen rotundum
to the orbit and along the infra-orbital canal, where it ends in small
branches to the face and upper lip. It sends branches to the eyeball,
palate, nose and teeth of the upper jaw. The third, inferior maxil-
lary, passes through the foramen ovale to the temporomaxillary
articulation and then passes downward to enter the inferior dental
canal; it supplies the muscles of mastication and the teeth of the
lower jaw.
On the course of the fifth pair of nerves, the following ganglia
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 75
from the sympathetic system are seen: the ophthalmic or ciliary, the
sphenopalatine or Meckel’s, and the otic or Arnolds.
Describe the sixth pair of cranial nerves.
The abducens originates superficially from the medulla behind
the pons and, deeply, from the inferior pyramid and lateral tract of
the medulla.
It leaves the cranial cavity with the ophthalmic branch of the
fifth, and is distributed to the external rectus muscle of the eye.
Describe the seventh pair of cranial nerves, the facial.
Originates superficially from the medulla behind the pons and,
deeply, in the floor of the fourth ventricle. It escapes from the
eranial cavity through the internal auditory meatus with the eighth
pair,.enters the aqueduct of Fallopius, has the geniculate ganglion
developed on it and passes out through the stylomastoid foramen to
the muscles of the face, ears, lips, nostrils and eyelids.
Branches: great petrossal, to Meckel’s ganglion; small petrossal,
to otic ganglion ; tympanitic, to stapedius; chorda tympani, to tongue
and mouth; muscular, to occipitostyloid, digastric, stylohyoid and
cervical muscles; auricular, to the ear and face.
Describe the auditory nerve (eighth pair).
Originates in the medulla, below the seventh pair. Leaves the
cranial cavity with the seventh pair and is distributed to the internal
ear by two branches, the cochlear and the vestibular.
Describe the ninth pair of cranial nerves, glossopharyngeal.
Originates in the medulla and more deeply in the floor of the
fourth ventricle. Leaves the cranial cavity by the posterior fora-
men lacerum and is distributed to the back part of the tongue, and
pharynx.
Branches: Jacobson’s nerve to the tympanum; filaments com-
municating with the superior cervical ganglion; carotid and
pharyngeal.
Give the origin and the distribution of the pneumogastric nerve.
The pneumogastric, vagus or tenth pair, originates in the
medulla and passes through the posterior lacerated foramen to be
distributed to the csophagus, pharynx, lungs, bronchi, trachea,
heart, stomach and intestines. Its principal branches are: 1,
superior laryngeal to the mucous membrane of the larynx and crico-
thyroid muscle; 2, inferior laryngeal to all the muscles of the larynx
except the cricothyroid; 3, bronchial to the bronchi and lungs;
4, esophageal to the esophagus, stomach, liver and solar plexus.
76 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the spinal accessory nerve.
The eleventh pair of cranial nerves, spinal accessory, originate
along the whole cervical region of the cord, and from the fourth
ventricle. It enters the cranium through the foramen magnum
and escapes through the foramen lacerum to be distributed to the
muscles of the neck and thorax. It gives off the following branches:
to the cervical sympathetic, sternomaxillaris, mastoidohumeralis,
cervical and dorsal trapezius muscles and motor fibres to the vagus.
Describe the hypoglossal or twelfth pair of cranial nerves.
Originates in the medulla and leaves the cranium through the
condyloid foramen to be distributed to the muscles of the tongue and
depressor muscles of the larynx.
Describe the formation of the brachial plexus.
Formed from the inferior branches of the sixth, seventh and
eighth cervical and first and second dorsal spinal nerves.
Give the nerve supply of the extensors of the forearm.
Radial.
What is the nerve supply of the flexors of the forearm?
Median.
Describe the median nerve.
_ The median nerve arises from the posterior part of the brachial
plexus and a branch from the musculocutaneous. It passes down
in front of the humeral artery, along the inner side of the radius to
the lower one-third of the same, where it bifurcates into the external
and internal plantar.
It gives rise to the following branches: Teo the flexors of the
forearm and subcutaneous region of the forearm; the plantars
which give off the anterior, middle and posterior digitals at the
fetlock and supply the phalangeal region. ,
Give the origin and the distribution of the posterior digital nerve.
See answer to preceding question. Originates from the plantars
at the fetlock and is distributed to the podophyllous and osseous
structures of the foot.
Of what is the lumbosacral plexus formed?
Last two lumbar and first three sacral spinal nerves.
What nerve supplies the following named muscles of the hind limb:
gastrocnemius, flexor pedis perforans and flexor pedis per-
foratus?
Branches of the great sciatic.
ee eee ee.
a SS ee Oe en
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 17
Give the nerve supply of the salivary glands.
Parotid: from the facial and inferior maxillary nerves.
Submaxillary: from the carotid plexus.
Sublingual: from the lingual and carotid plexus.
Give the nerve supply of the larynx.
Inferior and superior laryngeal from the pneumogastric.
Give the nerve supply of the spleen.
Branches from the solar plexus.
Give the nerve supply of the stomach.
Pneumogastrie and solar plexus.
What is the nerve supply of the uterus?
Branches from the small mesenteric and pelvic plexuses.
Describe briefly the sympathetic nervous system.
This extensive system, composed of nerves and ganglia, is de-
rived from the spinal cord and brain. It consists of two long cords
lying under the spinal column, from the head to the tail. From
the great number of ganglia along its course, there arise very fine
nerves which are distributed to the blood-vessels, viscera and glands.
The system is divided into cephalic, cervical, dorsal, lumbar and
sacral portions.
Ganglia are distributed as follows: cephalic, three on the fifth
nerve (see above) ; cervical region, two, superior and inferior caro-
tid; dorsal, seventeen below the vertebrocostal articulations (most
important is the solar plexus); lumbar, six on the psoas parvus
muscle; sacral, four beneath the sacrum.
The function of the sympathetic system may be summarized
thus: 1, supplies the blood-vessels with constrictor and dilator
fibres; 2, supplies the viscera with motor and inhibitory fibres;
3, accelerator fibres to the heart; 4, dilator fibres for the pupil; 5,
secretory fibres for sweat, salivary and sebaceous glands; 6, motor
fibres to the muscles of the hair; 7, trophic fibres which exercise an
effect on the nutrition of a part.
DIGESTIVE ORGANS
Name the organs of prehension, deglutition and digestion.
Prehension: lips, tongue and incisor teeth.
Deglutition: hard palate, tongue, pharynx and esophagus.
Digestion: salivary glands, stomach, intestines, liver, pancreas
and teeth.
78 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give the permanent dental formula of (a) the horse, (b) the ox, (c)
the dog. |
3-3 1-1 3-3 3-3
. 1 40.
(Oe Wena aac ie ere Nek
(hb) 29 OO 33 38 Total 32.
44 00 3-3 3-3
3-3 1-1 3-3 33
3-3 Total 42.
oe ron aus | Cee
Describe an incisor tooth.
Pyramidal, flattened from before, backward, with a single fang.
Three surfaces, anterior, indented by a slight longitudinal furrow,
which is prolonged to the root; a posterior face, rounded from side
to side and concave from above downward, and two borders, of which
the internal is always thicker than the external; last, a surface of
friction, the table.
In composition, there are three fundamental substances: the
dentin envelops the pulp cavity, the enamel covers the dentin. The
enamel is doubled in the external dental cavity, lining it throughout,
and when the surface of friction is in wear, a ring of enamel sur- 3
rounds that surface and an internal ring of the same surrounds the
infundibulum. The first circle forms what is called the encircling
enamel; the second, the central enamel. Over the enamel is a pro-
tecting substance, the cementum or crusta petrosa, which disappears ;
soon after the tooth becomes in wear.
Give the general arrangement of dentin, enamel and cementum from
without, inward, in the following teeth: (a) incisor, (b)
canine, (c) molar.
(a) Cementum, enamel and dentin. |
(b) Cement, enamel and dentin. :
(c) External cement, external enamel, dentin, bee enamel
and internal cement.
State the difference between the incisors of the horse and those of
the ox.
(See description of horse’s incisor above. )
In the ox, the incisors are eight in number, all in the lower jaw.
They are not fixed in the alveoli, as in the horse, but have a certain
degree of mobility. The root is more conical in shape, giving the
tooth a shovel-like appearance, the root being the handle. On the
middle of the internal face, is a conical eminence, the base of which
widens and terminates near the free extremity of the tooth. As
age and wear advance, the teeth seem to separate from one another,
and in youth they only touch by their extremities.
% « ,
a ee ee ee eee ea, ee ee ee ee ee ee ee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 79
Desu:ribe the appearance of the incisors of the horse at the age of (a)
5 years, (b) Io years.
(a) In the lower jaw, the nippers are worn more or less com-
pletely. The intermediates are on a level with the nippers and
their posterior border is level with the anterior. The corners are
lower than the intermediates. There is a notch on the posterior which
is lower than the anterior border ; sometimes this notch is very deep
and extends down on the posterior face of the tooth. The corners
are fresh and well grown out. The dental arches form a regular
semicircle from above, downward, and from one side to the other.
! (b) In the lower jaw, the nippers are rounded. The central
enamel is round and small and very near the posterior border. The
intermediates are nearly round, while the corners still remain oval.
In profile, the arch of the upper and lower teeth from above, down-
ward, becomes more angular.
Give the dental formula of (a) a six-year-old mare, (b) a seven-year-old
cow, (c) a one-year-old dog.
At the ages stated, these animals would have all their permanent
teeth.
(a) pa 00 S38 ome. Total 36.
=o 3-3 33
m) 22 80. 3-3 33 otal 32.
44 00 33 33
ee a4) 55 3-9
se ll 33 33 Total 42,
fee ae 5 ea 1
What modifications are seen in the upper and lower molars of the horse
and how do these modifications affect decay?
The inferior molars are somewhat longer and much more fiat-
tened than the superior. Their enamel is but a single organ and is
not divided into internal and external parts as in the superior
molars. In the superior, the two central rings of enamel completely
enclose the infundibula. This arrangement renders the upper
molars slightly more susceptible to decay because there is greater
possibility of the enamel being broken and an opening for micro-
organisms being produced, resulting in caries.
Describe the tongue.
The tongue is a fleshy organ, elongated anteroposteriorly, fiat-
tened on each side, and fixed to the os hyoides and inferior maxilla
by the muscles forming the basis of its structure, or by the membrane
covering it. It lies in the intermaxillary space, extending from the
back part of the mouth to the incisor teeth, and rests on a kind of
wide sling formed by the two mylohyoidean muscles. The anterior
80
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
extremity of the tongue, the free portion, is quite free from) the
middle of the interdental space to the tip; by its inferior face, it is
fixed to the body of the inferior maxilla by a fold of mucous mem-
brane, the frenum lingue.
The superior surface of the tongue 1s not smooth but is covered
with innumerable papille, which, according to their shape, are
termed filiform, fungiform and calciform. |
The blood supply to the tongue is by the lingual and sublingual
arteries and the nerve supply by the lingual, ninth and twelfth pairs.
Function: concerned in prehension, mastication, deglutition and
taste.
Name the three principal salivary glands and the duct or ducts of each.
Parotid, Steno’s duct; submaxillary, Wharton’s duct; sublin-
gual, 15 or 20 ducts (of Rivinus).
Describe the pharynx, giving particular attention to its connection with
the mouth, nose and ears.
The pharynx is a membranous vestibule common to the digestive
and air passages, situated behind the soft palate; attached above
to the base of the cranium and below to the laryngeal apparatus.
It communicates with the mouth through the isthmus of the
fauces, with the nose through the posterior nares, and with the
middle ear through the guttural pouch and eustachian tube.
Describe the cesophagus and give its relations.
The cesophagus is an elongated, muscular canal extending from
the pharynx to the stomach. It is made up of superficial longi-
tudinal and deep circular muscular fibres and is lined internally
by mucous membrane. At its upper extremity it is comprised be-
tween the guttural pouch and the posterior crico-arytenoid muscles.
In the cervical region, superiorly, it hes between the trachea and the
longus colli muscles, bordered on the side by the carotid artery, the
great sympathetic, pneumogastric and inferior laryngeal nerves;
inferiorly, it is related to the trachea, internally, the inferior sea-
lenus muscle and the jugular vein, externally. In its thoracic por-
tion, it lies along the trachea, passes above the left bronchus, to the
right of the thoracic aorta, against the internal face of the lungs.
Passing through the diaphragm, it is lodged in a fissure of the liver
and terminates in the cardiae opening of the stomach.
Name the organs contained in the abdominal cavity.
Stomach, large and small intestines, liver, pancreas, spleen, kid-
neys, Ovaries and uterus.
—
SR ee
yor te
——s. 5
ee ee ee ee eee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 81
Describe the stomach.
The stomach is a muscular sac, situated in the diaphragmatic
region between the cesophagus and the duodenum, in which the
principal acts of digestion take place. It has a capacity of 3 to 31%
gallons and weighs from 3 to 4 pounds. It is elongated, often con-
stricted in its middle, and presents an anterior and a posterior face,
a great curvature below, to which the great omentum is attached,
a lesser curvature above, to which the esophagus and gastrohepatic
ligament are attached. In the left extremity is an opening con-
tinuous with the esophagus, and the right extremity communicates
with the duodenum through the pyloric orifice.
Externally, the stomach is covered with a serous coat, the peri-
toneum ; internally, it is lied with mucous membrane in which are
innumerable peptic and mucous glands. The middle coat is mus-
cular, the fibres of which run in various directions.
Blood supply: gastric, splenic, pyloric, esophageal, right and
left gastro-epiploic vessels.
Nerves: pneumogastric and solar plexus.
Give the relative capacity of the gastric cavities and intestines in (a)
horse, (b) the ox, (c) the sheep, (d) the pig, (e) the dog.
(a) Stomach small, intestines large.
(b) Stomach large, intestines small.
(ce) Stomach large, intestines small.
(d) Stomach small, intestines large.
(e) Stomach small, intestines large.
Describe the rumen of the ox.
The rumen is a large reservoir which occupies nearly three-
fourths of the abdominal cavity. It has a capacity of 45 to 50
gallons. Hlongated from before, behind, it presents two surfaces,
superior and inferior, an anterior and posterior extremity and a
right and left border.
By its superior surface, it is in contact with the intestines and
its opposite face lies on the inferior abdominal wall. Its left border,
supporting the spleen, extends to the highest part of the flank and
sublumbar region. The right border lies against the abomasum.
The anterior extremity lies close to the diaphragm and receives the
insertion of the esophagus. The posterior extremity occupies the
entrance to the pelvic cavity. Interiorly, the rumen is divided by
_ two septa, muscular pillars, into a right and left sac.
The rumen has three coats: outer serous, middle muscular and
inner mucous. The mucous coat has innumerable papille similar
6
82 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
to those on the tongue. Two openings, one into the esophagus, the
other into the reticulum, are close together.
Describe the internal surface of the recticulum of the ox.
It is divided by ridges of the mucous membrane into polyhedral
cells which look like honeycomb. In the centres of the cells and
deeply situated are conical papille.
Name some of the synonyms for the omasum and give the reason for
these names. .
Manyplus, manyplies, many-leaves and psalterium.
So named because of the peculiar arrangement of the mucous
membrane, which is disposed into 25 to 30 unequally developed
leaves, arranged longitudinally, adherent to the great curvature and
free on the border turned toward the lesser curvature. This arrange-
ment gives the opened organ an appearance not unlike that of an
open book.
Describe the arrangement of the mucous membrane in the first, second,
third and fourth stomachs of the ox.
See answers to three preceding questions. The mucous mem-
brane of the fourth stomach is practically the same as in the horse,
g.v.
Give the length of the intestines of (a) the horse, (b) the cow, (c) the
dog.
(a) 100 feet; (b) 180 feet; (c) 14 feet.
Describe the small intestine and name its divisions.
The small intestine, a tube 75 feet in length, begins at the pyloric
orifice of the stomach, turns transversely to the left, forms numerous
folds, being suspended in the mesentery (a fold of the peritoneum),
and terminates in the cecum in the right hypochondriac region. The
diameter of the tube is variable in different portions and in all por- |
tions depends upon the contraction of the muscular tunic, but aver-
ages 1 to 134 inches. |
Three coats: outer serous, middle muscular, and inner mucous.
Blood supply by the great mesenteric and cceliac axis. Nerves from
the solar plexus.
Divisions: duodenum, jejunum and ileum.
Describe the double (fixed) colon.
The double colon begins at the eexeum, passes forward, then
bends backward and to the left, forming the suprasternal curvature,
lying above the sternum, then backward and turning again to form
the pelvic flexure, then runs forward to the diaphragm, forming
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 83
the diaphragmatic flexure, then passes back with the first portion
to terminate in the small (floating) colon.
Throughout its length, it is traversed by from 1 to 4 longitudinal,
- muscular bands which hold the transverse folds in position. It is
made up of three coats: outer serous, middle muscular and inner
mucous. Length, 10-13 feet. Capacity, 18 gallons. Blood supply,
two colic arteries. Nerves, sympathetic.
What is the difference between the cecum of the horse and that of
the ox?
In the horse, there are four longitudinal muscular bands which
are absent in the ox, hence in the latter the bulgings seen in the
horse do not appear.
Describe the ileoczcal valve and give its function.
It is formed by the projection of the ileum into the cecum and
is formed by a circular mucous fold, strengthened externally by
muscular fibres. Situated on the inferior face of the cecum.
Function: by acting as a sort of check-valve, probably aids the
onward movements of the intestinal contents.
What is the capacity of the cecum?
Seven and a half gallons.
Describe the liver.
The liver is a glandular viscus, situated in the abdominal cavity
to the right of the diaphragmatic region. Its average weight is
eleven pounds. Flattened before and behind and indented at its
borders, the organ is divided into three principal lobes and presents
two surfaces and a border for study.
The anterior face, applied against the diaphragm, is channelled
by a deep fissure for the posterior cava. The posterior surface also
has a fissure for the passage of the portal vein and vessels. In the
superior border is a notch for the esophagus. Several smaller fis-
sures are observed, one dividing the right and left lobes and small
ones dividing the middle lobe into lobules.
The four lobes are: left (the largest), right, spigelian or caudate,
and middle.
The liver is held in place by five ligaments, viz. :
1. Anterior or coronary, from the fissure for the cava to the
phrenic centre.
2. One from the left lobe to the sides of the esophageal orifice.
3. One from the right lobe to the sublumbar wall.
4, Broad or suspensory, from the middle lobe to the inferior
abdominal wall and lower part of the diaphragm.
84
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
5. Round, a fetal remnant, from the middle lobe to the umbilicus.
The external serous coat covers the true capsule (Glisson’s) which
is of fibrous tissue.
Hepatic ducts, originating within the liver parenchyma, unite
to form the ductus choledochus, or great bile duct, which empties
into the duodenum. |
Blood supply: functional, portal vein; nutritive, hepatic artery.
Nerve supply: sympathetic, vagus and phrenic.
Name the lobes of the liver.
Three principal lobes are right, left and middle. The right lobe
has a small secondary lobe attached to it, the lobus Spigelii, or
caudate lobe.
Describe and give the relations of the pancreas.
This organ, sometimes called the abdominal salivary gland, be-
cause of its resemblance to the salivary glands in structure, is
situated in the sublumbar region, across the aorta and post cava, in
front of the kidneys and behind the liver and stomach. Its weight
is seventeen ounces. In form, it is elongated, triangular and curved
on itself. It has two surfaces, superior and inferior, two borders,
anterior and posterior, and two extremities, a right or head and
a left or tail. The posterior border is notched for the portal vein
to pass through.
Two ducts, duct of Wirsung, the principal, runs along the an-
terior border from the left to the right side and opens into the ©
duodenum in common with the bile duct; an accessory duct opens
alone after receiving several branches.
Blood supply: hepatic and great mesenteric.
Nerve supply: solar plexus.
State the difference in the relation of the biliary and pancreatic ducts
in (a) the horse, (b) the ox, (c) the sheep, (d) the goat,
and (e) the pig.
(a) Open in common into the duodenum.
(b) Two separate openings into the duodenum.
(ec) Open in common into the duodenum...
(d) Open in common into the duodenum.
(e) Two separate openings into the duodenum.
Describe the peritoneum and give its relation.
The peritoneum is a serous membrane composed of a parietal
and a visceral layer which together form a closed sac, so arranged
that the organs contained in the abdominal cavity are enveloped by,
but are external to, it.
——
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 85
In its various folds and duplicatures, it forms hgaments, mesen-
teries and omenta as follows: faleciform ligament from the umbilicus
to the middle lobe of the liver; the common ligament of the liver
which surrounds the posterior vena cava; the cardiac ligament that
envelops the termination of the esophagus; the gastrohepatic liga-
ment or omentum attaches the stomach to the posterior fissure of the
liver and separates at the lesser curvature of the stomach to envelop
the same, joining again at its greater curvature. This fold is
called the great omentum and also the gastrocolic omentum, because
by its posterior border it is extended around the termination of the
large colon. A reflection from the stomach to the spleen is called
the gastrosplenic omentum. Behind the stomach, there is a small
opening in the great omentum, which communicates with the peri-
toneal cavity, called the foramen of Winslow. Posteriorly, the
great omentum is continued as the mesentery proper, being reflected
over the small and large intestines, forming their mesenteries, the
ligaments of the bladder, broad ligaments of the uterus, and then
from the rectum and front of the bladder is reflected to the superior
and inferior abdominal wall, forming the parietal layers. The in-
ferior parietal layer continues forward, descends into the scrotum
through the inguinal canal to envelop the testicles, and is continued
forward to form the suspensory ligament of the liver. The superior
parietal layer passes beneath the kidney, forms the mesenteries and
is continued to the diaphragm.
RESPIRATORY ORGANS
Name the sinuses of the head.
The sinuses of the head are arranged in pairs, five on each side as
follows: the frontal, superery, sphenoidal, ethmoidal and
inferior maxillary.
Compare the frontal sinus of the ox with that of the horse as regards
position, structure and size.
In the ox, the frontal sinuses are prolonged into the horn cores
and into the parietal and occipital bones. They envelop the anterior
and superior part of the cranium and form a double wall to this
cavity. They are, therefore, much larger and situated more supe-
riorly than in the horse. In the horse, the sinus communicates with
the superior maxillary sinus by a vast opening in the thin bony
partition, but in the ox, no such communication exists.
Describe the larynx.
. The larynx is a cartilaginous pox, situated in the intermaxillary
space between the two corona of the os hyoides and fixed to these
86
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
appendages by one of its constituent pieces, the thyroid cartilage.
Its anterior opening is at the bottom of the pharynx, its posterior
is continuous with the trachea.
In structure, it is comprised of five cartilages, viz., three single,
ericoid, thyroid and epiglottis, and one pair, the arytenoids. The
muscles which either move the whole organ or its cartilages upon
one another are: three extrinsic, the sternothyroideus, hyothy-
rowdeus and the hyo-epiglottideus; five intrinsic, cricothyroid, pos-
terior crico-arytenoideus, lateral crico-arytenoid, thyro-arytenoid
and arytenoideus. All of these muscles are pairs, except the hyo-
epiglottideus and arytenoideus.
Internally, the larynx is lined with mucous membrane and is
marked on each side by the elastic structure known as the vocal
cords. |
Blood supply: laryngeal arteries.
Nerve supply: superior and inferior laryngeal.
Function: an air passage and organ of phonation.
Name the cartilages of the larynx.
See answer to preceding question.
Describe the guttural pouch and give its function.
Two in number, one on each side, the guttural pouches are elon-
gated cavities, communicating with the pharynx and lying on its
sides. In reality, a dilatation of the eustachian tube, these two
pouches lie against each other in the median plane; externally, they
are related to the carotid artery and parotid gland. Before and
behind, they extend from the anterior part of the pharynx to the
inferior face of the atlas. Capacity, about three-quarters of a pint.
Function: probably connected with hearing and phonation in some
way.
Describe the trachea and give its relations.
The trachea is a long, flexible, elastic, cylindrical tube, composed
of a series of about fifty incomplete cartilaginous rings that succeed —
the cricoid cartilage of the larynx and terminate above the base of
the heart by bifureating into the two bronchi. The rings are united
by fibrous tissue.
Relations: In its cervical portion, surrounded by muscles of this
region—sternohyoid and sternothyroid, in front; the sternomaxil-
laris muscles are situated in front in the inferior part but on the
sides near their termination; the subscapulohyoideii are placed
above and in the middle of the lateral parts; the scaleni are below
and at the sides; the longus colli, behind. The esophagus descends
—
SS ee ee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 87
at first in the middle of the posterior face, then to the left side
of the trachea. The carotid arteries, the pneumogastric, great sym-
pathetic and recurrent nerves pass along both sides of the tube.
In the thoracic portion, the trachea is related superiorly to the
longus colli muscle and the cesophagus; below to the brachial vessels,
the anterior aorta, anterior vena cava, the cardiac and recurrent
nerves, and to the left auricle of the heart; laterally it is in contact
with the inferior cervical ganglia of the great sympathetic, the
vertebral vessels and the two layers of the anterior mediastinum,
vena azygos, aorta and thoracic duct.
Describe the thoracic cavity. Name the organs that are contained in
this cavity.
The thoracic cavity is a bony cage, representing a hollow cone
placed horizontally, depressed on its sides, apex forward and base
formed by the diaphragm, posteriorly.
Boundaries: in front, the first ribs and longus colli muscle; be-
hind, the diaphragm; superiorly, the vertebrex, ribs and longus colli
muscle; inferiorly, the sternum, costal cartilages and the triangu-
laris sterni muscle; laterally, the ribs and deep intercostal muscles.
Its internal face is covered with a serous membrane, the pleura.
It contains the following organs: heart and great vessels, lungs,
trachea, csophagus, thoracic duct and lymphatic glands.
Function: Receptacle for the contained organs; its movements
are of primary importance in the act of respiration.
Compare the thoracic cavity of the horse with that of the ox.
In the ox, the thorax is not so long, particularly in its superior
part, as in the horse, because the diaphragm is situated less obliquely
and its attachment to the ribs is more anterior. Its total capacity
is less than in the horse.
Give the number of pulmonary lobes in (a) the horse, (b) the ox,
(c) the sheep, (d) the pig, (e) the dog.
(a) 9; (b) 6; (¢) 6; (d) 6;-(e) 7.
Describe the lungs of the horse.
The lungs, the essential organs of respiration, are situated in the
thoracic cavity, surrounding the heart, and enveloped by a serous
membrane, the pleura.
Divided into two lateral halves, the lungs are considered as two
parts, right and left, which, in contour, correspond to the thoracic
cavity which they practically fill. Each half is cone-shaped and
has: an external face lying against the ribs; an internal face,
forming the side of the mediastinum which presents an excavation
88 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
in which the heart is lodged, and behind this is the root of the lung,
formed by the bronchi, blood-vessels and nerves entering the struc-
ture, also a fold of the pleura, ligamentum latum pulmonalts, which
is attached to the mediastinum and posterior face of the diaphragm;
a base or diaphragmatic face, concave and in contact with the dia-
phragm, showing a notch for the posterior vena cava; an apex or
summit, situated behind the first rib, forms the anterior lobe; a
superior border, thick and convex, rests in the vertebracostal chan-
nel or concavity ; an inferior, shorter and thinner, is notched deeply
for the heart.
The right lung has three lobes, an anterior, middle and posterior ;
the left, two, an anterior and posterior.
The lung substance is pink-colored, soft, spongy and elastic tis-
sue; it is divided into lobules which are further subdivided into
alveoli and air-cells that communicate with bronchioles, the sub-
divisions of bronchii.
Blood supply: nutrient, bronchial arteries; functional, pul-
monary arteries. Nerve supply: pneumogastric and sympathetic.
EE a ES a eg i ie et
Describe the different reflections of the pleura and state the different
structures to which they are respectively applied. |
1. Costal pleura is applied to the internal face of the ribs and
internal intercostal muscles.
2. Diaphragmatic pleura, a continuation of the costal, is adher-
ent to the diaphragm. q
3. Mediastinal pleura separates the two lateral halves of the )
lungs. It is applied against the internal face of each half and com-
prises between its two layers the heart. The portion in front of the |
heart is called the anterior mediastinum, and that behind, the pos-
terior mediastinum.
_ The anterior mediastinum contains the trachea, cesophagus, an-
terior aorta and its divisions, anterior vena cava, thoracic duct, and
the cardiac, pneumogastric, recurrent and phrenic nerves. In the
foetus and very young animals, it also contains the thymus glands.
The posterior mediastinum is traversed by the posterior aorta,
vena azygos, thoracic duct, esophagus and nerves.
4, Pulmonary or visceral pleura, a continuation of the medias-
tinal, completely envelops the lung-tissue proper.
Give the relative thickness of the mediastinum in horses and in cattle,
and state how this affects conditions in unilateral pleurisy.
In its inferior part, the posterior mediastinum of the horse is
_ very thin and perforated by small openings; whereas, in cattle, it is
OT we a ee ae
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ~— 89
not open but is thick and solid there as elsewhere.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 183
Treatment: Remove cause; correct diet; give tonics such as iron
sulphate or reduced iron, arsenic, etc.; transfusion of blood or
infusion of normal saline solution.
Where is the filaria immitis found? What condition does it produce?
The embryos of this parasite are found in the cireulating blood
and the mature worms in the right heart of dogs. Conditions pro-
duced are anemia, emaciation, increased appetite, dropsical swell-
ings due to emboli, heart disturbances, etc. It runs a course of
several years,
Discuss briefly the etiology and prevention of hzemoglobinuria.
Hemoglobinuria (azoturia) occurs almost invariably in well-
conditioned, plethoric horses, accustomed to regular work, after
a day of idleness without reduction in the amount of rations. I+
is rarely seen in poorly nourished horses. Cold is thought to be an
etiological factor as more cases are seen in winter than in summer.
It is probably an auto-intoxication, the exact nature of which is
undetermined.
Prevention: Give regular exercise and reduce rations when
idle.
Give the symptoms and treatment of azoturia.
4-/
»
Rs Symptoms: Soon after leaving the stable in apbiatetitiy perfect
condition, the patient sweats, knuckles over on one or both hind,
~varely in the fore, fetlocks, falls down and cannot arise except to
stand in the knuckled attitude; cerebral excitement may or may not
be present; the muscles of the gluteal region are hard and swollen;
urine is coffee-colored or black; pulse full and accelerated, tempera-
ture normal or slightly elevated.
Treatment: Nothing specific. Quick-acting catharties such as
arecoline and Epsom salts; hot blankets over the loins may help;
evacuate the bladder regularly; plenty of bedding should be pro-
vided and the patient should be turned over every 4 to 6 hours.
Bromides or chloral hydrate may be given per os, or cannabis
indica, intravenously if the patient is restless. Slings are used by
some but should not be used unless the patient can stand well, in
which case they are needless.
DISEASES OF METABOLISM
Give the symptoms, course and termination of osteoporosis.
Inappetency, lifelessness, stiffness, shifting lameness, ‘‘tied-in”’
gait, stumbling, distortion of the bones of the face and lower jaw,
184
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
polyarthritis, ‘‘tucked-up’’ abdomen, pleuritic ridge, emaciation,
fractures, tearing away of ligamentous and tendinous attachments,
etc., are among the prominent symptoms of the disease.
Course: Chronic, running several months or years, ending in
death. Improvement may follow under proper handling if taken
early, but relapses are common.
What is the treatment for osteoporosis?
Give cause, symptoms and treatment for rachitis.
Change of feed and environment. Calcium phosphate, in two-
drachm doses three times daily, may be useful. Best to turn the
horse out in pasture and make him ‘‘rough it’’ for a year.
Causes: Hereditary, lack of lime salts in the food, ‘Gniy iene
conditions. |
Symptoms: Unthrifty appearance, easily fatigued, reeumbency,
stiffness ; tender, swollen joints ; enlarged epiphyses, long bones bent ;
brittleness of bones and loosening of teeth; diarrhea. )
Treatment: Principally hygienic; provide fresh air and sun-
shine; feed nutritious rations, rich in earthy salts, phosphates, bone
dust, lime water, dilute hydrochloric acid, ete.
Name the different forms of diabetes and give the treatment for each.
Diabetes mellitus is characterized by the passing of a large
amount of urine, containing an excessive amount of sugar.
Diabetes insipidus is a chronic disease marked by great thirst
and the passage of a large amount of urine but no excess of sugar.
Diabetes mellitus is practically incurable; treat by limiting the
amount of carbohydrates and feed more fats and proteids. Car-
nivora may be fed fat meat, eggs, buttermilk. Opium and Carlsbad
salts are said to be helpful.
Diabetes insipidus is unsatisfactory to treat. It is usually due
to chronic interstitial nephritis. Give vasoconstrictors, as ergot,
valerian, ete.
DISEASES OF THE URINARY ORGANS
Define pyelitis. How diagnosed and treated?
Inflammation of the pelvis of the kidney. Diagnosed by micro-
. Scopical examination of the urine and finding epithelial cells from
the pelvis, blood-cells and pus. Usual symptoms of nephritis.
Treatment: Abundance of pure water, sodium bicarbonate, urin-
ary antiseptics, hot fomentations over loins.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 185
State the more common causes of urinary cystitis. Give diagnosis and
_treatment.
Causes: Diuretics, retention of urine, infection, calculi, para-
sites, unclean catheter, adjacent inflammation.
Diagnosis: Cloudy urine, containing shreds of mucous mem-
branes, pus cells, blood and triple phosphates and of an alkaline
reaction ; painful urination; bladder-walls tender and thickened.
Treatment: Disinfect bladder by irrigating with a 3 per cent.
solution of boric acid and methylene blue internally. Give an abun-
dance of pure water. Surgically remove calculi.
Give the symptoms and treatment of uremic poisoning in the dog.
' . Oceurs usually in connection with acute or chronic nephritis;
dulness, chill, high fever, vomiting, convulsions, paralysis, Cheyne-
Stokes breathing, coma and death. Uriniferous odor to the skin.
Treatment: Venesection followed by infusion of normal saline
solution. Withdraw urine and produce sweating with pilocarpus.
Move bowels; control convulsions with bromides.
Give the common causes and the treatment for acute nephritis.
Occurs most commonly as a secondary disease. May be caused by
cold, drugs, such as arsenic, phosphorus, etc., irritant diuretics,
toxins from specific fevers, infection, suppression of the urine,
caleuli, ete.
Treatment: Relieve the kidneys as much as possible by giving
diaphoretics and purges. Give urinary antiseptics as methylene
blue and quiet pain with bromides or chloral hydrate.
What are the causes of polyuria? How treated?
Chronic interstitial nephritis, tumors of the brain, nervous dis-
orders, mouldy feeds, diuretic drugs, cold, habitual constipation,
suppression of perspiration.
Treatment: Remove cause, change food, open bowels; drugs are
useless In most cases.
What are the different steps in the examination of the urine?
A. Macroscopical: Determine quantity, color, transparency,
consistency, odor and specific gravity.
B. Chemical: Reaction, albumin, indican, bile pigments and
sugar.
C. Microscopical: Centrifuge unfiltered urine and examine sedi-
ment under the microscope for casts, epithelial cells, blood-cells,
pus-cells and unorganized sediments (uric acid crystals, etc.).
186 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
In what conditions do we find albuminuria?
Nephritis, organic heart disease, emphysema, fevers, pneumonia,
diabetes, anemia, leukemia, hydremia, hematuria, hemoglobinuria,
pregnancy. Often occurs in small amounts in healthy individuals.
Give causes and treatment for hematuria.
Nephritis, injuries to the kidneys, irritant plants with diuretic
principle, certain drugs, wounds and inflammation of the bladder,
calcule, urethritis and infectious diseases as anthrax and Texas
fever are among the common causes. 3
Treatment: Determine the cause and remove it. Give urinary
antiseptics as methylene blue, balsam copaiba, etce.; remove calculi,
irrigate bladder with boric acid solution. ;
DISEASES OF THE CIRCULATORY ORGANS
‘Describe the symptoms of pericarditis in the bovine species.
Usually of traumatic origin. Digestive disturbances, sensitive-
ness to pressure in the region of the reticulum, tympany of rumen
after meals, hurried breathing, groaning, irregular pulse, friction
sounds synchronous with the heart-beat followed later by splashing
or metallic tinkling sound; dropsical swellings in the dew-lap and
sides of sternum; pleurisy and pneumonia may complicate matters.
State the usual causes (dietetic and anatomic) of traumatic pericar-
ditis in cattle and goats. ‘Give prevention and treatment.
Anatomically, the reticulum, into which most foreign bodies are
passed, lies against the diaphragm. On expiration and during
rumination, the diaphragm is brought in contact with the pericar-
dium and the sharp objects are thus directed into the latter.
Dietetic causes: Ruminants swallow food with little masti-
cation; pins, needles, hay-wire, pieces of tin, etc., if in the feed, are
readily swallowed.
Prevention: Avoid the presence of foreign bodies in the feed.
Cut hay-wires in the middle instead of near the joints.
Treatment: Generally useless; give laxatives; stand animal with
front parts elevated. Surgically remove the offending object
through the rumen or chest wall.
Give causes and symptoms of insufficiency of the cardiac valves,
auriculoventricular and semilunar. :
Insufficiency may be caused by endocarditis which leaves the
valves thickened and rigid; cardiac hypertrophy, tumors, parasites,
aneurism of aorta near the heart; overexertion may injure the
valves.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 187
Insufficiency of the right auriculoventricular valve is shown by
a systolic murmur, a feeble pulse, distention of the veins, jugular
pulse and edema of the extremities.
Insufficiency of the left auriculoventricular valve is accom-
panied by a systolic murmur, passive congestion of the lungs, indura-
tion of the lung tissue, pulmonary cedema, pulse slightly weaker,
dyspnea on exercise.
Insufficiency of the semilunar valve of the aorta is usually accom-
panied by hypertrophy, which gives an increased cardiac dulness
on percussion, a stronger impulse on palpation and a full, strong,
bounding pulse; thrill of the wall of the thorax over the heart; a
diastolic murmur which shows its greatest intensity in the left fourth
intercostal space below the shoulder line.
Insufficiency of the semilunar valve of the pulmonary artery
shows the same as the preceding, except there is no change in the
pulse and it is usually accompanied by respiratory disturbances.
Give the treatment for valvular disease of the heart.
Secure rest for the patient. Give heart tonics as, digitalis,
strophanthus, etc. Slaughter meat-producing animals.
What are the usual causes of dropsy of the abdomen, limbs and beneath
the venter?
Valvular heart disease, cirrhosis of the liver, diseases of the
kidneys, circulatory obstructions which produce venous congestion
as, tumors, aneurisms, etc.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of aneurism.
Causes: Debilitated vascular walls, violence which may rup-
ture the arterial coat, violent exercise, increased blood-pressure,
obstruction by embolus and arteritis.
Symptoms: Depends on the location. In general, we note: a
soft tumor pulsating with the heart; a double rushing sound, palpi-
tation, cardiac weakness, rapid fatigue, vertigo, and venous
congestion.
Treatment: Unsatisfactory. Rest the patient; give a low diet;
apply compression or ligature above and below the aneurism. In-
ternal aneurism, which is seldom diagnosed, is irremediable.
In what animals and at what age is cyanosis liable to occur?
In the new-born animal. It is due to the failure of the foramen
ovale to close.
?
188 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
DISEASES OF THE RESPIRATORY ORGANS
Define epistaxis and give its causes.
Bleeding from the nose. It may be due to traumatism, violent
exertion, parasites, granulating tumors, ulceration of the nasal pas-
sages, anthrax, glanders, purpura hemorrhagica, hemophilia, ete.
State causes, symptoms and treatment of nasal gleet.
Nasal gleet or chronic rhinitis may follow the acute form or it
may be due to diseased teeth; infection or catarrh of the nasal
sinuses. It is also seen in glanders.
Symptoms: A continuous, unilateral or bilateral nasal discharge
of a thick, creamy consistency. The submaxillary lymph-glands are
hard and enlarged; ulcers sometimes form on the mucous membrane;
the temperature remains normal and the patient becomes anemic
and emaciated. 2
Treatment: Locally, apply astringent antiseptics, such as nasal
douches with Dobell’s solution. Internally, give tonics.
What parasites attack the throat in solipeds? Give symptoms, pre-
vention and treatment in each case.
Hemopis sanguisuga (horse leech) attaches itself to the walls
of the pharynx and larynx and produces cough, laryngitis, dys-
phagia and epistaxis. Prevent by avoiding waters harboring the
parasite. Treat by throwing salt solution on them and remove
with a dry towel or forceps.
Gistrus larve (bots) are sometimes attached to the pharynx and
larynx. They produce chronic irritation, cough and dyspnea.
Prevention depends upon the destruction of the bots and the mature
fly, the estrus equi. Treatment consists of removing the bots with
the forceps or hands. Laryngotomy may be necessary.
Give the symptoms and treatment of cedema of the glottis.
Sudden appearance of dyspnea and an extensive painless, cede-
matous swelling in the laryngeal region. The temperature is nor-
mal; sweating, an anxious expression and paroxysm of coughing
are observed.
Treatment: Perform tracheotomy and insert tube. Apply
astringent and absorbing agents externally. Burrow’s lotion or
white lotion could be used on cotton and held in place by a throat
bandage. 2
State the usual causes of inhalation bronchitis and pneumonia.
Faulty methods of drenching which allows medicine to enter the
trachea; dysphagia due to pharyngitis, tetanus, etc. Sometimes
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 189
follows chloroform anesthesia; inhalation of smoke or irritant
gases; regurgitation of food when in a comatose condition as in milk
fever. May follow tracheotomy operation.
Give the diagnostic symptoms, prevention and treatment of inhalation
pneumonia.
Fevei, anorexia, cough, bronchial rales, dyspncea, fetid odor to
the expired air, mucopurulent nasal discharge containing shreds of
necrotic tissue; dulness in the lower part of the thorax.
Prevention: Guard against causative factors. Be careful in
drenching and see that no part of the medicine enters the trachea.
Don’t drench cows with milk fever, nor horses with tetanus, pharyn-
gitis or other conditions in which there is danger of inhalation of
the fluid.
Treatment: Antiseptic inhalations of the vapor or eucalyptus,
tar, carbolic acid or turpentine. Intratracheal irrigation with a
1 per cent. solution of hydrogen peroxide in a normal salt solution.
Give stimulants and antipyretics.
What domestic animal is most susceptible to bronchial asthma? Give
causes, symptoms and treatment for this disease.
The dog is most subject to bronchial asthma.
Causes: Nervous origin, reflexly from pneumogastric irritation
due to digestive disorders. The muscle fibres of the bronchi contract
and narrow the lumen, thus bringing on paroxysms of coughing.
Symptoms: Obesity, sluggishness, paroxysmal cough and
dyspnea. Usually have digestive disorders.
Treatment: Antispasmodics per rectum or subcutem; cathartics;
dietary restrictions to lessen obesity.
What animals suffer from strongylus rufescens? Name the disease
produced and the symptoms.
The sheep and goat.
The disease is variously known as verminous bronchitis, bron-
chial strongylosis, hoose, husk and paper skin disease.
Symptoms: Occurs enzodtically; loss of appetite, unthriftiness,
emaciation, fever, dyspnoea, fits of coughing, convulsions, anemia
and emaciation.
What is the treatment for verminous bronchitis in calves?
Inhalations of oil of eucalyptus and turpentine, in a vapor of
steam. Intratracheal injection of 15 to 20 c.c. of a 5 per cent.
solution of creolin in olive oil. Give stimulants and nourishing food.
190
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give cause, symptoms and treatment of gapes in fowls.
Cause: This disease is due to the presence of the parasite, synga-
mus trachealis, in the trachea.
Symptoms: The bird gapes, sneezes, coughs and discharges
mucus, which often contains the worm, from the mouth; dulness,
drooping of wings, inappetency. Worms may be seen in the trachea.
Treatment: Remove the worm with forceps or a loop of horse
hair.
State the immediate and the remote causes of acute pulmonary conges-
tion. Give the treatment.
The immediate cause is a rush of blood to the lungs. Remote
causes are: fat, plethoric condition; sudden chilling; infectious
diseases; overfeeding; hot weather; heart diseases and venous
stasis. i
Treatment: Venesection, counter-irritation over thorax and
friction to extremities; heart stimulants, plenty of fresh air.
Usually terminates in pneumonia or recovery in 24 hours.
Give the distinctive symptoms of bronchitis, pneumonia and pleurisy,
respectively, in the early and fully developed stages. :
Early stages: Bronchitis, dry hard cough, normal percussion
sound, bilateral, sibilant rales and dyspnea. Pneumonma (pulmon-
ary congestion), restrained cough, increased resonance on percus-
sion, unilateral crepitant rales, dyspncea more marked. Pleurisy,
painful cough, tenderness to percussion, bilateral friction sounds,
pleuritic ridge, high temperature.
Fully developed stages: Bronchitis, resonance on percussion,
mucous rales, temperature high. Pneumonia, dulness on percus-
sion, absence of vesicular murmur, temperature high throughout the
attack. Pleurisy, temperature lower, flatness on percussion bounded
by a horizontal line, increased resonance above. ‘Tenderness on
percussion.
Give the symptoms of gangrene of the lungs.
Rapid respiration, moist rales, purulent nasal discharge contain-
ing shreds of necrotic tissue, fetid odor to breath, high fever, rapid
weak pulse and great prostration.
Give the symptoms, course and treatment of acute diffused pleuritis.
Chill, fever, hard pulse; rapid, shallow breathing, patient re-
mains standing, pleuritic ridge, suppressed cough, tenderness in
the intercostal region, groaning when turned sharply, friction
sounds. Later, there appears a horizontal line of dulness, splashing
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 191
metallic tinkling, cedemas. Course may run from a few days to
several weeks, depending upon the continuance of the hydrothorax.
Treatment: In early stages, venesection, counter-irritants on
chest, such as mustard plasters, oil of mustard and oil silk jacket;
apply friction to legs and bandage them warmly. Give a laxative
diet. Later, thoracentesis may be advisable to remove the exudate.
Give diuretics and stimulants. _
Describe a case of pleurisy in the dog.
About the same as previously mentioned in the horse. Dogs
sit on haunches and pant. In ease of effusion, the horizontal line of,
dulness changes with the different attitudes the dog may assume.
Give the cause, symptoms and treatment of hydrothorax.
Caused by pleurisy, venous stasis, heart Seale kidney disease,
anemia, parasites, etc.
Symptoms: Dyspnea, horizontal line of dulness in lower part
of thorax, no fever; general dropsy, if from heart and kidney
diseases.
Treatment : ereiiee derivatives, thoracentesis, laxative diet
and tonics. Usually incurable.
Describe the symptoms of pulmonary emphysema. Outline treatment.
Double expiratory movement, husky, wheezing cough, dilated
nostrils, dyspneea easily produced by exercise, muggy weather or
a full stomach. Digestive troubles often accompany heaves. Occa-
sionally there will be seen a glairy nasal discharge. Cardiac
weakness.
Treatment: Dietetic measures such as a laxative diet, concen-
trated foods and a restricted amount of hay or straw. Give arsenic
in graduated doses. Belladonna is useful to suppress the cough.
How would you guard against fraudulent attempts to conceal the
symptoms of heaves?
Keep the horse under observation for 48 hours. Give plenty of
hay and water and exercise. The dilated nostrils are hard to conceal.
Adrenalin chloride aggravates respiration and may be an aid to
diagnosis.
DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE ORGANS
Define glossitis and give causes for same.
Glossitis is an inflammation of the mucous membrane and sub-
stance of the tongue. It may be due to mechanical, thermal and
chemical agents. Infection should be reckoned with, especially
specific infections, as in foot and mouth disease, lip and leg ulcera-
tion of sheep, ete.
192 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
What animals and what organs are infested by linguatula taznoides?
Give diagnosis and treatment, both therapeutic and pre-
ventive.
This parasite infests the nasal chambers, turbinated bones, fron-
tal sinuses and pharynx of the dog and occasionally the horse.
The diagnosis is based upon sneezing, coughing, rubbing nose,
dyspnea, epistaxis, convulsions and finding the parasite in the
discharge.
Treatment: Nasal douche of benzene 5 parts, and olive oil 100
parts. Prevent dogs from eating the raw offal of sheep. Destroy
the heads and carcasses of dead sheep containing the larve.
How does vomiting in cattle differ from regurgitation? Where does
the ejected food come from? How is vomiting diagnosed
and treated ?
In vomition, there is a greater effort made and the quantity
is so great that it runs from the mouth, whereas, in regurgitation, no
effort is required and the amount is so small that it is retained in
the mouth. The ejected material comes from the rumen. Vomit-
ing is diagnosed by the uneasiness, straining and peculiar smell of |
the ejected material. Treatment is seldom called for as the act
relieves the patient and removes the cause. If too prolonged, give
sedatives, such as bromides and chloral and empty the bowels
with liberal doses of Epsom salts.
What parasites affect the gullet of cattle? State other habitats of any
of these parasites.
Spiroptera scutata and the larve of the estrus (hypoderma)
bovis are also found in the stomach of cattle and the gullet of the |
horse. Psorospermia oviforme (coccidia) inhabit the mucous mem-
brane of the gullet and various other organs, including the liver,
intestines, ete., of sheep, goats, pigs, rabbits and man. Sarcosporidia
invade the muscles of the ox, pig, sheep and horse.
Describe the symptoms of a case that on post-mortem examination
reveals a ruptured stomach,
The abdomen enormously distended with gas on the left side
under the ribs. Colicky pains, dyspnea, belching of gas, retching
and regurgitation of stomach contents. Sudden paleness of mucous
membranes, syncope and death.
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of tympanites in cattle.
Also called ‘‘hoove,’’ ‘‘hoven,’’ and bloating.
Caused by gaseous fermentation of the contents of the rumen.
Overfeeding on green foods, especially clover when wet with dew.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 193
Paresis of the rumen may cause or follow tympanites. Poisons,
spoiled foods and foreign bodies are also causative factors.
Symptoms: Abnormal distention of the left side of the abdomen.
Drum-like sound on percussion, crepitation heard due to gas bubbles.
Suspension of rumination, belching, rapid breathing, frothy foam
from mouth, protrusion of anus and sometimes bloody fxces. Death
in 15 to 30 minutes.
Treatment: Puncture the rumen with trocar. Pass stomach
tube and siphon off the contents of the ramen. Administer through
the tube, aromatic spirits of ammonia, oil of turpentine or pepper-
mint. Follow with a large dose of Epsom salts when the tympany
subsides. Any treatment must be prompt and energetic.
Describe the symptoms of jaundice. Name causes.
Icterus or jaundice is characterized by a yellow discoloration of
the visible mucous membranes and skin, and the presence of bile pig-
ment in the urine; feces are pale and dry and the patient shows dul-
ness and loss of appetite.
Causes are numerous, viz., catarrh of duodenum and bile duct,
gall-stones, compression of bile duct by tumors and overloaded
stomach; acute and chronic hepatitis, rupture of gall-bladder (no
gall-bladder in the horse), poisons, parasites, icterus neonatorum,
severe infectious diseases, ete.
State the relative gravity of jaundice in the horse and in the dog.
Generally ends in recovery in the horse. In the dog, it is more
serious and usually ends in death.
Give the causes and symptoms of acute gastric indigestion.
Overloading, spoiled foods, fermentiscible foods, ice-water, espe-
cially after feeding, previous disease, overwork, defective teeth and
parasites. |
Symptoms: Violent colic, bloating of abdomen and under the
ribs on the left side; suppression of peristalsis and passage of feces;
attempts to eructate and vomit; hurried breathing.
In acute tympanitic gastric indigestion, what is the usual reaction
of the contents of the viscus? What measures, mechanical,
chemical and medicinal, would be especially indicated?
Reaction acid.
Treatment: Pass stomach tube; lavage; puncture the stomach
with a trocar passed through the twelfth or thirteenth intercostal
space on the left side; give 6 or 8 ounces of sodium hyposulphite
in solution. Aromatic spirits of ammonia, turpentine, carbolic acid
13
194 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
and other antiferments may be useful. After the acute symptoms
subside, give a full dose of aloes.
Give the diagnostic symptoms of (a) crapulous colic, (b) purely
nervous colic. Give treatment of each.
(a) Crapulous or engorgement colic is manifested by an over-
distended abdomen, dull percussion sound, continuous dull pain
and a ‘‘saw-horse’’ attitude. Rectal examination reveals the solid
ingesta.
(b) Purely nervous or spasmodic colic is diagnosed by the remit-
tent pain, intervals of ease; uneasiness, kicking of abdomen, getting
up and down, increased peristalsis; more or less feces passed.
Treatment: In crapulous form, give an aloes ball or one quart
of linseed oil or both. Quick-acting catharties, such as arecoline in
one-fourth grain doses, repeated every twenty minutes. Quiet the
pain with chloral hydrate. Spasmodiec colic should be treated with
antispasmodics, such as chloral hydrate and cannabis indica. Empty
the bowels with an aloes ball, salts or oil.
State the cause of diarrhcea in the new-born and prescribe preventive
treatment.
See ‘‘white scours,’’ page 294. This disease may be simple or
contagious. Among the many causes are improper food, bacteria,
navel infection, unclean feeding utensils, cold and weakness. Pre-
vention: Dietary measures; scald feeding utensils; intestinal anti-
septics, such as, bismuth subnitrate, phenol, ete. Sanitary measures
as prescribed under ‘‘white scours.’’
What is intussusception? Give symptoms, prognosis and treatment.
Invagination or telescoping of one portion of intestine into
another.
Symptoms: Obstruction, vomiting, no feces passed; continuous
colicky pains; later, fever appears, weak pulse, sweating and death.
Tubular sections of intestines may be passed. Obstruction may be
felt in the dog.
Prognosis: Usually fatal.
Treatment: Laparotomy and replacement of intestine is the
only available measure. Linseed oil and antispasmodics may relieve.
What genera (equine, bovine, porcine, canine) are most liable to
intestinal invagination? Why?
More common in bovine; less common in canines and very rare
in the equine and porcine.
The spiral arrangement of the intestines and the looser disposi-
tion of the mesentery may account for the more frequent appear-
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 195
ance of this condition in bovines. In the equine, the voluminous
cecum may receive the ileum and the spacious colon, the cxcum.
The intestines of the dog and hog are comparatively simple.
Give the symptoms and treatment for lead poisoning in cattle.
Emaciation, shortness of breath, paralysis of extremities, blue
line on the gums and abortion are seen in the chronic form. The
acute form shows blindness, stupor, coma, convulsions or delirious
excitement, torpor of bowels, gastro-enteritis, vomiting, salivation,
suppression of milk and urine and muscular cramps.
Treatment: Sulphate of magnesia or other forms of sulphates
which form insoluble sulphates of lead. Chronic form: give potas-
sium iodide and tonics.
Mention two intestinal parasites of the horse. Write a prescription
for worms in the horse.
Ascaris megalocephala and oxyuris curvula.
BR
Antimoni et Potassil tartrag . 2)... 6 sle eae ets we 3iij
Div. pulv. No. iv.
Sig.—Give one powder in drinking water every six
hours and follow with
R
Rien ea PN IEL Wels ce se aie dee eee 8 te «walls cera ohare 3xXV]
Sig.—Dissolve in water and give as a drench.
State the factors that produce gall-stones. Give prophylactic and
therapeutic treatment.
Precipitation of biliary solids, bacterial infection, concentration —
of the bile due to idleness, and dry feeding; presence of colloid
material as mucus, pus, blood and epithelial cells due to inflam-
mation. :
Prophylaxis: Avoid dry feeds; give plenty of water and exercise
and keep bowels active.
Treatment: Give narcotics to lessen pain; cathartics such as
calomel or olive oil; salicylate of soda or salicylic acid as an intes-
tinal antiseptic. Operative removal of stones.
What tapeworms infest solipeds and what is known of their larval
forms?
Tenia perfoliata, tenia mamillana and tenia plicata. Nothing
known of their larval forms. 3
What symptoms indicate ascaridze and what sclerostomata in the
bowels of the horse? How does the prognosis differ in the
two cases?
Ascaride = slight, recurrent colics, ravenous appetite, unthrifti-
196
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
ness, gastro-intestinal catarrh, passing of worms 6 to 12 inches
long.
Sclerostomata = violent colic, frequent defecation, followed by
arrest, eyes sunken, cold sweating, paralysis of bowels, death.
These symptoms are not due to the presence of the worm in the
bowel but to its embryonic form which lodges in the anterior mesen-
teric artery, causing a thrombus and emboli to form. The latter being
carried to the peripheral arteries of the intestinal walls produce
the fatal results. Otherwise, the mere presence of the mature worm
in the bowels, unless in large numbers, may pass unnoticed. If
abundant the symptoms are similar to those of ascariasis and, in
addition, marked anemia and emaciation. |
Prognosis: Good in ascariasis; very bad in case of obstruction
of the mesenteric arteries by sclerostomata (‘‘thrombo-embolic
colic’’).
How may the following be distinguished: sclerostoma equinum,
sclerostoma tetracanthum, oxyuris curvula and oxyuris
mastigodes? State the relative gravity of infestation by
each, giving reasons.
The sclerostoma equinum is larger than the sclerostoma tetra-
canthum, and its head terminates bluntly, whereas the sclerostoma
tetracanthum has a tapering anterior extremity. Oxyuris curvula
and oxyuris mastigodes are nearly identical except that the female
of the latter is 3 to 4 inches long and of the former only 1 to 1144
inches.
Sclerostoma tetracanthum is comparatively harmless; it sucks
blood and may injure the mucous membrane, producing
unthriftiness.
Sclerostoma equinum is very harmful; its embryonic form enters
the circulation and produces thrombo-embolic colic which ends in
death.
The oxyuride lodge in the rectum and cause uneasiness and
unthriftiness.
What conditions favor the propagation of strongylus (sclerostoma)
equinum and tetracanthum and what measures will pre-
vent their production?
Fecal contamination of water and feed favors the development
of these worms. As preventive measures, clear the intestinal tract
of the worms and destroy the feces containing the parasites and
eges of same. Prevent contamination of water with feces.
ee a a —
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 197
What domestic animals are liable to be attacked by the hookworm
(uncinaria, anchylostoma)? How do such worms enter
the body and what symptoms do they produce? Give
treatment.
Ox, sheep, cat and more commonly the dog. The worms enter
the intestinal tract through the drinking water which contains the
larve.
Symptoms: Digestive derangements, dulness and indifference;
whining, tympanites, diarrhea, loss of appetite, nervous disorders,
nausea, anemia and emaciation.
Treatment: Thymol, 2 to 15 grain doses. Separate the sick
from the well to prevent reinfection. Thoroughly clean and disin-
fect kennels. Supply pure drinking water.
What are coccidia? Name the domestic animals infested by coccidia,
mentioning in each case the organs infested. Give diag-
nosis, prevention and treatment in each case.
Coceidia are a genera of sporozoa, single-celled microdrganisms
provided with a protoplasmic-celled body in which is found a
nucleus. |
‘Cattle, sheep, rabbits, fowls and, occasionally, dogs and pigs
are infested. The intestines are more commonly affected in cattle,
sheep and fowls, whereas the liver is usually the seat of disease in
rabbits, dogs and pigs. Both organs may be affected in all animals.
There are a few cases of diseases of the air passages reported in
cattle, dogs and rabbits, due to coccidia.
Diagnosis: Fetid, hemorrhagic diarrhea, fever, loss of appetite,
weakness, death, jaundice, when liver is affected; coccidia may be
found in the feces by microscopic examination. —
Prevention: Provide pure water ; disinfect feces with 3 per cent.
watery solution of sulphuric acid; destroy carcasses and thoroughly
disinfect.
Treatment: Remove from pastures; give dry foods and intestinal
astringents and antiseptics. Useless to treat the hepatic form.
Describe all the symptoms produced by constipation in the dog.
Small, hard, glazed stools, straining, no stools passed; hot, ten-
der, swollen, bulging anus; colicky pains, tenderness of abdomen,
vomiting, fever, icterus, etc.
What are the symptoms of intestinal parasites in the dog other than
the passage of worms by the mouth or rectum?
Diarrhea, vomiting, emaciation, nervousness, convulsions, anz-
mia, pot-bellied, easily fatigued, whining.
198 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the symptoms of acute parenchymatous hepatitis in the dog
and give treatment.
Tenderness to pressure over the liver, pain during defecation,
jaundice, fever, constipation and vomiting.
As treatment, give mild laxatives such as olive or castor oil.
Calomel is very good. Intestinal antiseptics such as salol, sulpho-
carbolates, ete., are useful. Restrict the diet, avoiding fats.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of peritonitis.
Causes: Infection, traumatic injuries, operative wounds in the
abdomen, castration, laparotomy, perforating ulcer of the intes-
tines, rupture of the stomach or intestine, perforation of a parturient
womb, rupture of abscesses in the peritoneal cavity, metastasis.
Symptoms: Presence of a wound with spreading swelling,
cedema and tenderness of the abdomen, tucked up abdomen, high
fever, quick, wiry pulse, careful decubitus and rising, short, catchy
respiratory movements, straddling gait, short steps, constipation,
effusion may cause fluctuation and enlargement of the abdomen.
Treatment: Local antiseptics, drainage of wounds, irrigation
of the peritoneal cavity with sterile water; saline laxatives, intes-
tinal antiseptices; stimulants; apply mustard over abdomen.
What is ascites? Give causes of ascites.
Ascites is an accumulation of a serous fluid in the peritoneal
cavity. It is caused by chronic peritonitis, venous stasis due to
obstruction of the portal vein by tumors, indurative hepatitis, ete.
Valvular disease of the heart, kidney diseases, hydremia, tubercu-
losis and heaves are also etiological factors.
‘Mention the different forms of ergotism in cattle. Give the symptoms
of each form mentioned.
Acute: Gastro-enteritis, ptyalism, vomiting, colicky pains, diar-
rhea, ulcerous stomatitis, labor pains, abortion, prolapsus uteri,
insensibility to pain, paralyses, dilatation of the pupils, muscular
cramps.
Chronic: Necrosis of extremities such as the ears, tail, teats,
claws and lower leg; abortion and sterility.
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of distomiasis (liver rot) in
sheep.
Caused by the presence of the liver-fluke parasite, distoma
hepaticum, in the bile ducts.
Symptoms: During the period of invasion of the parasite, lasting
2 to 3 months, the sheep gain in flesh; later, dropsy, emaciation, diar-
rheea alternating with constipation; variable temperature, icterus,
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 199
presence of the ova in the feces, usually terminates in death. Some
recover to be reinfected the following year and then succumb.
Treatment: Prevention; drain soils, avoid low, damp, infected
pastures, give common salt in feed, feed well and fortify the system ;
tonics, vermifuges. Treatment is unsatisfactory.
State the effects of overfeeding cattle and swine with cotton-seed meal.
May produce garget and mammitis in cattle. Will destroy the life
of swine with symptoms of scurvy and grave constitutional disorders.
In both animals, it may produce diarrhea, lachrymation, abscess for-
mation, ulceration of the cornea, staphyloma, fever, cedema of the
legs, congestion of the liver and spleen, and high-colored urine.
DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM
What is loco poisoning? Where and when is it enzootic and how can
it be prevented?
Loco poisoning is a disease of animals, manifested by cerebral
disturbances, caused by eating a certain variety of leguminous
plants. After once eating these plants, a desire for more becomes
a veritable craze or neurosis and the patient becomes unmanageable,
vicious and loses flesh.
It is enzootic in the summer and fall of the year in the Rocky
Mountain states and Pacific coast region. To prevent the disease,
do not pasture animals on fields where the plant is present, nor
feed hay and grasses from such fields.
Describe immobility. Give its causes, symptoms, diagnosis and treat-
ment.
Immobility, chronic hydrocephalus, is a chronic disease of the
brain. |
Causes: Heredity, ccngestion of the brain, traumas, venous
obstruction, tumors, insolation, hepatic, gastric and pulmonary
disorders.
Symptoms: Stupid expression, sluggish movements, dulled re-
fiexes, slow mastication, failure to respond to commands, standing
with legs crossed or in other abnormal positions for long periods of
time, incodrdinate movements.
Diagnosis: Easy in well-marked cases. The above symptoms,
together with a normal temperature, are almost conclusive.
_ Treatment: Derivatives, nux vomica, purgatives, potassium
iodide and other drugs may relieve, but the disease is incurable.
Describe abdominal vertigo. Give causes, symptoms, prevention and
treatment.
Abdominal vertigo, stomach staggers, is a complication of gastric
200 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
and hepatic disorder associated with giddiness and unsteady move- |
ments, caused by overloading the shomaels worms and gastro-
intestinal catarrh.
Symptoms: Gastric irritation, colicky pains, eructation of gas,
delirium followed by a comatose condition.
Prevention: Reduce rations and exercise regularly.
Treatment: Give intestinal evacuants; venesection or derivatives
such as arecoline and pilocarpine; laxative diet; chloral hydrate
during the violence of the attack.
Give the symptoms of inflammation of the meninges of the brain.
Phrenitis, encephalitis, pachymeningitis or inflammation of the
brain proper and leptomeningitis, inflammation of the coverings
of the brain usually coexist and are indistinguishable, symptomati-
eally ; they are shown by hyperesthesia, delirium, pawing, plunging,
and violent convulsions, followed by dulness, stupor, somnolence,
muscular weakness, anesthesia, paralysis and coma.
Give the causes and symptoms of gid in sheep.
Caused by the presence of the cystic form of the He cenurus
(ceanurus cerebralis) in the brain. :
Symptoms: Timidity, nervousness, dulness, dilated pupils,
drooping lids, circular movements, pivoting on one foot, plunging
ahead, hemiplegia and paraplegia.
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of chorea in the dog.
Causes: Weakness,’ previous disease, microbian toxic matters
in the blood, hence it usually follows distemper.
Symptoms: Local twitching of one or both fore limbs, fede
head, maxilla, eyelids, hind limbs, or the whole body may partici-
pate; movements are rhythmical, are less active when recumbent,
and may or may not be absent during sleep.
Treatment: Hygienic measures, fresh air and sunshine, nerve ©
tonics, such as arsenic and strychnine; nerve sedatives may be indi-
cated if too restless, such as belladonna, chloral: hydrate, bromides
and morphine. Usually incurable.
What symptoms would tend to distinguish cerebral anemia from cere-
bral hyperzmia?
Cerebral Anemia. Cerebral Hyperema.
Loss of consciousness. Cerebral excitement.
Stumbling. - Delirium.
Vomiting in dogs. Mucous membranes injected.
Paleness of mucous membranes. Respiratory movements accelerated.
Respiratory movements shallow and
slow.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 201
Give the symptoms of cerebrospinal meningitis.
Often occurs enzootically. First stages: Sudden attack, fever,
hypersensitiveness, delirium. Later, paralysis of various parts, as
the pharynx, shown by inability to swallow, loss of appetite, unequal
dilatation of pupils, loss of reflexes, decubitus, spasms of various
groups of muscles, opisthotonus. The symptoms vary in different
individuals and no two appear exactly the same.
Describe a case of sunstroke and give treatment.
Insolation or sunstroke comes on suddenly; shown by cessation
of perspiration, dyspnea, staggering and falling down, weak pulse,
high temperature (104°-110° F.), cerebral excitement and loss of
reflexes.
Treatment: Remove to a cool place; apply ice-bags on the head
and give cold water enemas; quiet with chloral hydrate; give heart
stimulants such as ammonium carbonate, camphor, digitalis, ete.
DISEASES OF THE ORGANS OF LOCOMOTION
Mention causes, symptoms and treatment of articular rheumatism.
Causes: Infection, retained after-birth, cold and dampness.
Often seen in connection with endocarditis.
Symptoms: Shifting lameness; heat, swelling and tenderness of
one or more joints; decubitus, joints semifiexed, fever, loss of
appetite.
Treatment: Antirheumatics such as salicylic acid or salicylate
of soda in three-drachm doses every six hours; aspirin, antipyrin
and salol are also useful. Locally, apply linimentum saponis, arti-
ficial oil of wintergreen, and heat. Slaughter meat animals.
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of muscular rheumatism.
Causes: Infection, cold, dampness, predisposition. Usually
occurs in well-fed and nourished animals.
Symptoms: Shifting, recurrent lameness; muscular soreness;
symptoms vary, depending upon the muscles involved; thus we may
observe lameness in the shoulder, posterior limbs or neck, difficult
mastication, breathing, etc. Fever is usually absent, although there
may be a slight rise in severe cases. Appetite remains good. Dogs
ery out when handled.
Treatment: Provide warm, dry quarters, warm blankets and
administer antirheumatics, such as salicylates, quinine, salol, ete.
Give a laxative diet and occasional doses of saline cathartics. A
Turkish bath may benefit dogs.
202 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
What domestic animals suffer most from trichinosis? Give usual
channels of infection, diagnosis and prevention.
This disease occurs most commonly in swine, rarely in dogs and
cats. The infection enters through the digestive tract by eating
meat containing the parasite, trichina spiralis.
Diagnosis: Rheumatoid symptoms; harpoon muscle and obtain
specimens for microscopical examination ; examine the feces for the
adult worm. Hogs often show diarrhea, and during the migration
of the embryos into the muscles, rubbing, scratching, difficult mas-
_ tication, and painful breathing.
Prevention: Destroy carcasses of trichinous animals. Destroy
rats and mice around slaughter houses as they are frequent hosts
of the parasite.
Describe a case of spasm of the muscles of the hind leg and its treat-
ment.
Usually seen in the femoral region, due to a nervous affection of
the anterior crural muscles. Appears suddenly after standing;
leg held stiffly ; appears longer than its fellow; knuckling at the fet-
lock, resting on the toe; difficulty in moving forward or backward,
dragging of the extremity; anterior muscles rigid
Treatment: Rub stimulating liniment over the stifle; rest the
patient and give a laxative diet.
DISEASES OF THE SKIN
Give the symptoms and treatment of acne.
Acne is an inflammatory disease of the sebaceous glands, charac-
terized by tenderness of the skin, swellings the size of a pea, vesicles,
pustules, exudation, loss of hair, scars and sometimes enlargement
of the submaxillary lymph-glands; absence of fever. Treatment
consists of the application of astringent and antiseptic washes, such
as a 2 per cent. solution of aluminum acetate or acetate of lead.
Describe the symptoms and give the treatment of favus (ringworm).
; Characterized by the presence of numerous red spots in the
skin, which gradually enlarge and become covered with a thin, gray-
ish scale under which is serum; the hair breaks off, the circumfer-
ence of the diseased area becomes reddened, the centre, gray-colored
and cupped shape; there is great itching present and the disease
tends to spread over various parts of the body.
Treatment: Scrape or curette deeply; paint with tincture of
iodine or use mercurial ointments.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 203
Give the symptoms, course and treatment of gangrenous dermatitis.
This disease is generally preceded by swelling, redness and
sensitiveness. Then follows discoloration, insensitiveness, putrid
odor; a dry or moist portion of the skin is cast off, revealing a raw,
ulcerative surface.
Course: Progressive, unless properly attended to. May extend
deep into the tendons and ligaments or produce fatal septicemia.
Treatment: Remove dead parts; apply dry dressings of iodo-
form, boric acid or lead preparations.
Give the cause, symptoms and treatment of urticaria.
Urticaria is an inflammatory affection of the skin, characterized
by a sudden development of a serous infiltration of the papillary
bodies and of the malpighian layer of the skin. It often disappears
completely after a short time.
Causes: Digestive derangements, plethora, rich grain feeding,
hot weather, intestinal poisons, bites of insects, individual idiosyn-
erasy, poisonous plants as poison ivy, ete.
Symptoms: Sudden eruption; in a few hours a healthy skin
becomes covered with a uniform eruption of nodules, or blotches,
some of which may coalesce and form large areas. Itching may or
may not be present; individual nodules subside to be followed by
others.
Treatment: Saline cathartics, aloes, alkaline diuretics; allay
itching by bathing with solutions of sodium bicarbonate, phenol or
menthol.
Name the different forms of parasitic skin disease, mentioning the
parasite for each form named.
Sarcoptic mange, due to sarcoptes scabei.
Psoroptic mange, due to psoroptes communis.
Symbiotic mange, due to symbiotes communis.
Demodectic mange, due to demodex folliculorum.
Ringworm, due to trycophyton tonsurans.
Ox warble, due to larva of hypoderma lineata.
Cutaneous coccidiosis, due to coccidia oviforme.
Fleas, lice and ticks occasionally burrow under the skin and
produce irritation.
What parasites are known to produce cutaneous epizootics?
All those mentioned above but more especially the sarcoptide and
demodecide.
Give the cause of poultry acariasis in the horse. Give treatment.
Housing chickens, infested with the chicken mite (dermanyssus
galline), in or near the stable. The mites become temporary para-
204 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
sites of the horse, causing pruritus, scratching, rubbing and a rough
coat.
Treatment: Wash with a 2 per cent. solution of creolin, or dis-
solve four ounces of staphisagria in one gallon of boiling water and
use as a wash when cool. Clean the stable thoroughly and use a
whitewash containing carbolic acid.
What are the causes, dietetic, climatic, chemical and traumatic, of
erythema? Give prevention and treatment of each form
of erythema.
Primary erythema is due to external irritants, blows, bites, scald-
ing, burning, sun’s rays, vesicants such as mustard, cantharides,
acids, lye, insect stings, ete.
Secondary erythema is due to infectious diseases, as swine plague
and hog cholera, dog distemper, foot and mouth disease ; also follows
the ingestion of certain foods as buckwheat, clover and distillers’
grains. ;
Prevention depends upon the avoidance of the above enumerated
causes. Treatment: Cold, astringent applications such as Burrow’s
lotion, Goulard’s extract, etc. Give a laxative diet.
Mention one of the parasites that causes mange in the dog.
Demodex folliculorum causes demodectic or follicular mange,
which is practically incurable.
What animals and what regions of the body harbor demodex follicu-
lorum? Give symptoms and treatment.
The dog and pig. The breast, legs, axillary and facial regions
are usually first affected, later the entire surface of the body and
legs may be involved.
Symptoms: The skin becomes red and thickened; loss of the
hair; extreme pruritus; pustules give the skin a papillated appear-
ance.
Treatment: Unsuccessful; a mixture of gasoline, oil of tar and
oil of cade has given more or less satisfaction; sulphur and lye is
used by some, but the great majority of cases show no improvement
and gradually grow worse, become emaciated and die. Some few
improve and seem to be cured, only to have the disease break out
anew.
Mention the parasites causing scabies in sheep. State the habits of
these parasites.
Sarcoptes scabei, rare. |
Psoroptes communis, common scab parasite of sheep.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 205
The psoroptes live on the surface of the skin, eat wool, irritate
and cause the animal to bite and pull out the wool.
The sarcoptes burrow under the skin and produce itching and
seabs.
Give the prevention and treatment of acariasis.
Quarantine regulations; separation of well from affected; thor-
ough disinfection ; dipping and isolation of newly-purchased animals
until known to be free from scabies.
Treatment: Lime and sulphur dips, and a tobacco and sulphur
dip are recommended by the B. A.1., Dept. of Agriculture. Coal-
tar products such as creolin, creosote, etc., have given good results.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of the disease commonly
termed “ hunger mange.”
This is another name for chronic squamous eczema.
Causes: Insufficient nourishment, faulty skin hygiene, tender
skin, nervous temperament, chronic wasting diseases, may follow
acute eczema. Long administration of iodides is sometimes followed
by this condition.
Symptoms: Poor condition, dry lustreless hair which contains
bran-like scales of epidermis; falling out of the hair; itching; skin
becomes thickened and occasionally papules and vesicles are seen.
Treatment: Correct the internal disorders; give tonics, arsenic;
careful grooming, and bathing with non-irritating soap. Feed gener-
ously with nourishing foods.
SURGERY*
WouNDs
Define wounds. Give a classification of wounds.
A wound is any injury accompanied by a breach in the continuity
of an internal or external surface.
According to cause, wounds are classified as follows: incised,
lacerated, punctured, contused, stab, gun-shot, bites and caustic.
What is wound infection? Give treatment of wound infection.
The presence of microdrganisms or their toxic products in a
wound. Treatment: Drain, irrigate, disinfect thoroughly, and cover
with aseptic gauze and bandage. Repeat dressing daily. If im-
practicable to bandage, apply a protective covering of dusting
powder.
State the general principles of antiseptic wound treatment.
Remove foreign bodies and necrotic tissue, cleanse wound thor-
oughly and use a non-irritating antiseptic agent. Cover the wound
with antiseptic gauze and bandage. In case of operative wounds,
the site of operation is shaved, washed and bathed with an anti-
septic agent; if possible an antiseptic pack should be applied for
24 hours prior to operating. The operator’s hands, nails and arms
should be scrupulously cleansed with soap, water and a stiff brush,
then with alcohol or ether to dissolve all oily secretions, and, finally,
immersed for ten minutes or longer in the antiseptic agent. The
instruments, suture material, dressings, etc., are disinfected by being
placed in the antiseptic solution for 10 minutes before using. They
should be handled only by the operator’s disinfected hands. After
operation and at subsequent visits, dressings are carried out as
directed above.
State the distinction between antiseptic and aseptic wound treatment.
In antiseptic wound treatment, as described above, there are
many channels of infection overlooked, as from the air, breath of
operator, ete.; furthermore, most antiseptic solutions, if efficient
germicides are irritating to the tissues and retard healing.
Aseptic wound treatment may be defined as the precaution to
prevent infection of the surgical wound, while antiseptic surgery
refers to the method by which the former is accomplished and to
* Unless otherwise stated all questions relate to the horse.
206
ee
QUESTIONS AND -ANSWERS 207
the treatment of unavoidable infections. So, antiseptic wound
treatment is giving way to the aseptic method. This latter, as its
name implies, aims toward the absolute freedom from septic mate-
rial. This is accomplished by sterilizing all instruments, dressings,
bandages, ete., with steam, hot air, or boiling in a one or two per cent.
soda solution. The wound is cleansed with sterile water or steril-
ized physiological salt solution, but no antiseptic solution, and
covered with the sterilized dressing. The operator’s hands are
cleansed as in the antiseptic method but are rinsed in sterile water
to remove all traces of the antiseptic. Some operators use sterilized
rubber gloves. The operating table, operating field, operator’s
clothes, assistants, all utensils and the air of the room must be
rendered aseptic. This method is impracticable in veterinary sur-
gery for obvious reasons. The antiseptic method with aseptic pre-
cautions is preferred.
Mention and describe the different methods of wound healing.
1. Healing by first intention consists of a direct union of the
margins of the wound through immediate agglutination and without
suppuration. 7
2. Healing by second wtention is characterized by suppuration
and granulation.
3. Healing by third intention consists in the artificial union of
wound surfaces that are already granulating and suppurative. It
is effected by disinfecting and suturing the suppurative granulations.
4. Healing under an eschar is a form of primary wound healing.
The protective coat may be dried blood or a scab produced by actual
cautery, chemical caustics, dusting powders, ete.
5. Healing by abnormal granulation and cicatrization takes
place when great loss of substance occurs, when foreign bodies or
necrosed pieces of tissue remain in the wound, or when continued
infection or irritation occurs in fresh or healing wounds.
State the indications for the use of the continuous suture.
In non-infected wounds where healing by first intention is antici-
pated ; in visceral wounds where perfect closure is imperative; and
in cases where temporary retention of dressings in the traumatic
cavity is desired.
Mention the indications for the reopening of wounds.
When infection occurs in the deeper part of a wound as shown
by escape of discharges or swelling; when necrosed tissue or other
foreign bodies are present in the deeper part of the wound. In
wound infection diseases as septicemia, tetanus, ete.
208 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the different methods of arresting hemorrhage.
1. Ligation of the bleeding vessel by grasping the end with for-
ceps and tying with a strong thread. The vessel may be ligated at
a centripetal point.
2. Compression with tampons and bandages, or by an elastic
bandage (Hsmarch’s bandage) applied between the wound and the
heart.
3. Torsion, which consists of twisting the bleeding vessel on its
axis.
4. Cauterization of the bleeding parts forms an eschar which
acts aS an aseptic bandage.
5. Cold contracts the vessels and narrows their lumen.
6. Therapeutic agents as alum, sugar of lead, tannin, etc., applied
externally, by their astringent action, and ergot, adrenalin chloride,
etc., internally, by their vasoconstrictor action, check hemorrhage.
Give the treatment for lacerated wounds.
Fresh lacerated wounds: arrest hemorrhage, irrigate, disinfect,
provide drainage, suture and bandage. If extensive and healing by
first intention is impracticable, apply drainage tube and suture as
much as possible. Remove drainage tube as soon as practicable and
secure healing by granulation. Old lacerated wounds may be scari-
fied, disinfected and sutured (healing by third intention), and if
this does not succeed, daily dressing and healing should be followed
by granulation and cicatrization.
Give the care and treatment of a deep lacerated wound of the coronet.
See answer to preceding question. Retry:
Avoid excessive pressure in bandaging as it favors necrosis in
the region of the coronet. If the coronary band is much swollen, the
horn should be rasped away over an area corresponding to the
swelling. Horn formation should be discouraged until all swelling
disappears. Keep horn soft with .5 per cent. caustic potash solution
until the inflammatory swelling disappears. Irregular cicatrization
should be similarly treated. If abnormal growths of horn occur,
they should be rasped down. |
Mention the domestic animals in the order of their susceptibility to 3
suppuration. ;
From most susceptible to the least, as follows: horse, ox, sheep, :
eat, dog, pig, fowls. ,
Give the method of arresting hemorrhage after castration in the colt. q
Cold irrigation, compression with tampons or ligation may be
employed. Generally, the preference is given to compression with
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 209
tampons, which are held in place by heavy tape sutures for 24 hours
and then removed.
Define (a) abscess, (b) cold abscess. Give treatment for each,
(a) A localized collection of pus in a cavity formed by the dis-
integration of tissues. Treatment: incision and antiseptic irri-
gation.
(b) An abscess of slow development, with little evidence of
inflammation. Often have a thick, fibrous, connective-tissue capsule.
Treatment: Extirpate the capsule, irrigate with antiseptic solution,
suture and drain.
Define (a) septicemia, (b) pyzemia, (c) phlegmon.
(a) A septic intoxication caused by the presence of bacteria and
their toxic products in the blood.
(b) A general wound infection disease characterized by the
presence of pyogenic germs in the blood and the formation of sup-
purative foci of disease in the body. (A septicemia plus metastatic
abscess formation. )
(ec) An infectious, serous or suppurative inflammation of the
connective tissue and all its parts, viz., the subcutaneous, subfascial,
intermuscular, periosteal, tendovaginal and interglandular connec-
tive tissue.
What precautions should be taken in case an animal has been bitten
by a rabid animal? |
Cauterize the wounds; excise the wounded tissue if possible, and
use strong disinfectant. (Pasteur treatment and quarantine.)
INFLAMMATION
Define inflammation.
Inflammation is tissue reaction to injury, characterized by pain,
heat, redness and swelling; and, histologically, by hyperzmia, blood
stasis, changes in the blood- and vessel-walls, and exudation.
Name the four cardinal symptoms of inflammation.
1, dolor (pain) ; 2, calor (heat) ; 3, rubror (redness) ; 4, tumor
(swelling).
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of inflammation.
Causes: Mechanical, thermic and chemical irritants, and micro-
organisms.
Symptoms: Heat, redness, swelling, tenderness and disturbed
function.
14
210 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Treatment: Rest, heat, cold, massage, counter-irritation, astrin-
gents, antiseptics and operation (amputation, incision, scarification).
Give a classification of inflammation.
According to the character of the exudate: 1, serous; 2, fibrin-
ous, or croupous; 3, suppurative; 4, diphtheritic ; 5, hemorrhagic; 6,
necrotic or gangrenous; 7, productive or proliferative; 8, specific
(tuberculosis, glanders, actinomycosis, strangles, anthrax, etc.).
Describe the inflammatory appearances of the blood.
The white corpuscles are arranged next to the vessel-wall, wnile
the red blood-corpuscles occupy the centre of the stream. The white
cells are seen passing through the walls of the vessels. A transu-
dation of serum also occurs. In purulent inflammation, leucocytosis
occurs.
What are the terminations of inflammations?
1, Resolution; 2, new formations in the form of thickenings,
indurations and adhesions; 3, gangrene and septic infection.
Name five antiphlogistic remedies.
Heat, cold, counter-irritants, massage and antiseptics.
State the indications for heat and for cold in the treatment of inflam-
mation.
Heat is indicated in all aseptic forms, especially subacute and
chronic. It is also used in septic forms to hasten the ‘‘ripening’’
of abscesses.
Cold is indicated in septic, as well as in the first stages of acute
and very painful inflammations.
Describe the condition known as “ lampas.”
A eongestion of the hard palate, just posterior to the incisors,
often seen in young animals during the eruption of teeth. Rarely
occurs in mature animals or requires interference. (Often referred
to as ‘‘a disease of the stableman’s mind.’’)
Uucer, FistuLA AND GANGRENE
Define (a) fistula, (b) ulcer.
(a) A deep, sinuous ulcer, often leading to an internal hollow
organ.
(b) An open sore other than a wound, characterized by a loss
of substance on a cutaneous or mucous surface and a gradual disin-
tegration and necrosis of the tissues. ‘‘A wound that has no
tendency to heal.’’
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 211
Give the causes and treatment of ulcer.
Causes: Continuous inflammatory irritation, foreign bodies,
necrosed bone, cartilage and teeth; constant licking, shaking of ears
and tail; specific causes, as tuberculosis, glanders, actinomycosis,
ete.; microorganisms.
Treatment: Remove cause; extirpate, curette, fire with hot iron,
or use chemical cauterizing agents. Internally, potassium iodide is
a specific for actinomycosis; glanders ulcers are not treated.
Name ten important fistule in domestic animals.
. Fistula of lateral cartilages (Quittor).
. Tooth fistula.
. Bone fistula.
. Fistula of the spermatic cord following castration.
Fistulous withers and poll evil.
Milk fistula. |
. Salivary fistula.
Ear fistula in the horse (teratomata).
. Csophageal fistula.
. Vaginorectal fistula.
SOONAMNHRwWDNH
font
Define gangrene. Name the different kinds and give treatment.
Gangrene is defined as the death of tissue, due either to direct
destruction of a part by burns, ete., to interference with the circu-
lation, or to insufficient blood-supply.
Kinds: Dry and moist; hot and cold; putrid; circumscribed and
progressive; septic and aseptic; emphysematous; coagulation-
necrosis.
Treatment: Operative removal of the dead part; amputate a
whole organ or part if necessary ; thorough disinfection.
TUMORS
Define tumor. Give a classification of tumors.
A tumor is a mass of new tissue which persists and grows inde-
pendently of its surrounding structures, and which has no physio-
logical use.
Clinical classification: malignant and non-malignant or benign.
Differentiate malignant tumors and non-malignant tumors.
Malignant tumors develop rapidly with a destruction of neigh-
boring tissues, have a tendency toward ulcerative degenerations,
and are especially distinguished for the formation of metastases
and the production of cachexia.
212 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Non-malignant tumors have a central growth, push the tissues
aside and are usually encapsulated. They do not spread by metas-
tasis and are only harmful when by reason of size or location they
interfere with the body functions.
Give the prognosis and the treatment of epithelioma of the tongue.
Prognosis: Favorable if situated on the anterior extremity. If
on the base, it is best to slaughter.
Treatment. Amputate all of the diseased part and treat the
wound antiseptically.
CoNCREMENTS
What is a calculus? Name the different varieties of calculi and state
where each variety is found.
A ecaleulus is an abnormal concretion occurring within the ani-
mal body and usually composed of mineral salts.
1. Urinary: Found in the kidney (renal), in the bladder
(cystic), and in the urethra (urethral).
2. Intestinal: Found in the large intestines and rectum.
3. Salivary: Found in Steno’s duct.
4, Chondroids, or arthritic calculi: Found in joints and tendon-
sheaths, mucous burs, and in the guttural pouches.
d. Milk: Found in the milk-cisterns and teats.
6. Preputial: Found in the preputial sac of the horse, commonly
called ‘‘bean.’’
HERNIA AND PROLAPSE
Define (a) hernia, (b) prolapse.
(a) The passage of viscera from body-cavities without an injury
to the skin or mucous membrane; the viscera protrude through an
abnormal opening.
(b) The free passage of viscera through natural or artificial
body-openings without a covering of the skin or mucous membrane.
Classify hernia according to (a) condition, (b) situation.
(a) Reducible and irreducible.
(b) Umbilical, inguinal, scrotal, ventral, fae perineal, ree-
tal, vaginal, diaphragmatic, and hernia of the flank.
BONES
Define (a) ostitis, (b) periostitis, (c) osteomyelitis.
(a) Inflammation of a bone, especially a the Haversian spaces,
canals, and their branches.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 213
(b) Inflammation of the covering of a bone.
(c) Inflammation of the bone-marrow or bone and marrow.
Give cause, symptoms and treatment of aseptic periostitis.
Caused by traumatisms acting subcutaneously, such as kicks,
blows, treads, and pressure on the interdental space.
Symptoms: Pain on palpation, lameness, swelling and heat.
Treatment: Moist warmth, massage, absorbing agents as cam-
phor, iodine ointment or mercurial ointment.
What is caries?
A liquefaction necrosis of bone or teeth in which they become
softened, discolored and porous. There is usually associated with it
a chronic inflammation of the periosteum and surrounding tissues,
and an abscess formation which burrows through jhe soft parts
until it opens externally by a sinus or fistula.
Define fracture. Give the varieties of fracture.
A fracture is a break or division of the continuity of a bone.
Varieties: Simple and compound; complete and incomplete (fis-
sure and green-stick) ; transverse, oblique and longitudinal; simple
and multiple (comminuted).
Define (a) simple fracture, (b) compound, and (c) comminuted frac-
ture.
(a) A fracture of a bone without injury to the skin.
(b) A fracture of a bone accompanied by a skin wound, so that
the bone is exposed and entrance of infection is possible.
(ec) A fracture of a bone in which the bone is broken into small
fragments.
Describe the modes of union of fractures.
Regeneration of the periosteum and, to a certain extent, of the
bone-marrow occurs and a granulation tissue is formed, which subse-
quently ossifies.
What pathologic conditions render bones liable to fracture?
An abnormal fragility due to senility, rarefying ostitis, osteo-
malacia, rachitis, caries, sarcoma and tuberculosis of bone. Diseases
of the nervous system, as seen following neurotomy (trophoneurotie
bone atrophy) ; anchylosis which restricts the mobility of the joints.
Describe a method of applying a plaster-of-Paris dressing for fixation
in case of fracture.
After reposition of the broken one of the bone is effected, the
limb is covered with a pad of cotton, over which a flannel bandage
214 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
is applied. Over this, the plaster-of-Paris bandages are placed.
These bandages are prepared by dusting with fresh plaster and
soaking for a short time in warm water. After a sufficient number
of plaster bandages have been applied, the outside may be strength-
ened by applying some of the plaster made into a paste.
Make a diagram of the various methods of firing.
a™ ~”
VAAN
11417
é
JOINTS
Define arthritis. Name the common varieties of arthritis.
Arthritis is an inflammation of a joint.
1, serous; 2, suppurative; 3, deforming; 4, tubercular.
Define (a) anchylosis, (b) corpora libra, (c) arthritis, (d) periarthritis,
(e) synovitis.
(a) Abnormal immobility and consolidation of a joint.
(b) A free body of organic structure occurring pathologically
in joints. ,
(c) Inflammation of a joint.
(d) Inflammation of the tissues around a joint.
(e) Inflammation of a synovial membrane.
Give the treatment of an open joint.
In case of a fresh wound, do not probe but irrigate the opening
with the mildest non-irritating: antiseptic, or physiologic salt solu-
tion, suture, and apply iodoform gauze and bandage. Cauterization
of punctured openings is often beneficial. Seal with collodion after
thoroughly disinfecting as described above. Suppurating wounds
should be drained, irrigated and packed with antiseptic gauze.
Such wounds are usually incurable. The swelling produced by
blistering is often employed to close wounds around joints.
Define false joint. At what points is a false joint most likely to occur?
A false joint is a permanent movable union between pieces of
bone which occurs when callus formation fails to produce firm union
between the fragments.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 215°
Occurs most commonly between the head of the femur and the
os innominata, following fracture of the rim of the cotyloid cavity.
Also occurs on the first phalanx, and on the posterior false ribs.
Define luxation. Give causes of luxation.
Luxation is the displacement of the articular surfaces of one
or more bones of a joint from their normal relation to each other.
Causes: Traumatism, pathological changes (alterations of the
joint from disease, or paralysis of the surrounding muscles), and
congenital malformations.
TENDONS AND TENDON-SHEATHS
Give the causes and the treatment of tendinitis.
Strains, overextensions, and partial ruptures. Predisposing
eauses: Too long and too weak fetlocks, low heels and long toes,
abnormal positions, enforced standing. Occurs secondary to infec-
tious diseases (contagious pleuropneumonia).
Treatment: Rest. In acute conditions, cold irrigation and cold
compresses; slight massage and a pressure bandage; shorten the
toe and shoe with high heel calks and no toe ecalk. Chronic cases
need warmth, blistering and sometimes firing, in addition to rest
and special shoe.
What are the causes of tendon rupture?
Partial rupture occurs in strains. Complete rupture is caused
by traumatisms, overexertion and overstretching, especially when
predisposed by suppurative inflammation, necrosis, contagious
pleuropneumonia, osteomalacia or continued standing on three feet.
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of tendovaginitis.
Causes: Traumatisms, infectious diseases (contagious pleuro-
pheumonia, septicemia, articular rheumatism, contagious abortion,
ete.), cold, infection through wounds.
Symptoms: Lameness, more or less pain and local heat; soft,
fluctuating or crepitating swelling in the region of affected tendon-
sheath. In infected forms, abscess formation may appear, accom-
panied by fever. Chronic cases show thickening and adhesions of
the tendon-sheaths.
Treatment: Rest. Moist warmth, pressure bandage. Long-
_ standing cases require mild blisters, or iodine applications. Severe
chronic cases may be benefited by firing. Infected cases should be
treated with antiseptics. Supply free drainage for pus if present,
not hesitating to open the sheath its full length if deemed necessary.
216
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
What are so-called “wind galls”? State their cause.
An accumulation of a serous fluid in a dilated tendon-sheath,
non-inflammatory and painless. Occur most frequently in the re-
gion of the fetlock. Caused by chronic serous tendovaginitis, result-
ing from continued, severe exertions. Occasionally seen following
contagious pleuropneumonia.
Write a prescription for a blister for bowed tendons.
BR
Define myositis.
TLV GTA TS yt! MIO Ts ss, os eines et alan ete eee 3ij
Pauly.) Canthanides's Sucwiets own casas tin eie yt pecan ee 3ij
0) ERGs 4 07 Rn nett ete se SIM nce ta pe pT NUIT res aan VA 5ij
Misce.
Sig.—Apply with friction to affected tendons.
MuscLEsS AND NERVES
Give causes and symptoms.
Myositis is an inflammation of a muscle.
Causes: Traumatic, infection, cold and parasites.
Symptoms: Pain, swelling and local heat. Symptoms are local-
ized in most cases, as contrasted with rheumatism which has a ten-
dency to shift from place to place and has no definite local boundary.
Special symptoms, such as lameness, corresponding to the part
affected.
Give results of neurotomy when unfavorable.
Fractures, due to neurotrophic atrophy; necrosis of extremity
following infected wounds; neuroma forming on end of cut nerve;
regeneration and restored function.
Give the differential symptoms of paralysis originating in the brain,
cord and periphery.
Brain:
Monoplegia or hemiplegia; one or more cranial nerves
often involved; more or less loss of consciousness.
Cord: Paraplegia more common; psychic derangements absent; q
cranial nerves unaffected; bladder and rectum simultaneously
paralyzed.
Periphery: Single muscles or groups of muscles affected without
cerebral or spinal complications.
What is “sweeney”? What treatment is indicated?
‘‘Sweeney’’ is the term applied by horsemen to the atrophy of
the spinati muscles which follows paralysis of the suprascapular
nerve.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 217
It is frequently incurable. Massage, counter-irritants, subcu-
taneous injections of veratrin, turpentine and Lugol’s solution have
been used with more or less beneficial results.
DISEASES OF BLOOD-VESSELS
Define aneurism. Give the varieties of aneurism.
An aneurism is a sac formed by the dilatation of the walls of an
artery and filled with blood.
True aneurism is one in which the sac is formed by the coats of
the arterial walls, one of which, at least, is unbroken.
False aneurism is one in which all of the coats of the artery are
ruptured and the blood is retained by the surrounding tissues.
Define and give causes of (a) arteritis, (b) phlebitis.
(a) Inflammation of an artery.
(b) Inflammation of a vein.
Causes: Traumatisms, infection, parasites, phlebotomy, emboli
and intravenous medication.
Define lymphangitis. Give causes, symptoms and treatment.
Inflammation of lymphatic vessels. Usually follows wound in-
fection, due to the entrance of pus-producing organisms into the
open lymphatic vessels. Specific infections, as saccharomyees farci-
minosis, sporothrix, ete.
- Symptoms: Lymph-vessels stand out prominently as cord-like
swellings, interrupted by nodules (the valves); lymph-glands in
the affected region usually enlarged. Abscess formation along the
course of the vessels, at the seat of valves. Chronic cases show great
thickening of the skin and subcutaneous connective tissue.
Treatment: Cold irrigation. Open abscesses and give free
drainage to wounds. Use antiseptics freely. Hot fomentations
may be useful in long-standing cases. Internal administration of
potassium iodide in specific infections, sporothricosis, epizodtic
lymphangitis.
Eyez, Ear AND THROAT
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of acute catarrhal conjunc-
tivitis.
Causes: Cold, traumatisms, foreign bodies, strong gases, smoke,
infection, accompanies certain infectious diseases, influenza, dog
distemper, etc.
Symptoms: Redness, lachrymation, discharge of mucopurulent,
or simply watery, nature. Swelling and closure of the lids which are
218
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
usually covered with crusts and stuck together in the morning. In
protracted cases, ulcers form on the cornea.
Treatment: Remove foreign bodies; a few drops of a 4 per cent.
boric acid solution in the eye several times daily, or a 1 per cent.
silver nitrate solution may be used. Keep the eye covered with a
pad soaked in boric acid solution, which not only serves an antiseptic
and astringent purpose but rests the eye by occluding the light.
Describe amaurosis and give its causes and treatment.
Amaurosis is blindness, especially blindness occurring without
any apparent lesion of the eye, and due to disease of the optic nerve,
retina, spine or brain. |
Causes: Renal disease, diabetes, uremia, cerebral diseases,
reflexly from remote irritation, congenital.
Treatment: Unsatisfactory. May disappear on subsidence of
the causative factor. Eliminate the cause if it can be determined.
Give fully the symptoms, prognosis and treatment in a severe case of
periodic ophthalmia.
Symptoms: Local heat and tenderness, lachrymation, photo-
phobia, arborescent appearance of the injected capillaries extending
from the sclera down in the cornea, fibrinopurulent exudation in
the anterior chamber, iridocyclochoroiditis present. Course, about
two weeks. Patient may be blind in one eye and show synechiz in
the other from previous attacks. Atrophy of the globe after two
or more attacks.
Prognosis: Unfavorable. Usually recover from one attack but
several subsequent attacks, at intervals of one to six months, are
inevitable and blindness is sure to result.
Treatment: Rest the eye with atropine. Borie acid, cocaine —
hydrochlorate and atropine sulphate make a useful combination.
Keep patient in darkened room. Cover the eye with a pad soaked
in boric acid solution. The use of counter-irritants, blisters and
setons, so commonly employed, inflict useless pain. The disease
usually runs a two weeks’ course in spite of any treatment.
Define (a) entropion, (b) ectropion, (c) glaucoma, (d) staphyloma.
(a) Inversion of the eyelid. (b) Eversion or turning out of the
eyelid. (c) A disease of the eye marked by intense intra-ocular
pressure resulting in hardness of the eye, atrophy of the optic disk
and blindness. It is due to obstruction of the lymph circulation.
(d) A protrusion of the cornea or sclera resulting from inflam-
ination.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 219
What animals suffer from contagious ophthalmia? Give the diagnosis
and treatment of contagious ophthalmia.
Seen principally in cattle. Several cattle in the herd show
lachrymation, photophobia, mucopurulent discharge, swelling and
tenderness of the lids, fibrinopurulent exudate in the anterior cham-
ber. In some mild eases, only a conjunctivitis is seen.
Treatment: Eyewash of boric acid solution (4 per cent.) to which
may be added 1 per cent. of atropine sulphate. Protect the eyes
from all bright light. Segregate affected animals.
Define cataract. Name the different forms of cataract and give the
diagnosis.
A eataract is any pathological change in the lens or its capsule
which diminishes its transparency.
Varieties: Congenital, senile, soft, hard, incipient, mature, pri-
mary, secondary, capsular, lenticular, stationary, progressive,
traumatic, ete.
Diagnosis: History of previous attacks of periodic ophthalmia,
or simple ophthalmia; atrophy of the globe; dilate the pupil with
atropia and illuminate the depth of the eye with the ophthalmoscope
when opacities will be more readily detected. Hold a lighted candle
before the eye; in the normal eye, three images are reflected, one
from the cornea, one from the anterior capsule of the lens and one
from the posterior capsule. Any opacities in the lens will cause the
posterior image to become indistinct as it passes over that spot.
What conditions may give rise to cataract?
Impaired nutrition of lens, inflammation of the iris, choroid,
ciliary body and retina, periodic ophthalmia, diabetes, cell prolifera-
tion in the lens.
Give the treatment of lachrymal fistula.
Establish drainage through the lachrymal duct by forcing borie
acid solution through it from below upward under slight pressure.
Curette the fistulous opening and cauterize with silver nitrate.
Describe an operation for enucleation of the eye.
General anesthesia is essential. Wash and disinfect the eye and
surrounding parts. Retract the lids; make the incision through the
conjunctiva around the corneal margin and dissect back the con-
junctiva to the insertion of muscles. With small curved scissors
cut the muscles near their tendinous insertion. Then with strong
curved scissors, cut the optic nerve with one snip. The eye can
then be pried out. Check hemorrhage by packing the cavity with
aseptic gauze for a few hours.
220 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe otorrheea of the dog. Give treatment.
An inflammatory condition of the external auditory meatus. It
is characterized by a discharge of a yellowish-brown secretion,
usually mixed with pus, pruritus and shaking of the ears.
Treatment: Cleanse with peroxide of hydrogen, probe and
eotton. Dry with ether and keep dry by dusting lycopodium over
the affected parts. Repeat the treatment daily.
Mention two common causes of deafness in the dog.
Congenital deafness is occasionally met with; in old age, dogs
‘become more or less deaf; otitis media, inflammation of the middle
ear, is generally followed by deafness.
Give the symptoms and the diagnosis of pus in the guttural pouches.
| Intermittent, unilateral or bilateral, nasal discharge. Appears
in considerable quantity at times and then entirely disappears. The
discharge is increased when the head is lowered after being checked
up, when eating off the floor, swallowing and when pressure is
applied over the pouch. Swelling may or may not be marked.
Dyspneea is sometimes produced by the pressure on the larynx.
Similarly, difficulty in swallowing may be present. Diagnosis can
be confirmed by passing the Eustachian catheter.
Describe the Viborg or the Chabert method of opening the guttural
pouch.
Viborg’s method: Secure the patient in lateral decubitus with
the head extended. General anesthesia is advisable. Locate
Viborg’s triangle (the space between the posterior border of the
inferior maxilla, the terminal tendon of the sternomaxillaris muscle
and the external maxillary vein). Shave and disinfect this area.
Draw the skin tense and make an incision, 5 em. long, through the
skin and skin muscle immediately beneath and parallel to the tendon
aforementioned. Force a passage with the finger or blunt instru-
ment through the loose connective tissue to the guttural pouch.
In Chabert’s method, the incision (6 em. long) is made about
1 em. in front of the lower half of the wing of the atlas and parallel
thereto. The parotid gland is drawn forward and an incision
is made parallel to and through the fibres of the stylomaxillaris
muscle thus exposed. This leads directly into the guttural pouch.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of postpharyngeal abscess.
Causes: Injuries to the pharyngeal walls; inflammation of
same or neighboring tissues; infection following injury by sharp
objects, balling gun, ete. Infection extending from suppurative
parotitis to the subparotid lymph-glands. Often seen in strangles.
eS ae
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 221
Symptoms: Swelling, dyspnea and dysphagia from pressure;
head extended; slight fever.
Treatment: Open through Viborg’s triangle as described in pre-
ceding answer. In case of subparotid abscess, use a blunt instru-
ment or finger to burrow through the parotid gland. Some operators
prefer to make the incision on the median line and dissect through
to the abscess along the lateral wall of the larynx. In all cases,
good drainage and thorough disinfection are necessary. Use trache-
otomy tube to avoid suffocation which may follow the excitement
caused by operating.
Give the treatment of pharyngeal polypi.
Adjust the mouth speculum and attempt grasping and removing
the polypi with the hand introduced through the mouth. If this
method fails, perform laryngectomy, pass hand or ecraseur through
the larynx into the pharynx and remove the growth, preferably
by torsion. If this fails, cut the growth away with scissors or
scalpel.
Give the treatment for choking.
Four methods may be employed.
1. Return the foreign body into the pharynx by manipulations
over the csophageal furrow and with the hand in the pharynx,
or with extracting instruments; emetics such as apomorphine and.
veratrine may assist.
2. Reduce the size of the foreign body in situ (soft objects may
be crushed by hand).
3. Force the foreign body onward into the stomach with the
probang. Great caution should be observed in ease of sharp objects
as bones, ete. Likewise, a mass of oats may be more firmly impacted.
4. sophagotomy. This can only be performed on the cervical
portion of the csophagus and is only practised when the other
methods fail.
Unless symptoms are alarming, it is best to avoid all treatment
in case of impaction of oats, as such cases often remedy themselves
in the course of a few days. In all cases, withhold food and water
until the condition is relieved to avoid the danger of inhalation
pneumonia.
Describe cesophagotomy. ,
The animal can be operated upon in the standing or recumbent
position. The point of operation is usually determined by the
location of the foreign body which necessitates the operation. Shave
and disinfect the skin. Make an incision 10 em. long through the
222 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
skin and skin muscle on the left side between the anterior border
of the mastoidohumeralis muscle and the jugular vein. Separate
the loose connective tissue with the fingers down to the esophagus
which lies between the left sealenus muscle, the trachea and the jugu-
lar vein. Draw the esophagus out through the wound and make
a longitudinal incision in it, sufficiently large for the removal of the
foreign body. The wound in the esophagus is closed by an intes-
tinal suture, 7.e., the external coats are drawn together (Lembert
suture). The external wound may be left open, or sutured, and a
drainage tube inserted.
Describe the treatment of choking in the cow. |
See answer to the two preceding questions. Choking in cattle is
often accompanied by bloating (tympanites). This should be re-
lieved by puncturing the rumen and leaving the canula in position
until relief is obtained, several days if necessary.
Give the diagnostic symptoms of roaring. Describe an operation for
roaring.
Symptoms: Inspiratory dyspnea, very marked after severe exer-
tion, galloping or heavy pulling without any visible cause. Posi-
tive diagnosis is made by examining the larynx with the laryngoscope
or by introducing a finger through an opening made in the larynx
(laryngotomy). In ease of roaring, the left vocal cord lies motion-
less in the lumen of the larynx. Sometimes both sides are paralyzed.
Operation: Secure the animal in lateral recumbency. Shave
a large area in the laryngeal region, disinfect thoroughly. Chloro-
form anesthesia is necessary. When anesthesia is complete, roll
the patient upon its back with the head extended. Make a longi-
tudinal incision, 15 em. long, through the skin, subeutem and muscles
on the median line directly over the larynx. Continue the incision
through the cricothyroidean ligament and cricoid cartilage. Con-
trol hemorrhage with hemostatic forceps. Insert retractors and
earefully dissect out the mucous lining of the lateral ventricle be-
tween the vocal cord and the arytenoid cartilage on the affected side.
This must be carefully done because any remaining portion of this
mucous membrane will secrete mucus and form a mucous eyst.
The object is to grow the vocal cord to the wall of the larynx and
this is accomplished by denuding the opposing surfaces of their
mucous membrane. The after-treatment consists of daily cleansing
of the external wound and complete rest for six weeks. The patient
should be carefully watched for the first 48 hours to see that
dyspnea is not provoked by the swelling in the region of the wound. —
In such eases, a tracheotomy tube should be inserted in the opening.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 223
HEAD AND NECK
Define (a) gleet, (b) epistaxis.
(a) Chronic nasal catarrh characterized by a thick, purulent
discharge, ulcers in the nasal cavity, bulging of the sinuses and
enlargement of the submaxillary lymph-glands.
(b) Bleeding from the nose.
Give the causes and the treatment of bleeding from the nose.
Causes: Traumatisms, diseases of the mucous membrane as in
glanders, gleet, ete., tumor formation, fracture of nasal bones, severe
exertion.
Treatment: Remove cause, irrigate the nasal cavity with cold
water to which may be added some astringent agents, as tannin,
aluminum sulphate, zine sulphate, ete. Spray the cavity with adre-
nalin chloride. Plug the nostrils with cotton and keep the head
elevated. Slight, and often severe, hemorrhage will often stop with-
out any measures being employed for its control.
What diseases of the facial sinuses require surgical interference?
Empyemia, diseased teeth, tumors and foreign bodies, necrosis
of the bony and cartilaginous walls.
Give the surgical technic of trephining the frontal sinuses.
Operate on the standing animal with the aid of local anesthesia.
Shave and disinfect the region of the frontal bone on a level with
the superior border of the orbital cavity and about 1 em. from the
median line of the face. Make a circular incision of the desired
size through the skin, subeutem and periosteum, and remove the
encircled mass by separating the periosteum from the bone with
the scalpel. Place the trephine perpendicular to the bone and drill
until the centre bony plate loosens, then pry out the disc of bone.
Give the treatment of pus in the nasal sinuses.
The trephining is carried out in the manner described in the
preceding answer. The point of operation may be at any point,
immediately against the median line from the level of the upper limit
of the superior maxillary sinus to the upper extremity of the false
nostril. Great care must be taken to avoid trephining too deeply
and injuring the turbinated bones which lie close to the nasal bone.
Dilute solutions of hydrogen peroxide can now be injected and
followed by a thorough irrigation with sterile water. This irrigation
should be repeated daily until suppuration ceases.
Give the symptoms and the treatment of nasal polypus.
Symptoms: Stenosis of the nasal passages, dyspnea, chronic uni-
lateral catarrh; in ulcerative degeneration, an ichorous, fetid, occa-
224 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
sionally hemorrhagic, nasal discharge with unilateral swelling of
the submaxillary lymph-gland is seen. Polypi may be long enough
to protrude or be seen in the nostril. 7
Treatment: Operative removal with scalpel, scissors or ecraseur.
What are the diseases for which tracheotomy are performed? De-
scribe the operation. ,
Dyspnea due to obstructions in the upper air passages from
roaring, tumors or other swellings in the nasal passages, larynx,
upper part of the trachea, etc., foreign bodies in the trachea, diseases
of the larynx, trachea and bronchi which demand intratracheal
irrigation or other treatment.
Operation: Shave and disinfect the skin over the trachea in the
superior third of the neck. Operate on the standing animal, using
twitch. Make an incision, 6 to 8 em. long, on the median line,
through the skin and between the two sternothyroideus muscles
down on to the trachea. Remove a semicircular piece from each of
. two adjoining rings (avoid complete severance of the rings). In
an emergency, requiring great haste, two or three rings may be in-
cised but the former method is to be preferred because of the lesser
liability of stenosis following healing.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of paralysis of the lips.
Causes: Injury to the facial nerve where it passes over the
posterior border of the lower jaw. Tumors, pressing on the nerve,
may produce paralysis. Some paralyses are of central origin, 7.e.,
due to cerebral lesions.
Symptoms: Lips are distorted to one side in unilateral paralysis,
and hang flaccid in bilateral condition. Difficulty in prehension
of food is noted. The lips and cheeks are injured by the teeth. In
paralysis of central origin, the upper eyelid droops and the ear
hangs limp.
Treatment: Remove accumulated food from the cheeks after each
meal. Give easily masticated food. A blister may be applied over
the point where the nerve emerges on the upper margin of the lower
maxilla, but its value is questionable. Most cases of peripheral
paralyses recover in 4 to 6 weeks.
Describe caries of the teeth and give treatment.
Caries of the teeth is the term used to describe the process which
results in the gradual destruction of the cement and dentin, the
enamel remaining comparatively intact. Caries is caused by the
entrance of microdrganisms through small openings in the enamel.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 225
Fermentation occurs and acids are formed which attack the tooth
structure.
Treatment: Extraction of the affected tooth. It may be neces-
sary to trephine and punch the tooth out.
Give the causes and the treatment of stomatitis.
Causes: Wounds from sharp teeth, the bit and foreign bodies;
infection, chemicals and hot foods.
Treatment: Remove the cause; file off sharp enamel points; use
an astringent, antiseptic mouth wash; cauterize ulcers with lunar
caustic or paint with tincture of iodine. Provide plenty of fresh
water; cleanse the mouth after each meal.
Describe the appearance of a horse’s mouth at the age of (a) two
years, (b) three years, (c) five years. }
(a) The inferior dental arch is levelled at the nippers and
intermediate milk-teeth. The superior nippers stand out from the
gums and behind them is found a moderately sensitive swelling which
is due to the pressure of the permanent teeth on the gums of the
palatine arch.
(b) The permanent nippers, above and below, are level with the
temporary intermediates and corner teeth.
(c) The mouth is complete, ‘‘full-mouth,’’ 1.e., all the per-
manent teeth have reached the same level. The anterior borders of
the corners are in wear but the posterior borders are not.
Describe the appearance of the mouth of a horse at the age of (a) seven
years, (b) eight years, (c) fourteen years.
(a) Notch on the posterior border of the superior corner teeth.
The nippers are oval in shape and the intermediates are becoming
so. The cups are worn out of the inferior nippers and nearly out of
the intermediates.
(b) The intermediates are oval and show a triangular-shaped
central enamel. The corners are worn and show their central enamel
somewhat concave. The cups are nearly worn out of the inferior
corners.
(c) The nippers are becoming triangular. The intermediates
and corners remain rounded. The transverse arch of the teeth
becomes narrower.
Describe the appearance of the mouth of the horse at the age of (a)
six years, (b) ten years, (c) twelve years, (d) fifteen years.
(a) The nippers are worn and the cups of the inferior pair are
worn out. The intermediates are becoming worn and the corners
are on a level with them, showing their anterior borders worn down.
15
226 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
(b) The nippers are rounded, the intermediates are nearly so,
while the corners are still oval. The cups are worn out of all the
inferiors and the nippers and intermediates of the superior row.
(c) All the teeth are rounded and the central enamel is gone.
The superior corners are levelled.
(d) The nippers are triangular, the intermediates are becoming
so; the corners are still rounded. The dental star is round in all
the lower teeth and is dark and indistinct.
Describe the operation for the repulsion of a diseased upper molar
tooth of a horse.
Shave and disinfect the field of operation. Remove a circular
piece of skin and trephine through the bone and alveolar plate,
immediately over the fang of the tooth. With scalpel and chisel,
separate the bone and soft tissues over the entire area of the diseased
tooth. Apply a punch against the fang of the tooth and give a few
sharp blows with a mallet, directing the force in a line with the
long axis of the tooth, driving it into the mouth. If the tooth cannot
be dislodged in this manner, comminute it with the chisel and mallet
and remove the fragments. Cleanse and disinfect the wound after
each meal, or at least once daily.
Give the symptoms and the treatment of paralysis of the muscles of
mastication.
Symptoms: Salivation, tongue lolling, inability to close the
mouth and take nourishment.
Treatment: (Beware of rabies.) Feed with stomach tube.
Apply electric current to the masseter and temporal muscles.
Give the method of “ bishoping ” a horse.
‘‘Bishoping’’ is accomplished by drilling or gouging out a cavity
in the tables of incisor teeth and staining the cavity black with silver
nitrate or a hot iron. It is a method employed by unscrupulous
dealers (‘‘gyps’’) for the purpose of deception in regard to the
age of a horse.
Mention four diseases and six accidental conditions, or injuries, that
are characterized by a copious discharge of saliva.
Diseases: Pharyngitis, stomatitis, paralysis of lower jaw and
dental caries.
Accidents: Wounds of the cheeks, foreign bodies in the mouth,
a severe bit, injuries of the tongue, bags of spices attached to the
bit, and choking.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 227
Give the treatment of salivary calculi.
Operative removal through the buccal cavity to avoid fistule, if
possible. If the duct must be opened, make a transverse incision
which heals more readily than a longitudinal one. Observe strict
aseptic precautions and obtain healing by first intention if possible.
Withhold food for two days.
Describe causes, symptoms and treatment of salivary fistula.
Causes: Wounds which penetrate the salivary glands or their
ducts.
Symptoms: An opening in the gland or duct through which
there is a continuous flow of saliva, more marked during eating.
The hair is matted or lost and the pigment of the skin is destroyed by
the discharge.
Treatment: Fistule of the gland sometimes heal without treat-
ment. Cauterize with silver nitrate or actual cautery. See that
the opening of the duct into the mouth is free, or provide an arti-
ficial opening, and then close the fistula with a purse-string suture.
If this fails, ligate the duct above the fistula and produce a destruc- ~
tion of the gland through pressure atrophy. The gland may be
destroyed by the injection of irritating fiuids into it but this method
is very painful and far from surgical.
What are the characteristic symptoms of actinomycosis of the jaw
and face in cattle? Give the treatment.
A hard, firm swelling which involves the bone. The teeth become
loosened because of a purulent, alveolar periostitis; mastication is
painful; the skin becomes thick and adherent; perforation occurs
and a thick, yellow pus is exuded in which actinomyces may be
found.
Treatment: Mild cases, if treated early, respond to the internal
administration of potassium iodide until signs of iodism appear.
It is best to dissect away all diseased tissue and, in severe cases,
slaughter.
Describe an operation for poll-evil.
Clip the foretop and mane and shave the crest of the neck over
the diseased area. Make a longitudinal incision on either side of
the median line, and about 2 inches from same, from the top of the
head down to the posterior limit of the disease. These incisions
should be carried through the skin, subeutem and adipose tissue to
the ligamentum nuche. Dissect away all necrotic tissue. Pack the
wound with antiseptic gauze and hold the packing in place with tem-
porary, retaining sutures. Remove pack in 48 hours and use dry
dressings daily.
228 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give the prognosis and the treatment of goitre (a) in the dog, (b) in
the horse.
(a) Prognosis is not very hopeful if the growth is extensive.
Treatment is unsatisfactory ; paint with tincture of iodine and give
potassium iodide, internally. Thyroid extract, internally, is reputed
to give good results. The cystic form of goitre can be tapped with a
capillary trocar.
(b) Prognosis favorable ; seldom causes any inconvenience unless
very large when dyspnea may be produced by compression of the
throat. Treatment, same as in the dog.
Give treatment of cystic goitre in the dog.
Withdraw the contents of the cyst by use of the capillary trocar
and paint the overlying skin with tincture of iodine.
Give the surgical technic of trifacial neurectomy.
General anesthesia. Shave and disinfect an area, 10 cm. square,
over the infraorbital foramen. Make an incision through the skin,
subeutem and the levator labii superioris alaque nasii muscle and
expose the nerve. Begin the incision 1 cm. above the foramen and
earry it downward directly over the nerve a distance of 5 to 6 em.
Pick up the nerve with an aneurism needle and divide it close to the
foramen. Remove about 3 cm. from the distal end. Suture the
wound, observing aseptic precautions.
Mention diseases for which phlebotomy of the jugular vein is per-
formed. |
Congestion of the brain; diseases which are accompanied by
plethora such as azoturia, congestion of the lungs, acute laminitis,
etc.; toxemic diseases such as tetanus.
State the various methods of dehorning cattle.
Dehorning shears; sawing off with ordinary saw; application of
caustic potash on calves at the point where the horn will erupt will
prevent the horn from developing. | ;
DISEASES OF THE THORAX
Describe the operation for the relief of hydrothorax.
Shave and disinfect an area, 2 em. square, in the seventh inter-
costal space on the left side, immediately above tke thoracic vein.
Draw the skin aside and place the trocar at the anterior border of
the rib and, with a sharp thrust, drive it into the thoracic cavity.
Withdraw the stilette and allow the fluid to escape.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 229
Describe symptoms and treatment of a fractured rib.
Symptoms: Hurried breathing; crepitation with each respira-
tory movement; if the pleura is injured, cough may be present. If
the skin is broken (compound fracture), fragments of bone may be
seen.
Treatment: Complete rest and quiet. In compound fracture,
remove pieces of bone and dress the wound antiseptically.
Give treatment for saddle-galls and collar-galls.
Recent formations may disappear under the application of cold
and massage, or by painting with tincture of iodine. Chronic
thickenings and necrotic tissue must be removed with the knife.
Describe fistula of the withers and give treatment.
A hot, painful swelling in the region of the withers is seen.
There may be a discharge of pus through a small opening and the
lymph-vessels in the region stand out as small cords. There is
usually necrosis of the skin, subcutem, burse, fasciz, muscles and
bones in the affected region.
Treatment: Operative removal of all necrotic tissue. Provide
drainage and dress wound daily with antiseptics.
Give the treatment of a case of fistulous withers of three months’
standing.
See answer to preceding question. In a case of three months’
standing, considerable connective-tissue proliferation will have
occurred ; this should be removed along with the necrotic tissue.
DISEASES OF THE ABDOMEN
Describe a surgical treatment of acute gastric indigestion.
Tapping of the stomach: Shave and disinfect an area 2 ecm.
square over the point of greatest distention on the left side (usually
between the thirteenth and fourteenth ribs, about one hand’s breadth
from the spinal column). Use a trocar, 8 to 10 inches long, and drive
it in a vertical direction downward into the stomach. Allow the
gas to escape. The passing of the stomach tube would be a surgical
measure to be preferred.
Give the symptoms of rupture of the diaphragm (diaphragmatic
hernia).
Asphyxia from compression of the lungs; symptoms of strangu-
lation of the bowels. It is difficult to diagnose. Tapping the intes-
tines through the thoracic walls and the obtaining of ingesta there-
from will aid in the diagnosis.
230 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Describe the operation of rumenotomy in the cow.
Shave and disinfect the skin in the left flank. Introduce a
bistoury through the skin, muscles and rumen wall at the point where
the rumen is usually punctured and make a quick downward
incision, 4 to 6 inches long. The skin incision should be a little
longer than that in the wall of the rumen to prevent food from
entering the peritoneal sac.
until the parts are normally restored. Suppurating corns should
be freely drained and disinfected until the part is covered with
horn, when a tar dressing and bar-shoe may be applied.
Give the causes, symptoms and the treatment of thrush.
Causes: Standing in filth (soiled bedding, urine, feces, ete.),
excessive paring of the frog, lack of frog-pressure, and hard work
on stony ground are exciting causes of thrush. Among the predis-
posing causes are: navicular disease, contracted heels and scratches.
Symptoms: Increased moisture of the frog, an ill-smelling, dark-
colored discharge which may entirely loosen the frog. Lameness
may be present in severe cases.
Treatment: Remove the cause; provide clean, dry bedding.
Pare away all diseased and ragged portions of the frog. It may be
necessary to remove all of the horny frog. Cleanse and dry the parts
and keep dry by dusting with calomel. After healing occurs,
apply a bar-shoe and tarred oakum, or otherwise provide for frog-
pressure to prevent the contraction of the heels which often follows.
Differentiate thrush and canker. Give prognosis and treatment of
each.
See answer to preceding question.
Canker is a chronic inflammation of the secreting structures of
the foot, due to the presence of an infection (probably specific),
which prevents the growth of healthy horn and produces a greasy
discharge, exceedingly offensive to the sense of smell.
Prognosis: In canker, rather unfavorable. Requires long, con-
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 259
tinued, patient endeavors to effect a cure. Relapses are common.
Thrush usually responds readily to rational treatment.
Treatment: In canker remove all diseased horn and cauterize;
sulphurie acid, nitrate of silver, formalin, zine chloride and tinc-
ture of iodine have been used with good results. Daily cleansing
is imperative. When healthy horn covers the affected parts, apply
a tar dressing.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of laminitis.
Causes: Overwork; long-continued rest; sudden cooling of the
body after perspiring freely; overfeeding, especially when warm;
occurs as a complication of colic, influenza, parturition, and as a
sequel of severe purgation.
Symptoms: Acute form appears suddenly with fever, character-
istic attitude with fore feet advanced and hind feet thrust forward
to relieve weight from the affected members. If all four feet are
affected, all movement is exceedingly painful. Strong pulsation is
noted in the plantar arteries and the feet are warm and very tender.
These symptoms may disappear in from 7 to 10 days, or continue
into the chronic form. Sometimes suppuration occurs and is fol-
lowed by shedding of the hoof.
Chronic form: The soles ‘‘drop’’ and the os pedis is displaced,
shown by the depression around the coronet and the convexity of the
sole. Seedy-toe often appears. The patient travels with the fore
limbs in abnormal dorsal flexion, the heels striking the ground first.
Rings form upon the walls of the hoof, showing the disturbed
nutrition of the same.
Treatment: Acute form: Remove the shoes and supply a soft
bed so that the weight is supported by the soles as well as the walls.
Use cold applications during the first 24 hours. Give a quick-acting
cathartic such as arecoline and draw 6 or 8 quarts of blood if the
patient is plethoric. After 24 hours, use hot applications. Stand
the patient in a tub containing sufficient hot water to cover the
feet. Give one grain of arecoline daily, in divided doses of 14 grain
each. Feed a laxative diet. A blister around the coronet may
relieve the soreness.
In ease of dropped sole (chronic case), proper shoeing is tlie
only measure likely to benefit. An open shoe with a broad web and
a wall-bearing surface only is best. A bar-shoe of the same type
would be indicated if the wall is weak or broken away. Avoid toe-
clips and side-clips if their presence produces pain in the sensitive
structures beneath.
256 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
State briefly the surgical details in treating a case of penetrating street-
nail.
Carefully pare away the sole around the point of entrance of the
nail and provide drainage for any discharges which may form.
Dress with antiseptics and keep the wound covered with absorbent
gauze or cotton. If the nail has entered the navicular bursa, resec-
tion of the perforans tendon will be necessary.
Describe a method of treating contracted hoof.
Apply a bar-shoe, or a flat open shoe and the Chadwick spring.
Keep the horn soft and pliable by frequent moistening.
Hew would you shoe a horse to overcome forging?
Shorten the toe of the fore foot and roll the toe of the shoe to
facilitate quick ‘‘breaking over.’’ The ends of the branches of the
shoe should be no longer than necessary to protect the heels and
should be bevelled from the hoof surface of the shoe downward and
forward under the foot. The hind foot should be lowered in the
quarters and left long at the toe. It should be fitted with a shoe,
squared at the toe and well rounded on the lower edge in this region.
The shoe should be so fitted that at least three-fourths of an inch
of the wall of the toe projects beyond the shoe. In feet in which
the toe is too short, a low toe-calk may be used to cause slow ‘‘break-
ing over.’’
Describe the treatment of quarter crack in a heavy draft horse. De-
scribe the proper kind of shoe to apply in such a case.
Thin the horn for an inch on both sides of the crack, directly
over the coronary band, to prevent any friction between the sides
of the crack. Immobilize the crack by bandaging the hoof with
adhesive tape. Apply a bar-shoe, Chadwick spring and leather sole.
Describe the shoe you would have applied in a case of contracted per-
foratus and perforans tendons of the hind limb of a draft
horse.
An open shoe with low toe-calk and with heel-calks sufficiently
high to give the necessary support to the heels.
State the uses of a bar-shoe. When is a bar-shoe contra-indicated ?
The bar-shoe is used when frog-pressure is desired as in con-
tracted quarters, contracted sole, chronic laminitis, quarter-crack,
wry-hoof, and frog atrophy ; when it is desirable to relieve a diseased
section of wall from pressure as in corns, etc.
The bar-shoe is contra-indicated when side-bones or navicular
disease are present, or when disease of the frog or subjacent tissues
renders frog-pressure painful. :
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 267
How would you shoe a horse to afford speedy relief from a bruised
heel?
Use a shoe with heel-calks and long branches which do not press
upon the quarters.
MerHops oF RESTRAINT, CASTING, Etc.
Name three common methods of restraint.
Side-line, hobbles and operating table.
Mention three methods of restraint in the standing position and two
in the recumbent position.
1. Side-line, stocks and twitch.
2. Hobbles and operating table.
Describe two methods of casting the horse and ox for operation.
Horse: 1. Adjust hobbles on all four feet. Pass a rope or chain
through the rings in same and draw the feet together, causing the
horse to fall. A soft bed should be provided for the horse to fall
upon (English hobbles). 2. A casting harness may be used. A
strong girth, provided with large rings, is buckled tightly around the
chest close behind the elbows. Hobbles are placed on all four feet
and ropes are run from the same to the rings on the sides of the girth.
When the ropes are drawn taut, the horse falls and is secured by
tying the feet to the girth. A ‘‘figure 8’’ made with the rope on
both hocks will hold the horse more securely.
Ox: 1. Either of the above methods may be used. 2. A long
rope (36 feet) is fastened, by one end, to the horns or head and
earried backward, making three ‘‘half-hitches’’ around the body,
one just anterior to the shoulders, another, just: back of the elbows,
and the last around the abdomen, anterior to the external angle of
the ilium. By pulling firmly on the free end of the rope thus
adjusted, the ox will lie down. Hobbles can then be adjusted.
Mention the chief accidents that may occur in casting and securing
animals for operation. State how such accidents may be
avoided.
1. Fractured vertebre. Provide a soft bed for the animal to
fall upon. Prevent violent movements. Be sure the patient is free
from an abnormal fragility of the bones before casting. Don’t
extend the hind limbs too forcibly, by drawing the feet too far for-
ward and upward.
2. Fracture of the external angle of the ilium. Provide a soft
bed. Avoid throwing too suddenly.
17
208 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
3. Fracture of the pelvic girdle and femur may be due to abnor-
mal fragility of the bones. © 7
4. Facial paralysis. Avoid by using a hood-wink which will
protect the facial nerve from injury.
What anesthetics are commonly employed in major operations and
minor operations on (a) the horse, (b) the ox, (c) the dog.
(a) Major: chloroform, chloral hydrate, cannabis indica.
Minor: cocaine hydrochlorate, stovaine and alypin.
(b) Major: morphine, chloral hydrate and chloroform.
Minor: cocaine hydrochlorate and stovaine.
(c) Major: ether and morphine.
Minor: cocaine hydrochlorate and stovaine.
What are the dangers of chloroform anzsthesia? How may these
dangers be avoided?
1. Inhalation pneumonia: Keep the head lowered to allow better
drainage from the nasal cavities. Fast the patient for 24 hours be-
fore administering the anesthetic to lessen danger of regurgitation
of food into the pharynx. Do not prolong the stage of anesthesia
unnecessarily.
2. Syncope: Avoid giving the chloroform too fast and with
insufficient air or over too long a period of time. Patients with
heaves, valvular disease of the heart, or dyspnea from any cause
should be given chloroform very guardedly or not at all.
How would you anzsthetize a foot for a painful operation?
By injecting one drachm of a 4 per cent. solution of cocaine
hydrochlorate over each plantar nerve at the point where high
plantar neurectomy is performed. Observe antiseptic precautions
in injecting.
Describe briefly a quick and satisfactory method of sterilizing your
hands and instruments.
If the hands are cleansed thoroughly with soap, water and a
scrubbing brush, then immersed for five minutes in a 4 per cent.
solution of potassium permanganate and, finally, in a 10 per cent.
solution of oxalic acid until the stain of the permanganate of potash
disappears, they will be perfectly sterile. The oxalic acid should
be rinsed off with sterile water. RN
Instruments may be sterilized by placing in boiling water for
fifteen minutes.
OBSTETRICS*
OBSTETRICAL ANATOMY
Name the soft organs concerned in obstetric anatomy.
Ovaries, uterus, vagina, vulva and mamme.
What is the pelvis? Name the functions of the pelvis. How many
centres of ossification appear in its early formation?
The pelvis is a bony framework at the posterior extremity of the
trunk, supporting the spinal column and resting upon the posterior
extremities. It contains, sustains and protects a portion of the
genito-urinary apparatus, as well as the terminal portion of the
alimentary canal. It constitutes a most important fulcrum or fixed
point in various muscular movements and supplies a passageway for
the foetus during the act of parturition.
Five centres of ossification appear in each half in its early for-
mation; one for each of the three bones and two complementary
centres, one for the anterior spinous process and spine of the ileum,
the other for the ischial tuberosity.
Make a drawing to show the normal position of the generative organs
of the mare. Show also the kidney, the bladder and the
rectum.
State how the bones of the pelvis of the mare differ from those of (a)
the cow, (b) the sheep, (c) the goat, (d) the bitch, (e) the
cat.
(a) The pelvis of the cow is longer and less vertical than in the
mare. Because of the greater curvature of the ischiopubic sym-
physis, the floor is concave. The pelvis of the cow is more cylindrical
and less conical than that of the mare.
(b) and (ce) The pelvis of the sheep and of the goat is about the
Same as in the cow, except, of course, in size. The symphysis is
nearly rectilinear in its direction, and it ossifies at a very much
later period than in the cow or mare.
(d) and (e) The marked angle formed by the sacrum and the
lumbar vertebrz diminishes the inlet of the pelvis. The direction
of the symphysis is rectilinear and the pelvic cavity is nearly
eylindrieal.
* Unless otherwise stated all questions relate to the horse.
{ There are no illustrations in this book, but this drawing would seem com-
paratively simple.
259
260 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
State the difference between the pelvis of the sheep and that of the cow.
Difference is mainly in size. The coxe of the sheep are more
horizontal and proportionately longer than in the ox.
Give approximately the supero-inferior and the transverse diameters
of the bony pelvis of the cow.
Inlet. Outlet.
SUperO-aMlerior . 522.6552. - = 8 to 10 inches. 9 inches.
TATIGWEESO Hy aiciscs wie vodetia ie tele alee 7 inches. 7 inches.
Name the different articulations of the pelvis.
One sacrolumbar, two sacro-iliac, one ischiopubic symphysis,
and one sacrococcygeal.
Name the ligaments connecting the last lumbar vertebre with the
sacrum and the pelvis. |
Common inferior vertebral, supadorselanben interspinous,
interlamellar, and capsular.
Describe (a) the iliosacral ligaments, (b) the sacrosciatic ligament.
(a) The superior iliosacral ligament is a thick and short cord
which arises from the internal angle of the ileum and passes back-
ward to be fixed to the sacral spine where it becomes confounded
with the supraspinous, dorsolumbar ligament. The inferior ilio-
sacral ligament is attached by its anterior margin to the upper half
of the sciatic border and the internal angle of the ileum. Its inferior
margin is inserted into the rugged lip on the lateral border of the
sacrum. Its posterior border is united to the aponeurosis covering
the coccygeal muscles, and its external face is in contact with the
gluteus magnus and long vastus muscles. ‘The internal face les
against the lateral sacrococcygeal muscle.
(b) This is a large membranous ligament situated on the side
of the pelvis between the sacrum and the coxa. It is irregularly
quadrilateral, having four borders. The superior border is attached
to the lateral rugged lateral ridge of the sacrum; the inferior is
fixed to the supracotyloid ridge and ischial tuberosity ; the anterior
aids in forming the great sciatic notch, and the posterior is con-
founded with the coccygeal aponeurosis. Its internal face is covered
with peritoneum. This hgament affords a large area for muscular
insertion as well as serving a means for enclosing the pelvic cavity.
Where is the ischial notch? What vessels and nerves pass through it?
The ischial notch lies between and is formed by the postero-
internal borders of the two ischii as they join at the symphysis.
The artery of the bulb in the male, the perineal artery and the
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 261
artery of the clitoris in the female, all being branches of the internal
pudie artery, pass through the ischial notch, as does the pudic nerve.
Describe the structure of the vulva.
The vulva lies immediately beneath the anus and opens exter-
nally by means of a vertically elongated slit, bounded by two lips
(labia vulve) which meet above and below to form the superior and
inferior commissures. It has two groups of muscles which are
chiefly circular and are termed anterior and posterior constrictors.
The vulva is lined with mucous membrane, continuous with that of
the bladder and vagina. Within the vulvar cavity, about four inches
from the exterior and lying on its floor, is the méatus urinarius, the
terminal opening of the urethral canal. In the inferior is the clitoris,
an erectile organ two or three inches in length, composed chiefly
of erectile tissue.
Describe the mucous membrane of the vulva and state what kind of
epithelium covers it.
It is continuous with that of the vagina and bladder and is
rosy-red in color. Near the free border of the labia, it often shows
black pigment patches. It contains a great number of mucous fol-
licles and sebaceous glands. The epithelium lining the vulva is of
stratified pavement type.
Give the anatomy of the uterus.
The uterus is a musculomembranous sac, situated in the sublum-
bar and pelvic regions of the abdominal cavity. It is related above
to the rectum; below, with the bladder; anteriorly and laterally,
with intestines, and behind, with the vagina.
It presents for study a base and two cornua. The base is con-
stricted posteriorly to form the cervix (or neck) and communicates
with the vagina through a circular opening, the os. The base is
continuous with the two cornua, right and left. The ecornua have
a superior or convex and an inferior or concave curvature, a base
continuous with the uterus, and a summit continuous with the
oviducts.
The uterus is supported i two broad ligaments which descend
from the sublumbar region to the sides of the uterus and cornua,
and envelop the ovaries and their ducts; two rudimentary, round
ligaments running from the sides of the uterus to the beginning of
the inguinal canal.
The uterus is made up of three coats, an outer serous, derived
from the peritoneum; a middle, muscular; and an inner, mucous.
262 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Blood is supplied to the organ by the utero-ovarian and uterine
arteries, and it is innervated by branches from the mesenteric and
pelvic plexuses.
Describe the uterus of the bitch.
The body of the uterus is short, but the cornua are very long
and folded, and float amongst the intestinal convolutions. Its cervix
projects into the vagina. The mucous membrane is very loose and
gathered into folds. The muscular coat is well developed and
is covered externally with peritoneum.
Give the blood and nerve supply of the uterus.
Uterine and utero-ovarian arteries. Innervated by branches
from the small mesenteric and pelvic plexuses.
Describe the ligaments of the uterus. What are the functions of these
ligaments?
The broad ligaments, two in number, are irregularly triangular
in shape, and are more developed before than behind. They descend
from the sublumbar region to be attached by their inferior border
to the sides of the upper face of the body of the uterus and the
small curvature of the cornua. They sustain the Fallopian tubes
and ovaries. These ligaments are close to each other posteriorly in
the region of the cervix but separate anteriorly like the branches of
the letter V. They suspend the uterus in the sublumbar region.
The round ligaments, two in number, outside of the broad liga-
ments, contain in their folds a small thin muscle. These ligaments
run from the sides of the uterus to the beginning of the inguinal
eanal. Their function is to support and retain the uterus in its
proper position.
Describe the glands of the uterus and give their functions.
They are mucous glands and are designated simple and cylin-
drical. The former, most numerous near the cervix, secrete the pecu-
liar transparent mucous found there. The cylindrical, uterine or
utricular glands are closely situated and are often twisted in a spiral
fashion. They resemble other mucous glands with spheroidal epi-
thelium in the bottom of the tube and columnar cells in their ducts.
Describe an ovary.
A small ovoid body, situated in the sublumbar region, with a deep
notch or hilus on its upper surface which receives the oviduct. It
is attached by the ovarian ligament to the uterus and supported by
the broad ligament. |
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 263
It is covered by a serous coat except at the hilus. Underneath
this coat is a strong fibrous coat and beneath this coat is the ovarian
tissue proper. The latter is hard and grayish-red and is divided
into an external cortical and an internal medullary portion. The
cortex is made up of connective tissue and holds large numbers of
Graafian vesicles or ovisacs which contain the ova. The medulla
is red and spongy and is composed of connective tissue which is
richly supplied with blood-vessels. The ovary receives its blood
from the utero-ovarian artery and is innervated by a branch from
the mesenteric plexus.
State how the ovaries of the mare differ from those of (a) the cow, (b)
the sheep, (c) the goat, (d) the pig, (e) the bitch, (f) the cat.
(a) Much smaller than in the mare, but are identical in form
and structure. See answer to preceding question.
(b) and (c) Same remark applies here as given in (a).
(d) The ovary is lobulated in the pig.
(e) and (f) Slightly lobulated in aspect.
Describe the mammary gland.
The mammary gland consists of two glandular bodies situated in
the posterior and inferior abdominal region. They are hemispherical
in shape and terminate below in a small prominence, the teat. Ex-
ternally, they are covered with skin, beneath which is a fibrous coat
which sends prolongations into the interior of the gland. The
elandular tissue contains acini which open into lactiferous ducts.
These ducts unite and form canals which, in turn, form two, three
or four sinuses that open by several canals on the teat. The external
pudic artery supplies the gland with blood and innervation is
received from the first pair of lumbar nerves.
Describe the mammary glands of the bitch.
These are ten in number, arranged in two rows of five each,
and extend from the inguinal region to below the chest. They have
no galactiferous reservoirs and the lactiferous ducts unite directly
into a variable number of canals that pass through the teat to pierce
its extremity by from five to ten orifices.
Describe the vesiculz seminales and give their function.
The vesicule seminales are two oval pouches, situated Baas
the neck of the bladder, and having a body and an anterior and
posterior extremity. The latter is tapering and unites with the vas
deferens to form the ejaculatory duct. The anterior extremity forms
a rounded cul-de-sac partially covered with peritoneum. The walls
264 VETERINARY. STATE BOARD
are composed of three membranes: an internal, mucous; a middle,
muscular; and an external, fibrous. The function of these bodies is
to store semen for the copulatory act. They also secrete mucus which
tends to dilute the semen much the same as the secretion from the
prostate and Cowper’s glands. |
Are the vesiculz seminales found in all the domestic animals? Ex-
plain. |
No. They are not found in the dog and eat.
PHYSIOLOGY
State the four chief functions of the generative system.
Copulation, impregnation, fetation and parturition.
Describe the Fallopian tubes and state their function.
The Fallopian tubes, or oviducts, are two small cylindrical flex-
uous canals, about ten inches long, one of which is lodged in each
broad ligament. They extend in a tortuous manner from the uterine
cornua to the ovaries. The calibre of their canal is very small at
the uterine extremity, scarcely admitting a hair but it enlarges at
the ovarian end where it terminates in a pavilion. The pavilion
is fixed to the external side of the ovary and opens into the peritoneal
cavity. The function of these tubes is to convey the ova from the
ovaries to the uterus and spermatozoa to the ovary.
State what takes place in the ovary during the period of menstruation.
Give the reason for the pitted appearance of the ovaries in
old age.
During menstruation there is an increased blood supply to the
ovary. A certain Graafian vesicle, or vesicles, according to the
species, becomes more voluminous than the others, raises the envelop-
ing membrane of that body and projects on the surface. Around this
vesicle the blood-vessels enlarge, and effusion takes place; the cap-
sule distends and gives way, allowing the ova to escape.
The pitted appearance of the ovaries in old age is due to repeated
rupturing of Graafian vesicles and the shrinkings and cicatrizations
of the same.
Define fecundation, abortion, eutocia, dystocia.
Fecundation is the fertilization or impregnation of the ovum,
which occurs when it is reached by the spermatozoon.
Abortion is the expulsion of a foetus before it is viable.
Eutocia is a normal parturition.
Dystocia is an abnormal, painful, or slow parturition.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 265
Define the corpus luteum. Describe the changes in the ovary after
fecundation.
The corpus luteum, or ‘‘yellow body,’’ is a yellow mass in the
ovary in the place of an ovisac which has discharged its ovum. If
the ovum has been impregnated, the corpus luteum grows and lasts
for several months, usually throughout pregnancy. If impregnation
has not taken place, the corpus luteum degenerates and shrinks.
After fecundation of the ovum, segmentation occurs. The ovum
divides into halves, each half subdivides, ete., forming a spherical
mass known as the morula.
Define (a) a true corpus luteum, (b) a false corpus luteum.
If the ovum has been impregnated, the corpus luteum grows and
lasts for several months and is called a ‘‘true corpus luteum.’’ If
impregnation has not taken place, it degenerates and shrinks and is
called a ‘‘false corpus luteum.’’ |
Describe the corpus luteum in the cow and the sow.
See preceding answers. The ovisac is filled with lymph and
blood, projects beyond the ovarian surface, and is deep yellow in
color in the cow, and a yellowish-brown color in the sow.
Give the cause of menstruation.
Not definitely known. It is thought to be due to the shedding
of the epithelium of the mucous membrane of the uterus. This ex-
poses the tunic of the capillaries, causing them to rupture because
of their distended condition.
Is the menstrual fow independent of the influence of the ovaries?
Explain. |
No. ‘There is a close bond of sympathy between the ovaries and
the uterus, which defies explanation. It is well known that, after
removal of the ovaries, menstruation ceases to occur.
Define embryology, embryotomy, hydrocephalus.
Embryology is the science which treats of the development of the
embryo.
Embryotomy refers to the cutting up of a fcetus to facilitate
delivery.
Hydrocephalus is a fluid effusion within the cranium.
Name the female generative organs and state the function of each.
Ovaries: generate ova.
Oviducts: serve to convey the ova from the ovaries to the uterus
and spermatozoa to the ovary.
266 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Uterus: place of nourishment and development of the embryo
and fcetus.
Vagina: copulatory organ and passageway for the foetus dur-
ing parturition.
Vulva: same as the vagina.
Mamme: supply nourishment to new-born.
Define orgasm.
Orgasm is the crisis of venereal excitement, that is, the time of
ejaculation of semen.
State the organic modifications the genital organs undergo after labor.
The uterus reduces in volume and weight by the oxidation, de-
generation and absorption of the cells of the muscular fibres. The
mucous membrane, which has been enormously thickened, under-
goes fatty degeneration and modification until the uterine interior
presents the appearance it possessed before impregnation. The
cervix contracts, closes and regains its former shape.
Describe the difference between the maternal and the fcetal cotyledons.
The maternal cotyledons are dark-yellow in color and their
_ surface is covered with crypts. The fetal cotyledons are bright-red
in color and on their surface is a multitude of long, branched villi
which are received into the depressions of the maternal cotyledons.
Are spermatozoa always found in the semen? Explain.
No. They are usually absent in cases of cryptorchidism, testicular
tumors, inflammations and degenerations of the testicles. Hydro-
cele may prevent the formation of spermatozoa. The following
conditions—debilitating diseases, overwork and excessive sexual use,
individually or jointly—lessen the abundance of the male fertilizing
element and in some cases may lead to a complete absence of same.
Is the vagina strictly a generative organ? Explain.
Yes. Because it serves as an organ of copulation and as a passage-
way for the fcetus only.
Give the meaning of each of the following terms: uniparous, multi-
parous, primiparous, pluriparous.
Uniparous refers to animals which bring forth but one offspring
at birth, as the mare and cow.
Multiparous refers to animals which bring forth several offspring
at one time, as the bitch and cat.
Primiparous: Bearing, or having borne but one offspring.
Pluriparous: Same as multiparous.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 267
What is the influence of the pregnant uterus on the neighboring
organs?
The immense volume of the pregnant uterus occasionally disturbs
the neighboring viscera as shown by colic, tympanites, constipation,
cedema, coughing and paraplegia. Pressure on the sciatic nerve is
shown by cramp of the posterior limbs.
How is the period of menstruation characterized in (a) the cow, (b)
the sow, (c) the bitch, and (d) the cat?
(a) By nervous excitement, restlessness, bellowing and mounting
other animals of its species. There is an increased secretion of
mucus from the vulva and, toward the end of the period, blood-clots
or a slight blood-stained discharge. The period lasts about 2 days
and reappears every 21 days unless impregnation occurs.
(b) The sow manifests rut by restlessness, rooting, squealing,
swelling of the vulva and a sanguinolent discharge therefrom. The
appetite is impaired and she seeks the company of the opposite sex.
The period lasts from 2 to 5 days and reappears in 15 to 30 days,
but usually every month.
(ec) By nervous excitement, restlessness, wandering away from
home, seeking males, swelling and turgidity of the vulva, frequent
urination and a sanguinolent discharge. The appetite is capricious
and thirst is increased. The period lasts from 2 to 3 weeks and
appears twice a year (spring and autumn, as a rule).
(d) By nervous excitement and an over-affectionate disposition.
There is an uncontrollable desire to seek the opposite sex. Rest-
lessness is a notable feature and the movements of rolling and
otherwise betray the prevailing desires. The generative organs are
more or less turgid and sensitive and the urogenital secretions are
increased. This phenomenon appears 3 to 4 times a year.
What is an emmenagogue? Name two of the principal emmena-
gogues.
An emmenagogue is any agent which stimulates or favors the
menstrual discharge. Ergot and rue are well known emmenagogues.
Describe the secretions of the foetus.
Mucus is secreted by the glands of the mouth, esophagus and
stomach. Bile is seereted by the liver, and emptied into the intes-
tines where it is mixed with the fluid thrown out by the glands
there, forming meconium. Urine is secreted by the kidneys, and
the thymus, thyroid, spleen and suprarenal glands are said to be
active in fetal life.
268 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Name the secretory glands that are active in fetal life.
See answer to preceding question.
State the duration of pregnancy in (a) the mare, (b) the cow, (c) the
sow, (d) the bitch, (e) the ewe.
(a) 330-340 days; (b) 270-280 days; (¢) 115-120 days; (d)
58-65 days; (e) 145-155 days,
Trace the journey of the ovum from incipiency to the accomplishment
of fertilization.
After rupture of the Graafian vesicle, the ovum escapes and is
conveyed into the Fallopian tube by means of the fimbriated extrem-
ity of the same. It passes down the tube to the uterus where it is
met by the spermatozoa. This meeting may take place in the
oviduct but the ovum usually continues to descend to the uterus.
Describe physiologically the impregnation of the ovum.
The spermatozoa pass through the outer layer of the ovum
(zona pellucida). The germinal vesicle, or nucleus of the ovum,
disappears and a somewhat opaque, embryonal cell (pronucleus)
succeeds. With the formation of the pronucleus, the vitellus becomes
separated from the zona pellucida and begins to rotate therein.
Then a segmentation of the embryonal cell into two portions occurs;
each of these two portions divide into two, ete. This division and
subdivision continue for a short time (2 or 3 days) until the stage
of morula is reached. At this stage the mass is still spherical, is
surrounded by the vitelline membrane and the zona pellucida, and
contains the mass of cells resulting from the repeated divisions
before mentioned. After this the mass enlarges, changes shape, and
the germinal layers form.
Give the composition of cow’s milk.
NVGIEET <2 Gere eine eee thoi e/a cacao Gace eee 87
ONES 1, cei cis SA IES co cua aes miele een 13
AUTH Se cd eae Re alc os, 2 i ols" Spd ee eee 3.30
YE Fafa 2 AE A kk gO a ge, Ee 4.00
Eaeboses 2552 se cee eee eke 8 Oe Ae ee 4.95
Se BGS ack 2 orem te eee ea ves a os 1s ae eee 75
State the difference in the composition of the milk of the mare and
that of the cow.
See answer to preceding question.
Mare’s milk contains more water and sugar but less fat and
albumen than cow’s milk.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS — 269
Average composition of mare’s milk is as follows:
Weber ee ere re ee ces cea Ware eieteels 91.8
SITES ie es en Ae oul seo ohae cle ewe we 8.2
AR TTERSTa Clee tet We gk Ob xa kia cae! lel via eae wie ae 2.6
Dy ee Si IR ORS pte I Re a 6
ees ty Per en a eee ee ik Huis We a wlelal eda 4.7
SER errr Temeraiee er ae tera a aries edi Wee bialeath a 9 a
What is colostrum? Give the composition of colostrum.
Colostrum is the first fluid secreted by the mammary gland after
delivery. Its average composition is as follows:
Nea ete aa take dec cher bbintal ated Lea cae moans Ur aa ela rar gpa t 75.8
PURER tO CASEEEG c. ciatila cite aie tt halls tare ieretere Sua ule nis 15.0
WAG ee Bes cea Ca re ah AE dead Joe ah nee Say ot a TURF 2.6
IEEE parse he Lan Pac utds ware ait ai atube Wa aaron ion ahah ae 3.6
Pee Phe tapas haces ia es of SPR WR yt io het Le Ak teats Mig hatch t Mts 3.0
PREGNANCY
Describe the physiologic and anatomic modifications that the uterus
undergoes while the foetus is developing.
The uterus assumes a somewhat oblong or globular form. Its
mucosa becomes redder, thicker, more pulpy and vascular. The
serous coat also hypertrophies and the fibres of the muscular coat
increase in number and volume. The uterus, at this time, is more
sensitive to nervous stimuli. The increase in volume and weight
eauses it to descend and rest upon the abdominal floor. The os
uteri is firmly closed by the contraction of the circular muscular
fibres of the cervix and is sealed with an albuminoid clot. As par-
turition time approaches, the os relaxes and, when labor begins,
dilates widely.
State what changes take place in the generative organs of the female
aiter conception.
See answer to preceding question.
In addition to the changes in the uterus, a true corpus luteum
forms in the ovaries, and the mammary glands become activated.
What precautions should be taken in regard to the care and food of
pregnant animals?
They should be regularly exercised and well fed on easily
digested nutritive food which does not constipate. Plenty of pure
water is essential. They should be well groomed and provided
with clean and commodious quarters, especially as parturition
270
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
approaches. Harsh or cruel treatment and surgical operations
should be avoided if possible. Avoid, also, strong medicines such
as drastic purgatives, powerful narcotics, etc. The milking period
of cows should be limited to seven or seven and one-half months,
to allow the foetus more nutritive material for its perfect develop-
ment.
Name the principal signs of pregnancy.
Absence of estrum, enlargement of abdomen, enlargement of the
mamme, feeling of the foetus per rectum, per vaginam, or through
the abdominal wall, auscultation of the fetal heart-beat, and observ-
ing the movements of the living fetus.
Describe (a) ovarian gestation, (b) tubal gestation, (c) abdominal
gestation.
(a) Ovarian gestation is rare. Apparently it is due to a failure
of the ovum to escape when the ovisac ruptures. The spermatozoa
passes up the oviduct and impregnates the ovum which then pro-
ceeds to develop, as in normal gestation.
(b) Impregnation occurs in the oviduct. The ovum becomes
attached to the walls of the duct and development proceeds. When
the foetus attains a sufficient size, the oviduct ruptures and fatal
hemorrhage may ensue, or the fetus may become attached to or
imbedded in the peritoneal surface, and continue to develop.
(ec) Abdominal gestation may follow rupture of the gravid
uterus or the ovum may fall into the abdominal cavity, following
rupture of the ovisac, and become impregnated there. The fetus
becomes attached to the abdominal walls or some of the viscera and
the fetal membranes closely invest the fetal body.
Describe extra-uterine pregnancy.
Extra-uterine pregnancy is the existence, for a greater or less
period of time, of a living ovum outside of the uterine cavity, but
within the abdominal cavity. (See answer to preceding question.)
How are the varieties of extra-uterine pregnancy commonly desig-
nated?
Ovarian, tubal and abdominal gestation. (See explanation
above. ) .
What are the effects of indigestion on pregnant animals?
Tympanites, constipation and diarrhea usually accompany in-
digestion. These conditions tend to produce abortion through press-
ure, straining and reflexly, respectively. Furthermore, indigestion
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 271
causes inanition and thereby prevents the mother from properly
nourishing the fetus.
Give the function and describe the early development of the placenta.
The function of the placenta is to establish communication be-
tween the mother and fcetus by means of the umbilical cord.
In the mulberry stage (stage of morula), the zona radiata throws
out tufts, the primordial chorion, which unite with the uterine
mucosa. This zone soon becomes attenuated and disappears while
the blastoderm enlarges within it. But this primitive chorion is not
permanent, it is replaced by another, similar, but more efficient
structure.
From the surface of the outer layer of the blastoderm, tufts or
villi grow out to extend into the uterine mucosa. Through these
villi, there is an exchange of nutritive material and waste products
between mother and fetus. This is later supplanted by a permanent
attachment, formed by the tufts of the allantois which grow out
through the amniotic chorion to gain an intimate relation with the
blood-vessels of the uterus.
Describe the phenomena of nutrition in the foetus.
Before the placenta is formed, the ovum is bathed with an albu-
minoid substance which nourishes it during early development.
Later with the development of the placenta, which brings the capil-
lary systems of the mother and fcetus into the closest relationship,
nourishment passes to the foetus by osmosis.
Define (a) zonary placenta, (b) diffuse placenta, (c) cotyledonary
placenta.
(a) A placenta which is band-like in form. In the bitch and
eat, the placenta forms a thick, annular band, or zone, about one
and one-half inches wide, passing around the middle of the chorion.
(b) A diffuse placenta is one in which the chorionic ville are
diffused over the entire surface of the chorion. Seen in the mare
and sow.
(¢) A placenta in which the villi are restricted to certain areas
(80 to 100 in number) called cotyledons. Seen in cows and sheep.
Mention the animals in which cotyledons are found.
Cow, sheep and goat.
Describe the umbilical cord and state its function.
The umbilical cord is a collection of vessels which extends from
the placenta to the fetal umbilicus. It is about 35 inches long in
the mare and 15 inches in the cow. It is formed by the allantoic
272 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
stalk, surrounded by the amnion, and includes the remnant of the
vitelline duct. For convenience of description, it may be divided
into an amniotic and an allantoic portion. The amniotic, the longer,
extends from the umbilicus of the fcetus, through the amniotic cavity,
to open into the cavity of the allantois. It contains the following
structures: the amnion, the two umbilical arteries, the two umbilical
veins which are sometimes fused into a single vessel, the urachus,
and the vestiges of the vitelline duct, besides Whartonian gelatin.
The allantoic portion consists, for the most part, of the mass of
umbilical vessels; other structures found in it are the remnants of
the vitelline duct, and Whartonian gelatin.
The umbilical cord forms a bond of communication between the
foetus and the placenta.
Describe the position of the foetus in multiple pregnancy.
Each foetus may have its own amnion and chorion, or each may
have its own amnion, but the same chorion. Occasionally, in twin
pregnancies, one fcetus is more or less enclosed within the body of
the other.
In ruminants (cow and ewe) each of the twin fetuses usually
occupies one cornua of the uterus and presents with the head toward
the os uteri; although occasionally they present alternately, that is,
one anteriorly and the other posteriorly.
What is the liquor amnii? Give its functions in pregnancy and during
labor.
The liquor amnii is an albuminous alkaline fluid, found in the
amniotic sac, in which the foetus is suspended. It contains about
99 per cent. of water, as well as albumin, sugar, urea, and other
urinary products, also meconium. The amount of the fiuid in the
mare and cow varies from 5 to 6 litres.
During pregnancy, it is useful in: 1. Preserving an equable
temperature for the fetus. 2. Protecting the skin of the fcetus.
3. Favoring movements of the foetus by equalizing pressure. 4. Pre-
venting injuries of the foetus from external movements. 5. Protect-
ing the mother from injury by fetal movements.
During labor, it protrudes the membranes and dilates the os uteri,
protects the foetus from violent uterine contractions, and lubricates
the vagina, thus facilitating passage of the foetus through it.
Mention the four stages in the process of sexual generation.
Copulation, fecundation, gestation, and parturition.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 273
Describe the operation of artificial impregnation.
This operation consists of transferring semen from the vagina
of a female, with which the male has recently copulated, to the vagina
of another female. No special apparatus is necessary, in fact, any
ordinary sterile syringe, or the hand will answer the purpose.
Cleanliness must be observed. Allow the male to serve a female
and, promptly afterward, withdraw some of the semen into the
syringe and inject it into the cervical canal of the second female.
Describe an impregnator and state how impregnation is accomplished
by its use.
An impregnator is an instrument designed to keep open the os
uteri during copulation and thus insure a direct discharge of the
semen into the uterus. It consists of a hollow, soft-rubber tube,
3 to 4 inches in length. It is constricted in the middle portion and
flanged at the posterior end to prevent it from falling into the
uterus. Those who advocate its use do so with the belief that sterility
in most cases is due to occlusion of the os. Intelligent breeders
ignore the instrument. Prof. Williams, in his ‘‘ Veterinary Ob-
stetrics,’’ regards the use of impregnators as ‘‘a harmless diversion
which ordinarily will not prevent conception.’’
Mention the changes in position of the neighboring organs during the
development of the uterus in pregnancy.
The vagina is drawn forward except in the last stages of gesta-
tion, when the foetus protrudes into the pelvic cavity. The stomach
is pushed to the left and the intestines and liver are compressed ;
the diaphragm is pushed forward and the abdomen becomes en-
larged, rounded and pendulent.
State the function of the liver in fetal life.
It serves as a blood-forming and blood-purifying organ.
What is the blastoderm? How are its membranes divided?
The blastoderm is the delicate membrane which lines the zona
pellucida of the impregnated ovum. Its membranes are divided into
hypoblast, mesoblast and epiblast.
What do the different layers of the blastoderm form?
The hypoblast forms the epithelium of the alimentary canal and
of the organs connected with it, and that of the air-passages.
The mesoblast develops into the skin and connective-tissue struc-
tures, the bones, muscles, organs of excretion, and internal genitals.
From the epiblast are developed the epidermis and epidermic
tissues, such as nails, hair and glands of the skin, the nervous sys-
18
274 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
tem, the external sense-organs, as ear, eye, etc., and the mucous
membrane of the mouth and anus.
What changes take place in the blood of pregnant animals?
There is said to be an increase in the volume of the blood in the
body of a pregnant animal, but a decrease in its corpuscles and solid
constituents. Quite recently, investigators have proven the pres-
ence of a certain substance in the serum of pregnant animals which is
of value in diagnosing pregnancy.
Name the envelopes surrounding the foetus and describe each.
1. Chorion, the outer envelope, is a vast, membranous, closed
sac. It being moulded upon the uterine wall, resembles the uterus
in form, having a body and two cornua. The cornua are unequal in
size, the one in which the feetus lies being the largest. The external
surface of the chorion is studded with small, red tubercles, formed
by the placental villous tufts which join it to the internal surface of
the uterus. The internal surface is lined by the external layer of the
allantois, except at the umbilical cord, where there exists a kind of
conical infundibulum, occupied by the umbilical vesicle. It is united
to the allantois by a layer of mucous connective tissue.
The chorion not only plays a mechanical part in protecting the
foetus and supporting the placental blood-vessels, but it holds cer-
tain nutritive materials.
2. The amnion, the second sac enveloping the fcetus, is a thin,
transparent membrane. It floats freely in the interior of the chorion,
but is only united to it at one point through the medium of the
umbilical cord. It is ovoid in shape and contains the fcetus which
is attached to its inner face by the vessels of the umbilical cord.
In the early embryonic stage, it closely envelops the embryo but, |
later, it is distended with fiuid (liquor amnii) and is thus separated
from the fetus. The smooth, internal face secretes the liquor amnii
which bathes the foetus and serves important functions. The exter-
nal face is closely adherent to the inner layer of the allantois.
The amnion is made up of three layers: a very thin, connective-
tissue membrane that adheres to the allantois; a membrane-proper
which is made up of connective tissue and some muscular fibres; and
an epithelial layer which lines the latter.
3. The allantois is a thin membrane which lines the inner face
of the chorion, and is reflected around the insertion of the umbilical
cord to be spread over the outer face of the amnion. By so doing,
it transforms the chorionic sac into a kind of serous cavity with the
amniotic sac enclosed within it. The allantoic cavity communicates
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 275
with the fetal bladder by means of the urachus. The structure of the
allantois is slightly fibrous with an epithelial layer.
Describe the development of the skin of the foetus.
The skin is developed from the middle and outer layers of the
blastoderm (the mesoblast and epiblast). From the mesoblast, the
skin-proper, or derma, is formed, and from the epiblast, the epi-
dermis and epidermic tissues, such as the nails, hair, sudoriparous
and sebaceous glands are formed. Blood-vessels are apparent in
the derma as early as the third month. The horny and mucous
layers of the epidermis are distinguished soon after. As the foetus
increases in volume, the epidermis exfoliates and its debris is found
in the liquor amnii. Hair is developed in the epidermic laminze
which are prolonged into the substance of the derma. It is seen on
the eyebrows, lips and the joints of the limbs early in fetal life,
and by the sixth or seventh month covers the body.
Trace the development of the nervous system.
The first trace of the central nervous system, the neuraxis, is
found in the primitive groove, resulting from an invagination of the
thickened ectoderm. The groove deepens and the neural folds which
border it increase in prominence until they fuse together above,
making a closed canal, lined by ciliated epiblastic cells. This canal
persists throughout the animal’s life as the central canal in the
spinal cord, and as the ventricles of the brain. The deeper epiblastic
cells in the walls of the canal develop into the nerve-cells of the
cerebrospinal axis. The anterior part of the canal shows three
‘successive dilatations which ultimately become the various divisions
of the brain. The spinal motor nerves arise from the cord and
the sensory branches appear to be developed from the spinal ganglia
which are separately formed.
Describe the situation of the pregnant uterus in the mare and cow.
The pregnant uterus occupies the floor of the abdominal cavity.
In the mare, it is displaced somewhat to the left by the pelvic
flexure of the colon and passes beneath the latter to the left of the
median line until it reaches the diaphragm. In the cow, the rumen
displaces the pregnant uterus, causing it to pass downward and
slightly to the right of the median line to reach the diaphragm.
Describe the position of the foetus in the ninth or tenth month of preg-
nancy.
The head is directed backward and ventrally in such a manner
that the lower jaw is in contact with the throat, and the mouth
touches the sternal region. The neck lies against the maternal
276 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
sacrum. The fore limbs are flexed in such a manner that the knees
are against the middle of the head and the feet, the umbilicus. The
hind limbs are flexed under the body and the pelvic portion of the
foetus is in the bottom of the uterus, near the stomach.
Trace the growth of the urinary organs.
The kidneys arise from the Wolffian bodies. These are glandular
bodies which appear very early in embryonic life, one on each side
of the vertebre and extend from the heart to the pelvis. Hach
empties through a duct into the cloaca. These bodies are perhaps
more concerned in the development of the sexual organs than the
urinary. At any rate, early in embryonic life there appears near
the beginning of each Wolffian duct, an outgrowth, or cul-de-sac,
which forms the pelvis of the kidney. From the walls of these sacs,
a number of branching tubules arise to become the urinary tubules
and thus complete the kidney. The posterior part of these sacs
become the ureters which empty into the cloaca. The bladder is
derived from a dilatation of the abdominal portion of the allantois.
Posteriorly the allantois is constricted to form the urethra. The
extrapelvic portion of the latter is formed by the closing of the
genital furrow of the penis.
ABORTION
What is meant (a) by abortion, (b) by premature birth?
(a) The expulsion of a foetus from the uterus before it is suffi-
ciently developed to live.
(b) The expulsion of a foetus from the uterus before the proper
time but in a viable condition.
Give the symptoms of abortion.
In many cases there are no premonitory symptoms and often the
first evidence is the presence of the fcetus and its membranes. In
other cases, warning is given by the swollen vulva and its muco-
purulent discharge together with enlargement of the mamme. Fre-
quently, there is a secretion of milk for days and even weeks before
abortion occurs. The act of abortion is brief and is accompanied
by labor pains as in normal birth. For several days following, a
mucous discharge, tinged with blood and often containing particles
of pus and after-birth, is observed. Unless complications ensue,
the mother seems to be but little inconvenienced.
Mention some of the causes of non-contagious abortion.
Mechanical injuries, severe hemorrhage, castration, drugs, cer-_
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 277
tain infectious diseases, such as foot-and-mouth disease, hog cholera,
ete.
Discuss the etiology of infectious abortion in cows. Describe briefly
the course and symptoms of infectious abortion.
(There are many conflicting opinions on all phases of this
disease. )
Infectious abortion in cows is due to a short bacillus (bacillus
of Bang) which is carried from cow to cow by the bull, although
other means of transmission are recognized. Entering the uterus,
at the time of copulation, or later, it produces a catarrhal endo-
metritis with a fibrinous exudate which causes a separation of the
placenta from the uterine wall and abortion follows. Some authori-
ties think the infection enters by way of the digestive tract and
udder, and is carried by the blood to the cotyledons. In many eases
the infection remains in the system from a previous abortion.
In the majority of cases abortion occurs at about the fourth to
sixth month of pregnancy. It may occur much earlier or very near
the end of gestation. The fcetus is usually born dead, or, if alive, it
very rarely survives. A few days before abortion occurs, a yellow,
or reddish- tinged mucopurulent discharge is seen to escape from
the vulva. The latter becomes reddened and swollen. The milk
secretion lessens and finally, with very little straining or apparent
inconvenience, the foetus is expelled. In a great majority of cases,
portions of the after-birth are retained and a mucopurulent, blood-
tinged discharge follows for ten days or two weeks. The infection
remains in the internal genital organs for several months, so it is
quite common for the cow to abort a second time. After the second
abortion, the infection seems to disappear, or at least the animal
is immune to its effects.
What methods should be employed in the control of an outbreak of
infectious abortion in a herd of cows?
‘Separate the infected from the non-infected. Burn aborted
' foetuses, after-births, and soiled bedding. Disinfect stalls and gut-
ters. Irrigate the uterus of each aborting cow with a 1—-1000 solu-
tion of potassium permanganate. Wash the external genitals of all
pregnant cows with the disinfectant. Separate attendants should
be assigned to the two divisions of the herd. The sheath of the bull
should be disinfected before and after copulation. A separate bull
might be used for infected and non-infected cows. Precautions
should be observed in introducing new animals into the herd.
278 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
LABOR
Define (a) presentation, (b) position.
(a) The appearance of some particular part of the fetal body
at the pelvic inlet during labor.
(b) The situation of the foetus with respect to the mother at
appearance of labor.
Mention the normal presentations of the foetus in domestic animals.
Anterior and posterior.
Name the different positions of the foetus during labor.
1. Longitudinal :
A. Anterior presentation:
(a) Dorsosacral position.
(b) Right or left dorso-ilial position.
(ec) Dorsopubic position.
B. Posterior presentation :
(a) Dorsosacral position.
(b) Right or left dorso-ilial position.
(ec) Dorsopubic position.
2. Transverse. ,
A. Dorsal presentation :
(a) Right or left cephalo-ilial position.
B. Ventral presentation :
(a) Right or left cephalo-ilial position.
What are the four principal presentations?
Anterior, posterior, dorsal and ventral.
What is the most favorable and most frequent presentation?
Anterior presentation, dorsosacral position, with both forefeet
and head presenting.
Define (a) eutocia, (b) version, (c) rotation.
(a) A safe, easy, or natural parturition. .
(b) The changing of a transverse into a longitudinal presen-
tation.
(c) The turning of a foetus upon its long axis.
Name four of the most difficult presentations.
1. Anterior presentation with both fore limbs retained.
2. Transverse presentation.
3. Breech presentation with complete retention of the posterior
limbs. |
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 279
4, Anterior presentation with forward extension of the hind
limbs beneath the fetal body.
Mention two different ways by which the cervix of the uterus may be
dilated.
1. Use of drugs, especially injections of cocaine or stovaine.
2. Mechanical, either by manual or instrumental methods.
Mention the signs and the different stages of parturition.
1. Preliminary stage: Enlargement of mamme; swelling of the
vulva; relaxation of the broad and sacrosciatic ligament.
2. Dilation of the os uteri: Accompanied by restlessness, labor-
pains and presentation of ‘‘water-bag.’’
3. Expulsion of foetus: Pains more severe and frequent; strain-
ing, rupture of ‘‘water-bag’’ and expulsion of fcetus.
4, Expulsion of the membranes. This may occur at birth or soon
after. The uterus contracts and the mass comes away.
Mention some of the causes of dystocia.
Maternal: Pelvic constriction, uterine inertia, torsion of the
uterus.
Fetal: Excess in volume, monstrosities, multiparity, diseases,
faulty presentation.
Name (a) five maternal causes of dystocia, (b) five fetal causes of
dystocia.
(a) Pelvic constriction, uterine inertia, torsion of the uterus,
uterine hernia, atresia of the cervix.
(b) Hydrocephalus, wry-neck, emphysema, double monstrosities,
faulty presentation.
Name two pathologic conditions of the foetus that interfere with par-
turition. State how each of these conditions may be over-
come.
1. Hydrocephalus. This consists of a distention of the lateral
ventricles of the brain with lymph. In extreme cases, the cranium
is distended to two and three times the normal size, and offers a
serious obstacle to parturition. Dystocia due to this congenital
defect is overcome by puncturing the tumor and breaking down the
cranial bones with the chisel.
2. Wry-neck. This deformity of the foetus is characterized by
an abrupt deviation of the head and neck to one side. The cervical]
portion of the spinal column is bent and the muscles so contracted
that the head is held rigidly in this abnormal position.
To overcome the impediment which this condition offers, ampu-
280 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
tate the head and neck by means of a chain-saw or otherwise, with-
draw the severed member, and then proceed with the remaining por-
tion as in normal parturition.
How would you deliver an anterior presentation in a case of hydro-
cephalus?
See answer to preceding question.
What are the disadvantages under which the veterinary obstetrist
labors in case of dystocia?
He is frequently hampered by being called after some unskilled
persons have complicated matters or done irreparable injury to the
mother and foetus by their crude tactics. Many times the quarters in
which parturient animals are kept are poorly lighted, improperly
ventilated and dirty. Plenty of clean, warm water is not always
to be had. Lastly, the severe straining of such large animals as
cows and mares is fatiguing to the arm of the operator and impedes
his necessary manipulations to a great extent.
‘Mention four different mechanical means for the extraction of the
foetus.
Cords, hooks, forceps, and halters.
How may strong muscular contractions of the uterus be overcome in
case of malpresentation in dystocia?
Many methods have been tried, pressure on the loins, tying a
rope tightly round the body, twitching the nose or ear, ete. The
most humane and satisfactory way is the administration of a
narcotic (opium, chloral hydrate, or, better still, chloroform).
What are the indications for the use of ergot in labor and how should
ergot be given? !
Ergot is used in case of uterine inertia when there is no mal-
position of the foetus or mechanical obstruction to its passage.
Very small doses should be given to increase the force of the uterine
contractions without producing spasms of the organ or of the
cervix.
Under what conditions would you use a repeller for the removal of a
calf?
When the feetus, in a faulty position, has become wedged in the
pelvie cavity or is approaching the inlet, it may be necessary to
return it into the uterus to effect a proper presentation and position.
Occasionally, when the fcetus is presenting properly and is in a
good position, it is advantageous to repel it in order to attach cords
to some part of its body.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 281
Give the method of delivering an anterior presentation (dorsosacral
position) with the fore limbs retained.
Repel fetus upward and backward, pass a cord around the
radius, slide it down toward the carpus, correct the deviation and
complete the delivery. If the head has passed beyond the vulva,
decapitation may be advantageous before attempting repulsion.
In some cases amputation of one limb and evisceration may be neces-
sary to reduce the size of the foetus and facilitate delivery.
Give a method of delivery of the cephalosacral position of the foetus.
In this position, the foetus sits on the floor of the abdomen, the
head directed forward and the withers toward the sacrolumbar
region of the mother. That is, it sits up like a dog. By most authori-
ties, this position is considered impossible because of its unstability.
To effect delivery, version must be accomplished. The dorsal pre-
sentation must be changed to an anterior or posterior. Version may
be effected by intra-uterine injections of emollients such as flax-
seed or slippery elm infusions. If this method fails, evisceration
and detruncation of the fetus is the only course to follow.
Describe a method of delivering a right cephalo-ilial position, dorso-
lumbar presentation.
The dystocia from this position is practically the same as in the
cephalosacral position and the method of procedure is the same.
(See answer to preceding question. )
Describe the sterno-abdominal position of the foetus.
This is more accurately termed ‘‘ventral transverse presenta-
tion.’’ The foetus presents with all of the feet in, or near, the pelvic
inlet and the head retained. It lies upon its side, transverse to the
long axis of the body of the mother with the head resting in the
fiank in the region of one or the other of the maternal ilia. Hence
there are two possible positions, right cephalo-ilial and left cephalo-
ilial.
Describe Cesarean section in the mare and name some of the compli-
cations that may arise in connection with this operation.
Cesarean section refers to the delivery of a foetus by means of
an incision through the abdominal and uterine walls. The mare
should be placed under general anesthesia. Her forelegs should
be drawn forward and the hind legs backward and securely fastened.
The field of operation being thoroughly cleansed and disinfected,
make an incision in the flank through the skin and muscles, extend-
ing from the level of the external angle of the ilium downward about
282 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
ten inches. The peritoneum is then incised and the uterus withdrawn
through the opening. It should be laid on sterilized gauze which
completely surrounds the wound. Next make an incision into the
eravid uterus which will readily permit the extraction of the foetus
within its membranes. Free the foetus from its coverings as soon
as extracted ; suture the wound in the uterus by means of Lembert’s
intestinal suture with silk. Close the abdominal wound with inter-
rupted sutures, suturing the muscles and skin separately. Place
patient in clean, comfortable quarters to recover from the anesthesia.
Complications to be feared following Cesarean section are:
metritis, peritonitis, abscess at seat of incision, and adhesion of the
abdominal organs to this part. Internal hemorrhage and collapse
are to be guarded against.
(Records fail to show where the life of a mare has been saved,
but a living feetus is often brought forth by this operation.)
Describe the operation of Cesarean section in multiparous animals.
See answer to preceding question. In the sow, bitch, and eat,
the incision can be made in the flank, although most operators prefer
the median line. The technic is the same as in the mare. All the
foetuses can be extracted through the one incision into the uterus.
A body bandage should be applied after the operation. The prog-
nosis is much more favorable than in the mare and cow.
Describe the method of delivering a posterior presentation (lumbo-
sacral position).
Apply traction upon the two hind limbs and hasten delivery be-
cause of the danger of asphyxiation of the foetus from compression
of the cord against the pubic brim. This is considered a normal
presentation by many authorities. Should the hind limbs be
retained, the dystocia is a very difficult one to overcome. Attempt
repulsion and correction of the deviation of the limbs. Forced
extraction is employed by some obstetrists, but it is a barbarous
and unsatisfactory procedure. HEmbryotomy should be employed,
preferably intrafetal amputation of the two posterior limbs.
Cesarean section is a last resort.
Describe the method of delivery in deviation of both hind limbs,
anterior presentation.
This is one of the most difficult malpositions the obstetrist has
to overcome. Repulsion and correction of the deviation should be
attempted to increase the working space, but this is seldom success-
ful. Remove one anterior limb and detruncate the fetus. Attach
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS | 283
cord to and repel the posterior half. Deliver the anterior half first
and then the posterior.
Describe method of delivering extreme downward deviation of the
head, anterior presentation.
Attempt replacement of the head by seizing the muzzle or nostrils
with the hand. If this fails, amputate one anterior limb, which
then allows the head to be brought into position. Delivery in the
normal way is then easily effected.
What care should be given the dam after labor?
Clean, comfortable quarters should be provided. Nourishing,
succulent food should be freely given to insure an abundant milk
secretion. Grass is the best diet for herbivora. The mother should
be kept from hard labor for three or four days, and all undue dis-
turbance should be avoided. If the labor is complicated by wounds
of the genital organs, or otherwise, proper treatment should be
given. Otherwise such interference with nature is contra-indicated.
In ease the after-birth is not expelled in the usual time allowed,
means should be employed to remove same.
Give the symptoms and the treatment of uterine inertia in the mare.
The foetus presents normally and in a favorable position, but
there is a deficiency of the expelling powers. The mother is usually
weak, debilitated, and maintains a decubital attitude.
Treatment consists of the administration of stimulants. Ergot
is usually chosen. In addition, traction should be applied and
delivery effected.
Give the symptoms and treatment of torsion of the uterus.
Torsion of the uterus is shown by severe expulsive efforts, colicky
pains, and extreme uneasiness. If death of the fcetus has occurred,
metritis and peritonitis may be present. The diagnosis is confirmed
by examination per vaginam when the hand encounters the spiral
folds of the vaginal walls and os uteri. The prognosis is grave.
Reduction of the twist is very difficult. It may be attempted in
ease of slight torsion by inserting the hand and arm into the uterus,
grasping a limb of the foetus, and exerting force on same. If the
torsion is severe, it is impossible to gain entrance into the uterus in
this way. In this case, rolling of the mother in the direction of
the twist is the logical treatment. With the hand in the vagina, the
operator can assist by preventing the uterus from turning when the
mother is rolled. These methods failing, laparatomy should be per-
formed and the torsion reduced by the hand placed within the abdo-
men. As a last resort perform Cesarean section.
284 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give the treatment of rigidity of the os uteri.
Inject warm, emollient liquids into the vagina. Some authorities
recommend smearing the os uteri with extract of belladonna. Local
anesthetics, such as cocaine and stovaine, might be useful. Manual
or instrumental dilatation of the os is probably the best method to
overcome this condition.
DISEASES INCIDENT TO PREGNANCY AND LABOR
Name the most prominent diseases following parturition.
Retention of the after-birth, postpartum hemorrhage, rupture of
the uterus, rupture of the vagina, eversion of the uterus, prolapse of
the vagina, septic metritis and peritonitis, parturient eclampsia,
parturient apoplexy, mammitis and laminitis.
What diseases are incidental to pregnancy?
Osteomalacia, dropsy of the fetal membranes, paraplegia, rup-
ture of the uterus, prolapse of the vagina, metrorrhagia, abortion
(sporadic and infectious).
Name five diseases following parturition in the cow that may Preys
serious.
Septic metritis, septic peritonitis, uterine prolapse, parturient
paresis, puerperal septicemia. |
Give the diagnosis of dead foetus in utero.
The symptoms may vary, depending upon whether mummifi-
cation or putrid decomposition occurs. In the former condition, no
special symptoms are noted; the cow, to all appearances, is in good
health, she continues to fatten, the abdomen does not increase in
size, the udder fails to develop, and, at the time for delivery, no signs
of parturition appear. Examination per rectum will reveal the
hard, unyielding mass.
Putrid decomposition of the foetus may es manifested by expul-
sion of portions of it through the vagina, an artificial opening in the
abdominal wall, or the intestinal tract. The patient is greatly de-
pressed, refuses food, and shows symptoms of septicemia. Examina-
tion of the uterus per rectum or per vaginam will disclose the
abnormal condition.
Give the causes and treatment of hydrops uteri.
Hydrops uteri, or hydrometra, is a very rare condition. Two
forms are described, viz., edema of the uterine walls and an accumu-
Jation of fluid between the chorion and the uterine walls. The
cause is not well understood, but may be attributed to cinculateyy
disturbances.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 285
Treatment: Evacuate the uterus (removing foetus if one is pres-
ent) and irrigate the cavity with mildly astringent antiseptics.
Build up the general health with tonics.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of hydrops amnii.
The causes of this condition are not well understood.
Symptoms: The most important symptom is the enormous
rotundity of the abdomen. ‘The walls of the same are tense and
give a dull sound on percussion. As the swelling increases, the
patient becomes dull, emaciated, and anzmic. Thirst is increased
and appetite decreased. The respiratory movements become labored,
owing to the pressure on the diaphragm. Rectal examination
clinches the diagnosis.
Treatment: Dilate the os, rupture the membranes, and remove
the fetus. Give stimulants and aid involution of the uterus.
Give the causes, prognosis and treatment of antepartum inversion of
the vagina.
Causes: Not well known. It has been observed most frequently
in cows that have been closely confined and overfed on bulky feeds.
These factors depress the general vigor and favor the action of
infective agents, especially in the vagina, which responds by becom-
ing inflamed, thus inducing straining and prolapse. A sloping floor
is often an accessory, if not a direct, causative factor.
Prognosis: A tendency to recur until parturition is completed
makes the prognosis unfavorable; especially is this so when the
organ becomes badly excoriated and inflamed. If delivery of the
foetus can be brought about, the condition is more easily overcome.
Treatment: Cleanse thoroughly with warm, non-irritating, anti-
septic solutions (144 per cent. lysol) and effect reposition of the
prolapsed organ by gentle manual pressure. The replacement
may be more easily accomplished by raising the hind quarters or,
in small animals, by having an assistant hold the patient by the
hind legs. After the organ is returned to its proper position, a
inild, antiseptic agent should be injected; iodoform is very useful
for this purpose, because it is not only antiseptic but slightly anes-
thetic, and therefore lessens irritability and straining. Keep bowels
open by administering cathartics. Straining to defecate and disten-
tion of the intestines tend to cause a recurrence of the prolapse.
If parturition is near, it may be advisable to empty the uterus.
Bandages, sutures, trusses, ete., are of little use unless the cause
of straining is eliminated. Sometimes the bladder is carried out
within the prolapsed vagina (vesicovaginocele). Urine accumulates
286 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
because of the constriction of the urethra, and must be removed be-
fore reposition can be effected.
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of inversion of the uterus.
Causes: Failure of the os uteri to close after parturition, tardy
involution of the uterus, and retained placenta are potent, causative
factors. Sloping floors, close confinement, and overfeeding are
contributory, if not direct, causes.
Symptoms: The prolapse may be partial or complete; that is,
there may be simply a beginning invagination, or the inversion may
be complete with the whole uterus turned inside out and hanging
from the vulva. The walls of the prolapsed organ are continuous
with the vagina and vulva, and there is more or less displacement of
these organs. Occasionally the bladder is carried forward with the
floor of the vagina. Intestines may be forced through the pelvic
cavity into the inverted uterus. The condition may be further
complicated by lacerations, inflammatory degenerations, ete., of the
protruding parts. ) .
Treatment: Carefully cleanse and disinfect the prolapsed organ
with 0.5 per cent. solution of phenol in normal salt solution. Place
the patient in lateral recumbency with the posterior parts elevated.
Remove any adherent portions of placenta and replace the organ by
careful manual pressure. If the uterus is badly congested it may
be very difficult to do this. The congestion may be overcome by
elevating the uterus above the body level and applying a pressure
bandage, beginning at the free extremity. After returning the
organ, push the cornua back as far as possible with the clinched fist
and inject tepid, sterile water to complete the unfolding of the
intussusception. If necessary, administer narcotics to prevent ex-
pulsive efforts. Should the uterus be badly wounded or necrotic,
amputation may be necessary. (See answer to following question.)
What is metrotomy? When is it indicated and how should it be per-
formed?
Metrotomy refers to the incising of the uterus. Metrectomy is
the excision, or amputation, of the uterus. (Many persons incor-
rectly use these two terms synonymously. Believing that the inter-
rogator refers to amputation of the uterus, the following answer is
given.)
Amputation of the uterus is indicated in case of prolapse when
reposition of the organ is impossible; when the organ is badly in-
flamed, necrotic, or wounded.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 287
The prolapsed organ should be carefully cleansed and disinfected.
Make an incision into the uterus to determine whether any viscera
extend into the cavity. Tightly apply an elastic ligature around
the entire organ near the external os. Completely sever the organ
by excising it about three inches from the ligature. Replace the
stump of the organ and irrigate the vagina daily for five to ten
days, when the necrotic stump should come away. To avoid any
danger of the ligature slipping, it is safer to suture the uterus in
such a way that the circulation is cut off from the stump. The
latter is a more surgical procedure.
State the difference between parturient eclampsia and parturient
paresis.
These two diseases usually occur soon after parturition, although
they have been observed at, and shortly before, this act. The prin-
cipal distinction made is the occurrence of tonic and clonic spasms
(especially of the diaphragm) in parturient eclampsia, and of a
comatose condition in parturient paresis. The former disease is seen
most frequently in mares and the latter in cows. It may be noted
that tonic and clonic spasms are sometimes seen in the early stages
of parturient paresis, but they soon pass away, to be followed by
coma.
Give the Schmidt treatment of parturient apoplexy.
The treatment, as originally introduced by Schmidt in 1897,
consisted of the introduction into the udder of a solution of potas-
sium iodide, mixed with atmospheric air. Later investigators found
that the injection of air alone sufficed to bring about the same result.
Observing the rules of asepsis, firmly distend the udder by inflat-
ing it with air forced in by a suitable instrument. The air should
be filtered through sterile cotton or forced through an antiseptic
solution to rid it of any impurities. Asa rule, a few hours after this
treatment the cow regains her feet and appears perfectly normal.
If this does not occur after an interval of three to six hours, inflate
the gland again. Some practitioners ligate the teat after inflation,
but this is seldom necessary, as the sphincter of the teat will prevent
the air from escaping.
Give the causes and treatment of puerperal eclampsia in the mare.
The cause of this disease is not known. It is seen following the
act of parturition with no premonitory symptoms. Williams men-
tions the frequent occurrence of the disease in mares which have
been suddenly taken from pasture to stable or put in harness, thus
288
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
causing maternal anxiety and a disturbance of the central nervous
system.
Treatment :—Keep patient with her foal in quiet, comfortable
quarters. Bloodletting is beneficial in early stages. Control spasms
by administering large doses of the fluid extract of belladonna and
cannabis indica.
Define endometritis. Give causes, symptoms and treatment of acute
endometritis. 7
Endometritis is an inflammation of the mucous lining of the
uterus. It may be acute or chronic.
Causes: Retention of fetal membranes or of a decomposed
foetus; infection of wounds occurring during parturition from em-
bryotomy operations or otherwise; introduction of infection through
careless manipulations of attendants. The disease very often fol-
lows a prolapse of the uterus for obvious reasons. In the case of a
mare which recently came under the observation of the writer, the
cause was attributed to the repeated attentions forced upon her by
a eryptorchid stallion which consorted with her in pasture.
Symptoms: Fever, tenderness of the abdomen, stiffness of the
gait due to laminitis, which is usually present, a reddish-gray, floc-
culent, foetid discharge from the vulva, a large amount of the same
material in the uterus, thickening of the uterine walls, increased
frequency of pulse and respiration. The patient may remain in a
standing or a recumbent position.
Treatment: Cleanse the uterine cavity by irrigating with warm,
sterile water. Be sure to remove all fragments of placenta and
accumulated discharges; continue the irrigation until the expelled
water is clear. Then inject two or three gallons of a 1-1000 solution
of potassium permanganate. Repeat this medication daily until
the discharge changes to a healthy mucus, then gradually withdraw
treatment. If the condition of the patient requires them, stimulants
and antipyretics such as digitalis, quinine, and alcohol may be given.
Give the symptoms and treatment of leucorrheea.
The term ‘‘leucorrhea,’’ meaning ‘‘white flow,’’ is applied to a
whitish, viscid discharge from the vagina and uterine cavity. It is
symptomatic of chronic inflammation of these parts (chronic endo-
metritis). The discharge is usually intermittent, occurring during
micturition or when straining.
The appetite may be good, but emaciation advances. The mucous
membrane of the genital canal is pale or, in some cases, red and
roughened by granulations.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 289
Treatment: Depends upon the cause. In general, the affected
parts should be irrigated with warm, sterile water until it flows out
clear; then with an astringent, antiseptic solution, such as potas-
sium permanganate, 1-1000, or lysol, 1 per cent. Jodoform is
highly efficient in this disease. A gelatine capsule containing two
or three drachms of this agent can be carried into the uterine cavity
and there opened and the contents scattered over the diseased
membrane. Treatment must be persistent and repeated daily until
a healthy condition is obtained. General tonics are useful.
How may rupture of the uterus during labor be recognized?
Small ruptures may pass unnoticed for a few days after par-
turition, when the symptoms of septic peritonitis lead the operator
to make a manual exploration and discover the opening. An ex-
tensive rupture occurring during labor is often followed by collapse
and death from hemorrhage. The escape of the fetal fluids into the
peritoneal cavity likewise results in collapse and death. If death
is not sudden, the animal ceases straining, the pulse becomes small
and imperceptible, and a cold perspiration covers the body.
Give the treatment of laceration of the cervix uteri.
Small lacerations require little or no attention. Extensive
lacerations should be treated antiseptically. Adjust the vaginal
speculum and with long dressing forceps, holding pledgets of
cotton, remove all discharges. In the same manner swab the edges ©
of the wounds with proper medical agents, such as Tr. iodine,
iodoform, etc.
Define lochia and give its treatment.
Lochia is the term applied to the uterine discharge occurring for
a period of a few hours or a few days following parturition. It
consists of blood and fragments of the uterine mucosa or of the
placental villi, which must be expelled before the uterus can resume
its normal state. It is a purely physiological condition and requires
no treatment unless infection occurs, when the condition is no
longer normal but pathological.
What is meant by lochia? Is lochia common in domestic animals?
See answer to preceding question. Lochia is common in all
domestic animals, but is more noticeable in some than others. In .
the mare and cat it is very scant, whereas in the cow, sheep, and
bitch it is more abundant.
19
290 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give the treatment of postpartum hemorrhage.
Slight hemorrhage requires little or no attention. Hasten in-
volution of the organ and at the same time check the hemorrhage
by the introduction of cold water or ice. Remove coagulated masses
of blood and administer ergot or other stimulants to favor involu-
tion. Severe hemorrhage should be treated by an intravenous
infusion of normal salt solution.
Define and describe (a) vaginismus, (b) vaginitis.
(a) A painful spasm of the vagina due to local hyperesthesia.
(b) Inflammation of the vagina.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of vaginitis.
Causes: Injuries during the act of parturition and entrance of
infection; careless manipulations in assisting dystocia cases; irri-
tant drugs used as vaginal or uterine douches; uterine discharges
passing over the vaginal mucous membrane may, and usually do,
irritate the same.
Symptoms: Swelling and inflammation of the vaginal mucous
membrane and a purulent, leucorrhcal discharge. Defecation and
urination are often difficult, owing to the pain in the parts. If
long standing, ulceration and necrosis may be present.
Treatment: Irrigate the vagina with warm, mild, antiseptic
solutions; 2 per cent. phenol or 1 per cent. lysol is useful. In mild
cases use a solution of sodium bicarbonate. In ulceration use silver
nitrate or Tr. iodine.
Describe the symptoms and give the treatment of contagious vaginitis.
Granular venereal disease, or infectious granular vaginitis, is
a disease of cows which is especially characterized by the formation
of small granular elevations in the vulvar and posterior vaginal
mucosa. In addition, swelling of the vulvo-vaginal mucosa and
a mucopurulent discharge is observed. This disease is said by many
good authorities to be the chief cause of the so-called ‘‘infectious
abortion,’’ and to be very extensively spread in this country.
The importance of the disease depends upon its many complications,
which are: abortion, retained placenta, septic metritis, septicemia,
pyxmia, pyometra, cystic ovaries, persistent corpora lutea, ete.
Treatment: Separate the well from the diseased; disinfect
stables; cleanse vulva and vagina of all discharges and disin-
fect these parts with a 0.5 per cent. solution of phenol. It would
be a wise prophylactic measure to disinfect the sheath and penis
of each bull which has covered affected cows.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 291
Give the causes, symptoms and the treatment of puerperal septiczemia.
Causes: Septic inflammation of the uterus; retained placenta;
retention of a decomposed fcetus; infection of wounds occurring
during labor.
Symptoms: Four or five days after parturition, we notice fever,
rapid pulse and rapid respiration, fetid discharge from vulva, ex-
treme weakness, lessened milk secretion, constipation alternating
with diarrhea, death in a short time (24 hours to a few days). In
non-fatal cases pyemic arthritis may supervene. :
Treatment: Usually fruitless. Thoroughly cleanse and disin-
fect the septic genital tract. Quinine, which stands preéminently
the best drug in septic fevers, should be administered in large doses
(one ounce, twice daily if necessary).
Write a prescription for retained placenta in the cow.
The handling of retained placenta is principally mechanical,
although in cases accompanied by grave constitutional disturbances
the following may be useful:
BR
LUT PRC D025 1 Ys Sane Sl og 2 RA io US ES 5 vj
Giatsinias Sil pia bine tle oie sg ce ele alee oe eevee Holsiaes 3 ij
PA CRESUNDRUEICE. $25 Wists wie hve a aeate Pina a atone (aidia ofatays qs. )
GG WETET FCEH.. RL AG er a ote lo 15 chase Oe wi diclla eva dialela ato 0j
M.
Sig.—Give one ounce every 4 hours.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of acute mastitis in the cow.
Causes: In practically every case mastitis originates from infec-
tion, which gains entrance through the teats, wounds, or by the
blood- and lymph-stream. As predisposing or accessory factors the
following may be considered: cold, trauma, retained placenta, filthy
surroundings, careless and irregular milking, and inflation of the
udder in the treatment of milk fever.
Symptoms: One or all four quarters of the udder may be in-
volved. Heat, tenderness, redness, and swelling are marked from
the first. There is a suspension of the milk secretion in the affected
quarters. The milk which is present in the gland is clumpy and
may be streaked with blood. Fever, loss of appetite, constipation,
and general depression show the systemic disturbance. Complica-
tions that may aggravate the condition are gangrene, abscess for-
mation, pyemia, septicemia, atrophy of the gland, and pyzemic
arthritis. ,
Treatment: Hot fomentations and massage increase leucocy-
tosis and are conceded to be the most valuable of all treatments.
292 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Frequent milking, suspensory bandages, external application of
disinfectants, intramammary injections of same, and many other
measures have their advocates. Increased activity of the alimentary
tract should be stimulated by a laxative diet and the use of areco-
line, or eserine and pilocarpine. Certain drugs, such as camphor
and turpentine, which are eliminated in the milk, are useful because
of their disinfectant action, and may be given in full doses. Abscess
formation and gangrene call for surgical interference.
What are the causes of colic in pregnant animals? Give treatment.
The etiology of ‘‘true’’ colic occurring in pregnancy would be
little different from that in a non-pregnant animal; likewise the
treatment, except that precautions should be taken to avoid drugs
which might empty the uterus. ‘‘False’’ colic may be observed in
torsion of the uterus (q.v.).
Why are rickets and osteomalacia frequently observed in pregnant
animals? Give treatment. |
These diseases, in any animal, can usually be traced to a de-
ficiency in the quantity or the quality of the food. A lack of lime
salts, especially the phosphate of calcium, has long been recognized
as a potent etiological factor. Add to this the extra demand made
upon the pregnant animal by the developing fcetus, as well as a low-
ered vitality from prolonged lactation, and it is entirely obvious
why these diseases are frequently observed in pregnancy.
Treatment: Improve the quality and quantity of the food. The
regular administration of calcium phosphate in the food is very
beneficial. In addition, nux vomica and potassium iodide may be
given with good results.
Mention two causes of hernia of the bladder into the vaginal canal.
Give procedure for reducing the hernia.
This very rare condition may occur by reason of a rupture in
the floor of the vagina, or the organ may become everted through
a relaxed urethral opening when the intra-abdominal pressure is
increased by violent expulsive efforts.
In the former condition replace the organ and suture the rent in
the vaginal floor, taking care to bring the peritoneal surfaces of the
wound together. In the latter, gentle pressure should be directed
toward returning the everted organ. After replacement is effected,
allay irritation by irrigating the bladder with warm, normal salt
solution and prevent straining by the use of local or general anes-
thetics.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 293
Give causes, symptoms and treatment of puerperal laminitis of the
mare.
Causes: Occurs in connection with endometritis due to retention
of a part of the placenta. Toxins, formed as a result of the bac-
terial decomposition, are absorbed and laminitis is produced through
metastasis.
Symptoms: Same as acute laminitis from other causes, and, in
addition, the symptoms of endometritis are observed. (See acute
laminitis, p. 255, and acute endometritis, p. 288.)
Treatment: Remove all placental fragments from the uterine
cavity. Irrigate the cavity with mild, antiseptic solutions such as
lysol, carbolic acid, and potassium permanganate. Powdered iodo-
form is useful. (See treatment of acute endometritis, p. 288.)
Name some of the principal causes of sterility in (a) the male, (b)
the female.
(a) Cryptorchidism, idleness and overfeeding, masturbation,
orchitis and epididymitis, hydrocele, and excessive sexual use.
(b) Cystic ovaries, emaciation, overwork, metritis, occlusion
of the os uteri, and senile atrophy of the sexual organs.
What is sterility? Name some causes of sterility and give the treat-
ment.
Sterility is the inability to reproduce young.
Causes: In the male, sterility may be due to eryptorchidism,
previous attack of orchitis or epididymitis. No treatment will over-
come sterility due to these causes. Idleness and overfeeding often
lead to impotency. The treatment for these conditions is sug-
gested by the cause. Onanism may cause sterility. This vice may
be corrected by proper feeding and exercise. A shield, so adjusted
over the sheath as to cause pain when the penis is protruded, will
prohibit erection and thus prevent masturbation.
In the female, sterility is commonly caused by cystic degener-
ation of the ovaries. These cysts are sometimes crushed by manual
pressure, either per rectum or per vaginam, but there is a tendency
to recurrence which leads to a fibrous degeneration. Metritis is an
etiological factor. Acute metritis usually responds to local treat-
ment (antiseptic irrigation with potassium permanganate, 1—-1000),
but chronic metritis, pyometra, requires long-continued treatment.
The os uteri must be dilated and the uterine cavity irrigated daily
with proper antiseptic solutions. The introduction of iodoform
powder in a gelatine capsule is useful. Occlusion of the os uteri is
294 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
often advanced as a cause of sterility, but in most cases is over-
estimated.
Name three pathological conditions of the ovary which may cause
sterility.
Tuberculosis, tumors, and cystic degeneration.
DISEASES OF THE NEW-BORN
Name four infectious diseases of the new-born and four non-infectious.
Infectious: Omphalophlebitis, tetanus neonatorum, white scours,
septic pleuropneumonia.
Non-infectious: Asphyxia, umbilic hemorrhage, umbilical her-
nia, retention of meconium.
Name three diseases of the new-born and give the treatment of each.
See answers to succeeding questions.
Give method of treatment for the resuscitation of an asphyxiated new-
born colt.
Apply traction and relaxation alternately upon the tongue; sus-
pend animal by hind legs to dislodge mucus; induce artificial
respiration by alternately compressing and relaxing the chest;
alternating electric current may be used if at hand.
Give the causes and the treatment of diarrhoea in the new-born.
Causes: Overfeeding, improper food, milk from overheated or
exhausted mothers, unsanitary feeding utensils, and infection. In-
fectious diarrhoea (‘‘white scours’’), a specific disease, is due to
infection of the navel.
Treatment: Allow young to nurse frequently. If artificially
fed, sterilize feeding utensils and give food of unquestionable qual-
ity as regards bacterial content, ete. Give a mild, soothing cathar-
tic, such as castor oil, and follow, if necessary, with small repeated
doses of bismuth subnitrate. Lime water and milk in the proportion
of 1: 4 is an excellent diet for artificially-fed animals. Clean, sani-
tary quarters should be provided. ‘‘White scours,’’ due to navel
infection, requires local antiseptic treatment in addition to the
above.
Give the causes of umbilic infection.
The cord may be infected in its passage through the vulvo-
vaginal canal, or later the stump of the ruptured cord may come in
contact with the earth, soiled bedding, urine, etc.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 295
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of umbilic hernia.
Causes: Failure of the umbilic ring in the abdominal floor to
elose as it normally should. This condition is a congenital defect
which seems to be hereditary. Rarely is the defect acquired or
accidental.
Symptoms: The presence of a reducible or irreducible, painless
tumor in the region of the navel, which may vary in size from that
of a hen’s egg to a child’s head, or larger. It is usually soft and
fluctuating and can be pushed through the circular or elliptical-
shaped opening in the abdominal floor, but immediately returns
when the pressure is released. If strangulation, which rarely occurs,
is present, the tumor may be irreducible.
Treatment: Many plans have been tried, such as ligation, ban-
dages, trusses, topical applications, clamps and sutures, but the last
named has the preference. Small hernie often disappear spon-
taneously before the animal is three or four months old. Best plan
of treatment is to secure the patient on its back and give a general
anesthetic; shave and disinfect the skin over the hernia; make an
incision through the hernial sac and expose the ring; bring the
margins of the ring together with strong, deeply-inserted sutures
of silk or catgut; close the skin wound and apply an antiseptic pack
over wound, holding it in place with body bandage. Small hernie
may be sutured similarly without making an incision through the
skin, but by passing sutures through the whole sac near its base. |
These sutures may be so arranged that the sac is ligated and
sloughed away.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of inflammation of the um-
bilic cord (omphalophlebitis).
Causes: Infection due to contact with soiled litter, feces, urine,
etc. Manipulations of the cord by laymen or others without observ-
ing aseptic precautions. Needless or faulty ligation of the cord.
Flies also carry infection.
Symptoms: The disease, which occurs a few hours after birth,
may remain local (omphalitis) or extend to the umbilical vein
(omphalophlebitis) and result in septicopyemia. If local, swelling
and tenderness of the navel region are noted; a thin, watery, or
blood-tinged discharge which later contains pus exudes; little or no
systemic disturbance is observed. Later, two to ten days, if the
inflammation extends to deeper parts, a sudden, severe, general
disturbance takes place; this is manifested by fever, inappetency,
lameness due to septic arthritis, painful swellings about the articu-
296 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
lations, abscess formation in various parts, such as the liver, kidneys,
spleen, lungs, etc. Therefore the symptoms may be many and
varied.
Treatment: This disease is more easily prevented than cured.
Local disinfection is the best and only measure necessary. Remove
all necrotic tissue, thoroughly cleanse and apply dry antiseptic
powders to the stump of the cord. If the infection has become
generalized, all treatment is practically hopeless, but local disin-
fection should be energetically effected. The various methods of
increasing the opsonic index by injections of antistreptococcie sera,
vaccines, ete., may be useful.
Give the causes, symptoms and treatment of foal-lameness.
See answer to preceding question.
Give the treatment of imperforated anus.
Make an incision through the skin where the anus should be,
down upon the mass of meconium in the rectum.
Give the symptoms and the treatment of persistence of the urachus.
Symptoms: All, or part, of the urine, depending upon whether
the urethra is open or not, is discharged through the navel. Navel
infection with omphalophlebitis may follow.
Treatment: If the urethra is imperforate, attempt opening same,
then apply desiccating and astringent antiseptics, such as Tr. iodine,
or actual cautery to the navel. If the urethra cannot be opened,
the prognosis 1s bad, as infection will sooner or later enter the navel
and produce fatal results.
What is cyanosis in the new-born? Give cause and symptoms.
A blueness of the skin and mucous membranes, due to cardiac
malformation causing insufficient oxygenation of the blood.
Cause: Failure of the foramen ovale (a fetal structure, consist-
ing of an opening between the auricles) to close at birth.
Symptoms: Extreme weakness, rapid respiration, and a bluish
coloration of the skin and visible mucous membranes.
Describe the external sexual organs in a case of hermaphrodism.
Varies greatly in different cases. In general, a rudimentary
penis or enlarged clitoris projects backward or downward from the
lower commissure of a vulva. The mammary gland is moderately
developed in its normal position or may resemble a scrotum and
contain undeveloped testicles.
MATERIA MEDICA AND THERAPEUTICS*
Define (a) materia medica, (b) therapeutics.
(a) Materia medica treats of the derivation, natural history,
physical and chemical properties, physiological actions, doses and
tests of purity of drugs.
(b) Therapeutics is that branch of knowledge which treats of
the application of all means—medicinal or otherwise—to the cure
of disease or relief of pain.
By what modes are medicines introduced into the organism?
. By intravenous injection.
. By inhalation.
. By subcutaneous injection.
. By intratracheal injection.
By the mouth (orally).
. By the rectum.
. By inunction.
NOOR © DH
Compare as to size of dose and length of time required for action, the
following modes of administering medicine: (a) by mouth,
(b) by rectum, (c) by intravenous injection, (d) by hypo-
dermic injection.
(a) One-half the rectal dose, four to six times the intravenous
dose, and twice the hypodermic dose. Absorption more rapid than
from the rectum and slower than by intravenous and hypodermic
methods.
(b) Twice the oral dose. Absorption is slower and more imper-
fect than by the mouth.
(c) One-half to one-third the hypodermic and one-fourth to one-
sixth the oral dose. Absorption immediate.
(d) One-half the oral dose. Absorption quicker than all others
except the intravenous method.
This comparison is made with alkaloidal drugs, as they are the
ones usually given intravenously and subcutaneously.
What is meant by synergistic remedial agents? Describe fully.
Agents which assist or intensify the action of others. Belladonna
promotes the action of nux vomica, mereury and the iodides favor
_ * Unless otherwise stated all questions relate to the horse.
297
298 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
the action of silver as a waste producer, the alkalies favor the
action of sulphur compounds, both chemically and physiologically.
What is meant by (a) the physiological action of a drug, (b) the toxic
dose of a drug, (c) the lethal dose of a drug?
(a) The definite and limited action of a drug upon some part of
the organism, intended to antagonize or overcome a particular patho-
logical condition.
(b) A dose sufficient to produce poisoning.
(c) A fatal dose.
Into what classes are cathartics divided? Name one cathartic of each
class and state how it acts.
1. Laxatives: olive oil acts mechanically and slightly stimulates
peristalsis.
2. Simple purgatives: calomel stimulates secretion and peristal-
tic action. |
3. Drastic purgatives: croton oil greatly increases peristaltic
action and secretions. |
4. Hydragogue purgatives: magnesium sulphate abstracts water
from the blood by stimulating secretion.
5. Cholagogue purgatives: sodium phosphate increases the flow
of bile, which stimulates peristalsis.
How do sedatives act? What is the danger of the excessive use of
sedatives?
Sedatives act by depressing protoplasm and lowering functional
activity. They allay nervous irritability by diminishing the con-
duction of impressions to the brain. Their excessive use may cause
the cardiac and respiratory actions to cease. A long-continued use
of sedatives may lead to alarming nervous irritability if suddenly
discontinued or if the dosage is not increased.
Give the physiological actions and the therapeutic uses of aconite.
Aconite decreases the cardiac rate and force, lowers arterial ten-
sion and temperature. The respiratory centre is depressed. It is a
diaphoretic and diuretic; depresses the functional activity of the
perceptive centres in the brain, the sensory side of the spinal cord,
and the peripheral sensory nerves.
It is indicated in all affections characterized by a high resisting
pulse and an elevated temperature; is useful in acute pharyngitis,
laryngitis, pleurisy, peritonitis, encephalitis, laminitis, enteritis,
and mammitis; also used in acute muscular or articular rheumatism,
and as a andatige in cardiac disturbance.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 299
What are the uses of tincture of aconite? Give the dose of tincture of
aconite (a) for the horse, (b) forthe dog. How long should
maximum doses be given?
See answer to preceding question.
It is given in doses of 15 minims to the horse and 2 minims to
the dog, every 15 minutes for two hours, and afterwards 30 minims
for the horse and 3 minims for the dog, every hour, until the tem-
perature and pulse-rate are lowered. The drug should be used
with caution and the pulse carefully watched. The maximum dose
for the horse, 14 to 114 drachms, for the dog, 2 to 8 minims, should
not be repeated without first examining the pulse and heart.
Give the indications for barium chloride. State the dose according to
the method of administration.
Barium chloride is indicated in obstinate constipation of the
horse and in colics where a quick-acting cathartic is needed.
Dose: 7 to 15 grains, intravenously ; 1 to 3 drachms per os.
Name the drugs that exert the greatest effect on glandular structures.
Pilocarpine, arecoline, belladonna, calomel, potassium iodide,
alcohol, ammonia, antimony and potassium tartrate, aloes, apomor-
phine, ipecac, camphor, opium, spirits nitrous ether, potassium
nitrate, ete.
Name the more common preparations of mercury. State the actions,
uses and the doses of each. |
1. Unguentum hydrargyri: Parasiticide, stimulant, antiseptic,
and resolvent. Used externally for mange, lice, ringworm, small
exostoses, ete.
2. Hydrargyri iodidum rubrum: Resolvent and _ pustulant,
counterirritant. Used externally for splints, spavins, ringbones,
chronic tendinitis, enlarged bursx, enlarged joints, chronic laryn-
gitis, ete.
3. Hydrargyri chloridum mite: Laxative, cathartic, diuretic,
antiseptic, alterative and vermifuge; externally, desiccant, anti-
parasiticide, and antiseptic. Used in gastritis; icterus due to con-
stipation, catarrh of the duodenum or hepatic congestion; and
influenza. Used in combination with santonin for intestinal worms.
Externally, it is used in chronic eczema, itching of the skin, and
thrush. Dose, 14 to 1 drachm.
4. Hydrargyri chloridum corrosivum: Corrosive, irritant poison,
alterative, antiseptic, and hepatic stimulant. Used externally, in
strength varying from 1-500 to 1-10,000, as an antiseptic for
300 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
wounds, quittors, fistulous withers, ete. Used as a sloughing agent
in fibrous growths. In endometritis, a solution of 1—10,000 is used
as a douche.
Describe the medicinal treatment of pneumonia.
In the congestive stage, veratrum and aconite in full doses.
Counterirritants such as mustard on the chest-wall may relieve the
patient. Active friction followed with bandages on the legs.
In the stage of hepatization, support the heart with digitalis,
alcohol, ete. Reduce the temperature, if excessive, with aconite,
quinine sulphate, ete. Give mild laxatives, such as Glauber’s salts,
calomel, or linseed oil; alkaline diuretics, as potassium nitrate.
In the stage of resolution, give stimulating expectorants, such as
ammonium chloride and ammonium carbonate. The convalescent
period is shortened by the use of tonics, such as nux vomica, arsenic,
ete.
Give the treatment of tetanus.
Surgically remove tissue surrounding the point of infection or
thoroughly cauterize same and treat daily with strong disinfectants.
Phenol is best for this purpose. Keep the patient in a quiet place.
The use of antitoxin as a therapeutic agent is still sub judice. By
most authorities it is considered valueless in this connection.
Attempts to control spasms may be made with potassium bromide,
given in four-ounce doses every four hours. Morphine, chloral,
or lobelia may assist. Rectal or nasal feeding may help in nourish-
ing the patient. Saline laxatives to secure free elimination.
Describe the treatment of influenza in its simple form.
A laxative condition of the bowels should be secured by feeding
bran-mashes and administering calomel. Stimulants such as liquor
ammonium acetatis or ammonium carbonate are valuable. If the
fever is high, quinine, acetanilide and antipyrine are important
antipyretics which can be used. In cedema of the extremities, potas-
sium nitrate is indicated. Support a weak heart with digitalis,
camphor, or strychnine. Counterirritants on the chest and throat
may be useful. Treat complications symptomatically.
Name four alkalies. Give the action and the uses of alkalies.
Potassium, sodium, lithium, and ammonium. ;
Actions: The salts of potassium are irritants, caustics, diuretics,
antacids, alteratives, and antipyretics. Potassium nitrate is useful
in dropsical effusions. Potassium bromide is a nerve depressant,
Fe ee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 301
useful in spasms and nervous excitement. Potassium hydroxide is a
caustic used on warts and tumors and to prevent the growth of
horns on cattle. Potassium chlorate is an antiseptic which is useful
in pharyngitis and stomatitis. Potassium iodide is used as an altera-
tive in actinomycosis and other chronic conditions.
The salts of sodum are irritants, caustics, diuretics, cathartics,
and alteratives. Sodium bicarbonate is useful in gastric and intes-
tinal catarrh. Sodium bromide is used same as potassium bromide.
Sodium chloride is used intravenously in hemorrhage, anemia, and
collapse, also in gastro-intestinal catarrh. Sodium sulphate is a laxa-
tive which is serviceable in gastro-intestinal catarrh, serous exu-
dates, and cedemas. Sodium hyposulphite is used as an antacid and
antiseptic in gastric tympany. Sodium hydroxide is used same as
potassium hydroxide.
The salts of lithium are diuretics which are used in uric acid
ealeuli for their solvent action; also used in rheumatism.
The salts of ammonium are stimulants, expectorants, diapho-
retics, antipyretics, diuretics, vesicants, irritants, antacids, ete.
Ammonium carbonate is used as an antacid in colic and tympanites,
as a circulatory and respiratory stimulant and a stimulating expec-
torant in the third stage of pneumonia, in bronchitis, emphysema,
and as a heart stimulant in collapse. Ammonium chloride is a stimu-
lant expectorant used in catarrhal bronchitis and pneumonia. Aqua
ammonia is an antacid useful in tympanites and externally in
liniments.
What are the general actions of opium? Give the dose of opium for
| the horse, the cow and the dog.
Opium is analgesic, hypnotic, diaphoretic, antispasmodic, and
narcotic; also cardiac and respiratory depressant, after brief stimu-
lation.
Dose of powdered opium for the horse, 20 to 90 grains; for the
cow, 1 to 2 drachms; for the dog, 14 to 3 grains.
State the source and the uses of opium.
Opium is obtained in Asia Minor from the unripe capsule of
Papaver somniferum, or poppy plant, by incision and spontaneous
evaporation of the milky exudate.
It is used as an antispasmodic in peripheral irritation( cough) ;
checks excessive secretions and suppresses peristalsis in acute inflam-
matory affections of the bowels (the bowels should be previously
cleared of the irritant). Useful in pleurisy to check the develop-
302
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
ment of hydrothorax and in peritonitis to prevent ascites. In
eatarrhal diseases it lessens the discharge; in cerebrospinal menin-
gitis and muscular spasms to lessen the nervous irritability; to
check premature labor pain and prevent straining in eversion of
the rectum or uterus.
Give the actions and the uses of ergot.
Ergot is a powerful vasomotor stimulant, hemostatic, gastro-
intestinal irritant, and ecbolic. It stimulates and contracts involun-
tary muscular fibres, and hence diminishes the blood-stream passing
through the arterioles; large doses or small repeated doses produce
ergotism, which is characterized by gangrene of the extremities,
due to lack of blood supply to the parts.
Ergot is used as an ecbolic to stimulate weak uterine contractions
and promote expulsion of the foetus or foetal membranes; also used
as a vasomotor constrictor in postpartum or other internal
hemorrhage.
Give the actions and the uses of the iron salts.
Iron in general is a hematinic, stomachic, styptic, astringent,
and hemostatic. The sulphate is a vermicide. The iodide is altera-
tive and resolvent as well as tonic.
Iron is used in anemia, diarrhea, intestinal worms, and as a
valuable tonic in convalescence from debilitating diseases. Locally,
the chloride of iron is used to check hemorrhage and as an astringent
in chronic pharyngitis and laryngitis. Internally, it is used as a
diuretic and tonic in purpura hemorrhagica.
The hydrated sesquioxide of iron is a specific antidote for
arsenical poisoning. The phosphate is serviceable in diseases of bone
(rachitis, osteoporosis) and nervous exhaustion. The sulphate
improves the appetite and abates exhausting discharges in chronic
eatarrhal rhinitis and endometritis.
Give the actions and the uses of cantharides.
Externally, cantharides is irritant, rubefacient, vesicant. In-
ternally, it is irritant, and stimulates the genito-urinary tract,
diuretic and aphrodisiac.
It is used internally (rarely) to produce sexual excitement;
and for incontinence of the urine from paralysis of the. bladder.
Externally, it is a valuable counterirritant and vesicant. Used in
sprains, tendovaginitis, periostitis, exostoses, wind-puffs, chronic
laryngitis and pharyngitis, and to stimulate the growth of horn
and hair.
—
Se
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 303
What preparations of arsenic are most used in veterinary medicine?
Arsenous acid, iodide of arsenic, Fowler’s solution, and Pearson’s
solution.
Give the actions and the uses of arsenic.
Arsenic is a gastro-intestinal and respiratory tonic, a stimulant
and alterative, acting especially on the digestive and respiratory
mucous membrane and the skin. It is an antiperiodic, also anti-
spasmodic in nervous diseases, and is a nervine tonic. It increases
the cardiac action, respiratory power, and secretion of the intestines;
also has a vermicidal action.
Uses: General tonic after debilitating diseases, especially pneu-
monia, pleurisy, and bronchitis; intestinal worms, chronic cough
(heaves). Used in anemia, chorea, chronic eczema, and periodically
returning fevers.
How should a course of arsenic be administered so as to avoid chronic
arsenical poisoning?
Begin with very small amounts and gradually increase the dose
until the physiological limit is reached (cedema and itching of the
eyelids), then gradually decrease the dose. Do not leave off the
administration abruptly. A tolerance for the drug can be acquired
so that large doses may be given with impunity.
Describe the actions of arecoline hydrobromide and give the dose for
the horse.
Arecoline hydrobromide increases salivation and intestinal
secretions; stimulates peristalsis, slows and softens the pulse. It is
used as a quick-acting cathartic in colics and acute laminitis in
doses of 14 to 14 grain subcutaneously, repeated in 20 minutes. A
single dose of 1 to 11% grains subcutaneously is given by some, but
fractional doses are safer.
Name the iodine compounds and give their actions and uses.
Liquor iodi compositus (Lugol’s solution), ammonium iodide,
sodium iodide, and potassium iodide are given internally; tincture
of iodine and iodoform are used externally.
Actions: Externally, stimulant, irritant, and vesicant; if used
concentrated, antiseptic, resolvent, parasiticide, deodorizer, and dis-
infectant. Internally, alterative, resolvent, deobstruent, and ex-
pectorant ; stimulates glandular activity and promotes tissue changes
as well as the absorption and elimination of recently formed tissue
and diseased cells. Forms insoluble compounds with lead, mercury,
and other metals and hastens their removal in cases of poisoning.
304 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Uses: Externally for enlarged glands, periosteal inflammation,
‘capped hock, curb, chronic synovitis, pharyngitis, and laryngitis;
to stimulate granulations in slow-healing wounds and promote the
growth of hair. Useful to disinfect the skin before operations;
aS a parasiticide in mange, ringworm, and favus; iodoform is used
as a dusting powder in suppurative wounds for its bactericidal and
stimulating effect. It also has a slight anesthetic action.
Internally, potassium iodide is most commonly used. It is a
specific in actinomycosis; alterative in chronic bronchitis and laryn-
gitis; antidote for chronic lead poisoning; goitre, scirrhous cord,
botryomycosis, hydrothorax, ascites, cirrhosis of the liver, and
periodic ophthalmia are often improved by the use of potassium
iodide internally. Ammonium iodide is useful to hasten the stage
of resolution in pneumonia.
What effect has acetanilide on the temperature? Give its action and
uses.
Acetanilide has a decided antipyretic effect in fevers, but little
effect on a normal temperature. It is mildly diaphoretic, slightly
antiseptic, diuretic, and depressant to the heart.
It should be used in very high fevers only, especially thermic
fever (sunstroke), in one- to two-drachm doses, repeated not oftener
than every six hours.
State the source and the uses of acetanilide.
Acetanilide is obtained by distilling together glacial acetic acid
and aniline and purifying the residue by repeated crystallization.
(See answer to preceding question. )
Define the following terms: haustus, collyrium, electuary, decoction,
infusion, elixir, emulsion.
Haustus.is a draft, or drench, of medicine.
Collyrium is an eye-wash.
Electuary is a medicinal powder, beaten up with sugar, honey,
or molasses to the consistency of thick paste. Electuaries are in-
tended to be smeared on the teeth of animals where they melt at body
temperature and act locally on the mouth and throat.
Decoction is an aqueous preparation, obtained by boiling drugs
in water.
Infusion is an aqueous solution of a drug, macerated in boiling
water without the aid of ebullition.
- Elixir is a sweetened, aromatic, alcoholic solution of a drug.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 305
Emulsion is a milky fluid obtained by mixing an oil or resin with
water. The globules of oil or particles of insoluble resin are held
in suspension by some gummy substance, usually acacia. Milk is
a natural emulsion.
What are stimulants? Name (a) a cardiac stimulant, (b) a hepatic
stimulant, (c) a cerebral stimulant, (d) a diffusible, or gen-
eral, stimulant.
A stimulant is an agent which increases functional activity.
(a) Camphor, (b) podophyllum, (ce) opium, (d) alcohol.
Name the ingredients, giving the proportion of each, found in each of
the following mixtures: the A.C. E. mixture, the E. C.
mixture.
A.C. EK. = Alcohol 1 part, chloroform 2 parts, and ether 3 parts.
E. C. = Ether and chloroform, equal parts.
What is meant by (a) chemical incompatibility, (b) physiologic in-
compatibility, (c) pharmaceutical incompatibility? Give
an example of each.
(a) Chemical incompatibility occurs when drugs are so mixed
that an unsuitable alteration in their chemical composition takes
place, e.g., calomel with nitrohydrochloric acid forms corrosive
sublimate.
(b) Physiologic incompatibility consists in the union of drugs
possessing antagonistic physiological actions;—e.g., atropine and
pilocarpine.
(c) Pharmaceutic incompatibility results in the production of
an unsightly mixture due to physical change; e.g., resinous tinctures
and aqueous solutions cause the resins to separate.
How do tinctures differ from spirits? Give examples.
Tinctures are alcoholic solutions of non-volatile principles (ex-
cept Tr. iodine), made usually by maceration and percolation of
the crude drug. Examples, belladonna tincture, aconite tincture,
ete.
Spirits are alcoholic solutions of volatile substances. Example,
spirits of camphor.
Describe the preparation of a tincture. Name five official tinctures.
The majority of tinctures are made by percolation. This is
accomplished by packing the powdered drug in a suitable vessel and
depriving it of its soluble constituents by allowing a menstruum, or
20
306 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
solvent, to descend through it. The menstruum used is alcohol,
except in two cases, when aromatic spirits of ammonia is used as
a solvent.
Five official tinctures: Tr. aloes, Tr. iodine, Tr. nux vomica,
Tr. gentian, and Tr. opium.
Give the actions and the uses of veratrum viride. State the dose for
(a) the horse, (b) the dog.
Veratrum viride is a cardiac depressant, febrifuge, spinal
paralyzant, emetic, and cathartic. Used about the same as aconite,
but is inferior to same. Employed as an emetic in swine, stomachic
in cattle in indigestion, and for pneumonia and other respiratory
diseases in the horse. Used to lower temperature, relieve pain, and
lessen the duration of acute rheumatic fever. Dose for the horse,
5ss-j., for the dog, gr. */,,—1.
Give in the metric system (a) the table of weight, (b) the unit of Mi
(c) the unit of measure of liquids.
(a) 10 milligrammes = 1 centigramme,
10 centigrammes = 1 decigramme,
10 decigrammes —1 gramme,
10 grammes = 1 decagramme,
10 decagrammes = 1 hectogramme,
10 hectogrammes = 1 kilogramme.
(b) One gramme is the unit of weight; it being the oe of
one cubic centimetre of distilled water, at the temperature of 4° C.
(c) One eubic centimetre is the unit of measure of liquids.
Give the actions and uses of quinine sulphate. State the dose for (a)
the horse, (b) the cow, (c) the dog. |
Quinine sulphate is a tonic, antiseptic, antiperiodic, antipyretie,
antiphlogistic, antimiasmatic, stomachic, and antiferment. Small
doses stimulate the heart and brain, large doses depress both. Large
doses lower refiex activity of the spinal cord.
Tt is used as a bitter stomachic and tonic to improve the appetite ©
and stimulate digestion. Checks abnormal gastro-intestinal fermen-
tation. Used in anemia, septicemia, pyemia, influenza, strangles,
purpura hemorrhagica, and other infectious febrile diseases. It
is of great benefit in distemper of dogs, chorea, and rheumatism;
also used as an antipyretic and stimulant in pneumonia and
bronchitis. /
(a) 2 to 4 drachms, (b) 4 to 6 drachms, (ec) 1 to 5 grains.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 307
State the dose of quinine as an antipyretic and tell how often the dose
should be repeated.
Two drachms, repeated every three or fours hours.
What is an anesthetic? Give the uses of anesthetics. Mention
three examples of each of the two great classes of anzs-
thetics.
An anesthetic is an agent which diminishes or abolishes sensa-
tion. It is used to prevent pain and struggling during surgical
operations, in obstetrical operations, reduction of fractures, dislo-
cation and hernias, to overcome spasms and convulsions resulting
from disease or poisons, and finally to destroy aged or sick and
useless animals. Local anesthetics are sometimes used in making
diagnoses of lameness.
Local: Cocaine, alypin, and stovaine.
General: Ether, chloroform, and nitrous oxide. (Chloral hy-
drate is often used as a general anesthetic.)
Name three local anesthetics and describe the mode of application of
each.
1. Cocaine hydrochloride. Dose for the horse, 2 to 10 grains,
hypodermically. Used in 4 to 10 per cent. solution, injected under
the skin.
2. Eucaine hydrochlorate. Used same as cocaine.
3. Phenol. Applied to the skin over the line where an incision
is to be made.
What is morphine? Describe the actions and uses in medicine of
morphine. State the hypodermic dose for (a) the horse,
(b) the dog.
Morphine is an alkaloid obtained from opium. It occurs in
colorless or white crystals, or as a crystalline powder, odorless and
having a bitter taste.
It is hypnotic, anodyne, narcotic, nervous sedative, and anti-
spasmodie.
Used in eclampsia in bitches; useful in painful cough; relieves
pain in spasmodic colic, pleurisy, and dyspnea. Used to prevent
straining in eversion of the rectum or uterus; also used in ‘‘thumps’’
(spasms of the diaphragm) and as an anesthetie for surgical opera-
tions on dogs.
(a) 3 to 5 grains, (b) 1/,, to 14 grain. For surgical anesthesia
1 to 2 grains are given hypodermically to dogs.
308
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give the composition and the uses of Fowler’s solution of arsenic.
State the dose for (a) the horse, (b) the dog.
Fowler’s solution (liquor potassii arsenitis) is an arsenical
preparation of 1 per cent. strength. Its formula is as follows:
JAT SEM ORIG RATE. Moser Ne ere! SUS u cic sow Ud AR I 1 part
Potassium, bicarbonate), 5\..0 0a) ccwisuidia ds aoeeme 2 parts
Compound spirits of lavender .......5.5-.2-26-s 3 parts
PASE M TOG: ECE): 2 jon ai eieis! 292i dom ts teen leo euiat a ace 94 parts
Used as a alterative and tonic in chronic intestinal catarrh,
emaciation, chronic dyspnea (heaves), chorea, chronic skin diseases,
anemia, rachitis, osteomalacia, etc.; as a vermifuge for intestinal
worms; used externally to remove warts.
(a) 2 drachms to 1 ounce, (b) 2 to 10 minims.
What is Pearson’s solution? How is it prepared? Give its uses and
dose.
Liquor sodii arsenatis (Pearson’s solution) is a solution of
sodium arsenate. It is made the same as Fowler’s solution, only
sodium arsenate is used in place of potassium arsenite (potassium
bicarbonate and arsenous acid). It is used for the same purposes
and in the same doses as Fowler’s solution, but is less irritating and
active. (See answer to preceding question.)
Give the principal use of apomorphine for the dog. State how apomor-
phine is administered and mention the dose for a 40-pound
dog.
Used as a prompt and powerful emetic. Usually given hypoder-
mically. Dose for a 40-pound dog, 1/,, grain.
Give the physiologic actions and the uses of belladonna.
Belladonna is a narcotic, mydriatic, antispasmodic, and anodyne.
In small doses it is cardiac, respiratory, and spinal stimulant; in
large doses, a paralyzer of the secretory and motor nerve-endings
and a stimulator of the entire sympathetic system.
It is used to check abnormal secretion in ptyalism, acute eatarrhal
conditions, and polyuria. Used as an antispasmodic in colic, tetanus,
cough, bronchitis, and dyspnea. It suppresses the symptoms of
heaves, relaxes a contracted or rigid os, and allows of parturition.
Tt is useful to relieve congestion in the beginning of acute inflam-
matory diseases, as laminitis, pneumonia, and pleurisy. Used exter-
nally in liniments for muscular pain. It is used in ophthalmology
ara Se
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 309
to dilate the pupil and paralyze accommodation for purposes of
refraction ; to prevent or break up adhesions of the iris and inflam-
matory conditions of the cornea. Atropine, the active principle
of belladonna, is generally used in this work.
Give the source of atropine and describe its action.
Atropine is an alkaloid obtained from belladonna. It is the chief
alkaloid of this drug and represents its action. (See answer to
preceding question. )
Name five antiseptics for wounds and give the strength in which each
should be used.
Corrosive sublimate, 11000 to 1—2000.
Phenol, 3 to 5 per cent. solution.
Creolin, 1 per cent. solution.
Hydrogen peroxide, 50 per cent. solution or undiluted.
Lysol, 14 to 2 per cent. solution. ’
Mention four preparations of iron and state the dose of each for (a)
the horse, (b) the dog.
Ferrum reductum, (a) 1 to 3 drachms, (b) 1 to 5 grains.
Ferri sulphas, (a) 1%4 to 1 drachm, (b) 1% to 2 grains.
Tr. ferri chloridi, (a) 2 to 8 drachms, (b) 2 to 20 minims.
Ferri hydroxidum cum magnesii oxide, (a) 8 ounces, (b) 4
drachms.
State how benzoated lard is prepared and give its uses.
Adeps benzoinatus is made by melting lard 1000 parts with
benzoin 20 parts. The melting is accomplished by means of a water-
bath. The temperature should not rise above 60° C., and should be
continued for two hours. After straining, the mixture should be
stirred until cool.
It is used as a base for ointments. The benzoin acts as a preser-
vative to prevent the lard from becoming rancid.
What is (a) a hypnotic, (b) a mydriatic, (c) a myotic? Give an ex-
ample of each. |
(a) An agent which produces sleep, without first causing excite-
ment; é.g., potassium bromide.
(b) An agent which causes abnormal dilatation of the pupil;
é.g., atropia.
(c) An agent causing abnormal contraction of the pupil; e.g.,
opium.
310 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
What is strychnine? Describe the actions and the uses of strychnine.
State the hypodermic dose of strychnine for (a) the horse,
(b) the dog.
Strychnine is an alkaloid obtained from nux vomica.
It is a nerve tonic, gastric tonic, stimulates respiration, secre-
tion, and digestion; it imcreases peristalsis, stimulates both the
motor and inhibitory apparatus of the heart, and raises arterial
tension by stimulating the vasomotor centres, thus contracting the
arterioles; full doses relax the arterioles and thus reduce blood-
pressure. )
Used in paralysis, depression of the nervous system, atonie dys-
pepsia, heaves, diarrhea due to relaxation of the bowels from lack
of tone, in small doses; convalescence from debilitating diseases,
collapse, heart-weakness, chloroform, syncope, narcotic poisoning,
constipation, incontinence of the urine, ete.
(a) One-half to one grain, (b) */25) to */,. grain. »
In what diseases of the horse should nux vomica be prescribed? Give
the dose of the fluidextract of nux vomica for (a) the horse,
(b) the cow, (c) the sheep, (d) the pig, (e) the dog, (f£)
the cat. :
See answer to preceding question, uses of strychnine.
(a) 1 drachm, (b) 2 drachms, (c) 20 minims, (d) 10 minims,
(e) 2 minims, (f) 1 minim.
What is Goulard’s extract? State how it is prepared and give its uses.
Liquor plumbi subacetatis (Goulard’s extract) is an aqueous
liquid, containing in solution about 25 per cent. of lead subacetate,
prepared by boiling together acetate of lead 180 parts, oxide of lead
110 parts, in 1000 parts of water. It is an active astringent and
sedative. Diluted with three parts of water, this agent is used for
sprains, bruises, cuts, burns, scratches, grease-heel, skin diseases,
eczema, canker of the ear in dogs, ete.
What drugs are used internally and externally to check hemorrhage?
Adrenalin, ergot, digitalis, turpentine, opium, bismuth, lead
acetate, and saline infusions are used internally.
Adrenalin, alum, ferric chloride, ferric sulphate, tannic acid,
lead acetate, bismuth, and ether-sprays are used externally.
Mention the methods by which temperature in fever may be reduced.
Which method is the most rational and practical?
The temperature in fever may be reduced by lessening the heat
production with drugs such as phenacetin, antipyrine, acetanilide,
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 311
quinine sulphate, salicylic acid, aconite, and digitalis, or by in-
ereasing the heat loss with alcohol, spiritus «theris nitrosi, cold,
and purgatives. The former method is better because it strikes
more nearly at the source or cause, and the latter method stimulates
the production of heat.
Give the properties, the uses and the dose of potassium chlorate.
Potassium chlorate occurs in colorless, monoclinic prisms. It
easily explodes on trituration with sugar, sulphur, tannin, and char-
coal. It is soluble in 1 to 16 parts of cold and 1 to 2 parts of boiling
water ; antiseptic, antacid, alterative, sialogogue, diuretic, febrifuge,
and cardiac depressant, and is used in laryngitis, pharyngitis,
stomatitis, and in febrile conditions of a catarrhal nature. Dose,
2 to 8 drachms.
What is oil of turpentine? How is it obtained? Give its medicinal
use.
It is a volatile oil, distilled from turpentine. Turpentine is
obtained from the ordinary yellow pine (Pinus palustrus) and other
varieties of pine. For uses, see following question.
Give the external use and the internal use of oil of turpentine. State
how oil of turpentine should be administered.
Used externally as a counterirritant, rubefacient, or stimulant
in sprains, arthritis, pleurisy, peritonitis, spasmodic colic, ete.
Internally, it is used as an antiferment in flatulency, anthel-
mintie for round- and tapeworms, stimulating and antiseptic expec-
torant in chronic bronchitis, genito-urinary antiseptic in purulent
nephritis, cystitis, and urethritis. Used extensively in internal
hemorrhage and purpura hemorrhagica. Injected intratracheally
for lung worms in calves and lambs.
It is usually administered in oil or milk. (Its irritating proper-
ties are greatly overestimated, however, as it can be given by the
mouth undiluted with no inconvenience to the patient.)
What are alkaloids?
Alkaloids are active nitrogenous principles existing in. plants,
extracted by chemical art. They are organic bases of alkaline reac-
tion, forming salts with acids, and as salts are very soluble in
water.
' Mention six alkaloids used in veterinary medicine. State the dose and
the mode of administering each.
1. Morphine: Morphine sulphate, 3 grains, hypodermically.
2. Strychnine: Strychnine sulphate, 1 grain, hypodermically.
312 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
3. Quinine: Quinine sulphate, 2 drachms, per os.
4. Cocaine: Cocaine hydrochloride, 5 grains, hypodermically
or intramuscularly.
5. Atropine: Atropine sulphate, 1 grain, hypodermically.
6. Arecoline: Arecoline hydrobromide, 1 grain, hypodermically.
Name three alkaloids and state the source of each.
Pilocarpine, obtained from pilocarpus (Jaborandi).
Ergotine, obtained from ergot.
Digitaline, obtained from digitalis.
What are the medicinal uses of gentian root? State the dose for (a)
the horse, (b) the ox.
Stomachic in indigestion, debility, and convalescence. Used to
relieve acute and chronic flatulence.
(a) 2 drachms to 1 ounce, (b) 1 to 2 ounces.
What are the medicinal uses of ginger root? State the dose for (a) the
horse, (b) the ox.
Stomachie and carminative in atonic indigestion of horses and
ruminants. Used to aid the action of purgatives and prevent
eriping.
(a) 2 drachms to 1 ounce, (b) 1 to 4 ounces.
What is eserine? State the dose for (a) the horse, (b) the ox, (c) the
dog. |
Eserine is the principal alkaloid of physostigma.
(a) 1 to 2 grains, (b) 1 to 3 grains, (¢) 7/199 to 7/2; grain (hypo-
dermically).
What are the actions and uses of eserine?
Kserine is a muscular stimulant ; it stimulates secretion in general,
excites nausea and vomiting, and is a laxative or purgative by stimu-
lating the muscular coat of the intestines as well as the intestinal
secretion. It also acts as a myotic and decreases intra-ocular tension.
Used in constipation due to torpor of the bowels, in impaction
colic and parturient paresis. Externally, in the eye to decrease
intra-ocular pressure and contract the pupil in periodic ophthalmia,
where it is sometimes alternated with atropine to prevent adhesions
of the iris and diminish pain and congestion.
State the principal alkaloid of the Calabar bean and give its dose and
uses.
Eserine (physostigmine) is the principal alkaloid of Calabar
bean or physostigma. (See answer to preceding questions. )
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 313
What blistering agents are adapted to the different domestic animals?
Cantharides for the horse, cantharides and red mercuric iodide
for bovines, and mustard for dogs and sheep.
What are the indications for the use of counterirritants? Name five
counterirritants.
1. To overcome congestion and inflammation in remote parts.
2. To promote absorption of inflammatory products, locally.
3. To relieve pain.
4. To stimulate the heart, respiratory and nervous functions.
Cantharides, iodine, mustard, turpentine, and red mercuric
iodide. |
What is the best antiferment in gastric flatulence? State the dose of
the antiferment and give the method of its administration.
Sodium hyposulphite. Dissolve 4 to 12 ounces in one quart of
water and give as a drench.
What is chloral hydrate? How is it prepared?
Chloral hydrate is a erystalline solid, occurring in colorless,
transparent crystals, having an aromatic, penetrating, and slightly
acrid odor and a bitterish, caustic taste. It is freely soluble in
water, alcohol, ether, and volatile oils.
It is prepared by passing dry chlorine gas into alcohol until the
latter is saturated. It is purified by distillation with sulphuric
acid, and then with lime.
Give the actions and uses of chloral hydrate. What is the dose for the
horse?
It is a local irritant, antiseptic and stimulant. Internally, it has
a primary stimulating effect on the circulatory and central nervous
systems, but secondarily it depresses both.
The drug is used to lessen irritability and produce sleep. Its
principal use is in spasmodic conditions such as eolics, coughs,
chorea, tetanus, ete. It is one of the best antidotes to strychnine
poisoning. Used by some as a general anesthetic, but is not as
reliable as chloroform.
Dose for the horse, 1 to 2 ounces. Four ounces are given for
anesthetic purposes.
Give the principal uses of viburnum prunifolium.
It is used as a tonic, antispasmodic, nerve sedative, and anti-
abortive. It is principally used to prevent habitual abortion.
314 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Give the treatment of sunstroke.
Remove patient to a cool, shady place; apply ice-bags to the head
and neck; cold water enemas are useful. Give antipyretics and heart
stimulants, acetanilide, 2 drachms dissolved in 1 ounce of aromatic
spirits of ammonia, every two or three hours. Subcutaneous injec-
tions of camphor, ether, alcohol, atropine, hyoscyamine, caffeine,
veratrine, strychnine, etc., have been employed for their stimulating
effect.
Name (a) one powdered diuretic, (b) one liquid diuretic, (c) a blood
tonic, (d) a nerve tonic.
(a) Nitrate of potassium, (b) spirits nitrous ether, (c) iron
sulphate, (d) nux vomica.
Name (a) two general stimulants, (b) three heart stimulants. State
the dose of each.
(a) Aleohol, 2 to 3 ounces; aqua ammonia, 2 to 4 drachms.
(b) F. E. digitalis, 1 drachm; Tr. strophanthus, 1 to 2 drachms;
spirit of nitroglycerin, 14 to 1 drachm.
Describe the effects of the external applications of bismuth salts.
Give the physiological actions of bismuth subnitrate. What
is its dose?
No effect on the unbroken skin. They have a protecting, seda-
tive, astringent, and antiseptic action on raw surfaces.
Bismuth subnitrate exerts a sedative, astringent, and antiseptic
effect throughout the alimentary canal by reason of its insolubility
and coating action on the walls of the same. It is used in vomiting,
diarrhea, and intestinal fermentation. It is comparatively harm-
less and can be given in relatively large doses. Dose for the horse,
2 drachms.
Mention three iodides and state the dose of each.
Potassium iodide, 2 to 4 drachms. |
Sodium iodide, 2 to 4 drachms.
Ammonium iodide, 2 to 4 drachms.
Name two remedies that are used to promote intestinal peristalsis.
Aloes and calomel. |
Where are cantharides chiefly obtained? Give the active principles of
cantharides.
Cantharides is obtained from the insect Cantharis vesicatoria, or
Spanish fly, which is found in the southern part of Europe, Ger-
many, and Russia. The active principle is cantharidin.
i
.
fv
iy
x
K
fk,
fel
my
fy
ih
f)
49
he
fr
His
V} }
We
sat
A
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 315
Give the actions and uses of heroin.
Heroin increases the inspiratory and expiratory force and lessens
the number of the respiratory movements. It is a general motor
depressant and anodyne and exerts a special sedative influence on
the respiratory mucous membranes.
What preparations of copper are used in veterinary medicine and for
what purposes?
Arsenite of copper is used in diarrhea, dysentery, scours, and in
relaxation of the muscular wall of the intestines, also in chorea
in dogs.
Sulphate of copper used internally as an emetic; antidote for
phosphorus, atony of the bowels, diarrhcea, and ascariasis. Exter-
nally, it is used as a stimulant and caustic, syptic in foot-rot, granu-
lar eyelids, conjunctivitis, ete.
Acetate of copper is an efficient vermifuge in ascariasis in the
horse.
Give the properties of pepsin. How is pepsin prepared?
Pepsin oceurs as a fine, white or yellowish-white amorphous
powder, or pale yellowish, transparent scales or grains, free from
offensive odor, having a mildly acidulous and slightly saline taste,
followed by a slight bitter taste. It is soluble in about 100 parts
water, but more soluble if the water is acidulated with hydrochloric
acid. It is used in indigestion in young animals. It is prepared by
macerating the mucous membrane of a pig’s stomach for several
days in a weak aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid. The pepsin
is precipitated by adding sodium chloride, and is then removed,
pressed, and dried. |
Name the active principle of three of the following: aconite, belladonna,
ergot, digitalis and opium.
Aconite: Aconitine.
Belladonna: Atropine.
Ergot: Ergotine.
Digitalis: Digitaline, digitoxin, digitalein, digitin, digitonin.
Opium: Morphine and codeine.
Discriminate between the physiological action of chloroform and that
of ether. Mention the dangers in anesthesia. How may
these dangers be avoided?
Chloroform is more irritating to the mucous membranes and
causes violent gastro-enteritis if administered undiluted; it is less
stimulating and more depressing to the heart and circulation; for
316 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
inhalation it requires more air, is less irritating to the respiratory
membranes than ether, is more prompt in action, has a shorter pre-
liminary stage of excitement, causes a more profound narcosis, and
is less nauseating than ether.
(For dangers in anesthesia, see p. 258.)
Give the name and the dose of a vermifuge for (a) the horse, (b) the
cow, (c) the dog. |
(a) Tartar emetic, 31; (b) ferri sulphas, 3iss; (c) areca nut,
2 grains per pound of body weight.
Name some economic antiseptics for veterinary use, internal and
external.
Internal: Phenol, creolin, sodium hyposulphite, salicylic acid.
External: Phenol, creolin, corrosive sublimate, potassium per-
manganate, and boric acid.
Define laxative, saline purgative, drastic purgative, cholagogue purga-
tive. Give an example of each.
Laxative: A drug which slightly increases intestinal action
chiefly by stimulating peristalsis. Example, olive oil.
Saline purgative: A drug which excites peristaltic action by
increasing secretions and preventing reabsorption. Example,
sodium sulphate.
Drastic purgative: A drug which greatly increases peristalsis
and secretion, violently stimulates intestinal contractions, and pro-
duces copious, frequent, fluid discharges. Example, croton oil.
Cholagogue purgative: A drug which stimulates the flow of bile,
causing green-colored stools. Example, podophyllum.
Mention five emetics and state the dose of each for the dog.
Mustard, 3i-11; sodium chloride, 5i-iv; zine sulphate, gr. v-xx;
apomorphine, gr. */,—*/, by the mouth, gr. */,.—'/,, hypodermically ;
tartar emetic, gr. 1-11.
Mention five different kinds of medicine classified according to their
general action and state what the general action is in each
case. ;
Strychnine, stimulant.
Opium, depressant and narcotic.
Arsenic, tonic.
Ether, anesthetic.
Belladonna, antispasmodic.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 317
Describe in detail the method by which you would administer a dose of
Epsom salts to a cow.
Dissolve the salts in water and put the solution in a long-necked
bottle. Raise the cow’s head so that the nostrils are on a level with
the eyes, but no higher. Gradually pour the solution into the mouth,
watching carefully for faulty deglutition.
Give the name and mention the use of each of the following: Fe,P,O,,
FeSo,, Fe,Cl.,. .
Fe,P,O, (iron sulphate) is used in diseases of bone, diabetes, and
nervous exhaustion.
FeSO, (iron sulphate) is used locally as an astringent and inter-
nally as a hematinic and tonic in anemia; also used as a vermifuge
and in chronic catarrhal conditions.
Fe,Cl, (iron chloride) is used as a tonic in anemia, astringent in
chronic pharyngitis and laryngitis, and externally as a styptie.
What is the general action of iodine? State the dose (a) for the horse,
(b) for the dog.
Alterative, resolvent, and expectorant, internally; stimulant,
irritant, vesicant, and antiseptic, externally.
(a) 15 grains to 1 drachm, (b) */,, to 1 grain.
Give the source, general action and the dose of podophyllum.
Obtained from the rhizome and roots of podophyllum pellatum
Linne (mandrake or May apple).
General action is a cholagogue cathartic. Dose for horse, 3i-ii.
Name the different kinds of aloes.
Barbadoes and Socotrine aloes are official.
Cape aloes is non-official.
Name two coal-tar products used to reduce temperature.
Antipyrine and phenacetin.
Give the properties and the uses of lobelia.
Lobelia is obtained from the leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata.
Its action depends on its alkaloid, lobeline. It has an acrid, nau-
seous taste and very unpleasant odor; it is expectorant, diaphoretic,
purgative, emetic, antispasmodic, and narcotic. Lobelia is very
useful in asthma in dogs, heaves in horses, and dry coughs in general.
Mention a motor excitant of (a) cardiac muscle, (b) intestinal muscle.
State in each case the dose for the horse and for the cow.
(a) Digitaline: Horse, 14 grain; cow, % grain.
(b) Pilocarpine: Horse, 3 to 5 grains; cow, 5 to 10 grains.
318 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
State the dose and the general physiological action of cocaine.
Dose for the horse, 5 to 10 grains. Not much used internally.
In small doses it is a cerebral, cardiac, respiratory, and nervous
stimulant and diuretic. It is a powerful local anesthetic, and is used
in this connection almost entirely.
Give the source, preparation and uses of adrenalin.
Obtained from the suprarenal glands of the sheep or ox. Pre-
pared by freeing from fat, cleaning, drying, and powdering. Used
to arrest hemorrhage from wounds, mucous membranes, and cavities
of the body. It is used to render the field of operation bloodless
in minor surgery; in inflammatory conditions of the eye and nose.
Employed internally to check bleeding from the stomach, intestines,
lungs, and uterus.
What is the dose of adrenalin for (a) the horse, (b) the dog.
In solution 1-1000, intravenously, (a) 3i-iv, (b) 10 to 60 minims.
What is tar? Give the uses and the actions of tar.
Tar is an empyreumatic oleoresin, obtained by the destructive
distillation of the wood of various species of pines, especially that
of Pinus palustris.
It is an antiseptic, stimulant expectorant. Externally, antiseptic
and parasiticide. Used internally in cough mixtures for chronic
bronchitis and heaves. By inhalation (burning on hot coals) it is
used for its antiseptic and stimulating effects in bronchitis, distem-
per, strangles, ete. Externally, it is used with sulphur and linseed
oil in eczema and mange in horses and cattle. A common hoof dress-
ing for diseases of the feet in horses.
Name three acid tonics.
Phosphoric acid, hydrochloric acid, and nitric acid.
Mention six diuretics and state the dose of each for (a) the horse, (b)
the cow, (c) the dog.
1. Potassium nitrate, (a) 14 ounce, (b) 1 ounce, ley) 10 grains.
2. Spirits nitrous ether, (a) 2 ounces, (b) 3 ounces, (ec) %
drachm.
3. F. E. digitalis, (a) 4% drachm, (b) 1 drachm, (c) 14 drachm.
4, Potassium citrate, (a) 14 ounce, (b) 1 ounce, (ce) 10 grains.
5. Potassium acetate, (a) 14 ounce, (b) 1 ounce, (c) 10 grains.
6. Balsam copaiba, (a) 4 drachms, (b) 1 ounce, (c) 14 drachm.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 319
What is cascara sagrada? Give its uses and state the dose for the dog.
Cascara sagrada is an active cathartic obtained from the bark
of Rhamnus purshiana (California buckthorn). It is used in dogs
in doses of 5 to 30 grains to overcome chronic constipation and as a
stomachie.
What is mustard? State its uses in medicine.
Commercial mustard is a powder obtained from Sinapis alba
semina and Sinapis nigra semina, which produce white and black
mustard respectively. It is an irritant or counterirritant, rube-
facient, vesicant, or suppurant, according to the manner in which
it is used. Used internally as an emetic for dogs and pigs. Exter-
nally, it is used as a counterirritant in laryngitis, bronchitis, pneu-
monia, pleurisy, colic, enteritis, peritonitis, ete.
Name (a) a drug that contracts the pupil of the eye, (b) a drug that
dilates the pupil of the eye.
(a) Physostigmine, (b) atropine.
What is the effect of massage? When is this treatment advisable?
Massage exerts many of the effects of counterirritants, and,
moreover, assists in mechanically relieving overloaded lymph-vessels
and veins. It increases metabolism, promotes absorption, stretches
adhesions, and relieves pain.
It is advisable in case of edematous swellings, as in the joints,
legs, and udder (mastitis); also useful in overcoming muscular
atrophy, following azoturia or from other causes, and to relieve pain
in neuralgic attacks.
State the uses, dose and action of nitrate of potash in the treatment of
the horse and cow. 3
Potassium nitrate is used in pneumonia, influenza, mastitis,
pharyngitis, laryngitis, dropsical conditions, and many febrile con-
ditions of the horse and cow. Externally, as a refrigerant. It
possesses an alterative, febrifuge, diuretic, cardiac sedative, dia-
phoretic, and feebly laxative action.
Dose for the horse, 14 ounce, and for the cow, 1 ounce.
State the actions, uses and dose of sugar of lead.
Plumbi acetas, acetate of lead, or sugar of lead, is astringent,
hemostatic, styptic, anodyne, local sedative, and desiccant. Used
internally to check hemorrhage, diarrhoea, dysentery, and chronic
eatarrhal bronchitis; externally, to check superficial inflammation,
tendonitis, arthritis, eczema, scratches, keratitis, ete. Dose, 1 drachm.
320 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
State the physiologic effects, uses and dose of ether.
_ Ether is anodyne, antispasmodic, diaphoretic, anthelmintic; a
cardiac, respiratory, and cerebral stimulant, an anesthetic and a
general diffusible stimulant.
Used in flatulency, spasmodic colic, intestinal worms, and as a
general anesthetic in surgery. Small doses are stimulant to the
heart and nervous system and are useful in collapse, exhaustion, ete.
How are fluidextracts prepared?
Prepared by extracting (percolation) a vegetable drug with
alcohol, or alcohol and water, then concentrating the resulting solu-
tion by evaporation until one minim of the fluidextract represents
one grain of the original drug.
Give the preparations of ammonia, stating the dose of each.
Aromatic spirits of ammonia, 1 ounce.
Ammonium carbonate, 2 drachms.
Ammonium chloride, 2 drachms.
Give the source of ergot and the dose for the horse and dog.
Obtained from the smut (a fungous growth) on rye. Dose of the
fluidextract: For the horse, 14 to 1 ounce; for the dog, 4% to 1
- drachm.
Give the treatment of purpura hemorrhagica.
Both general and local treatment are indicated.
General treatment includes the providing of good hygienic sur-
roundings and proper diet; an easily digested and laxative diet is
best. Most commonly used drugs are: potassium bichromate, potas-
sium chlorate, digitalis, turpentine, camphor, salicylic acid, quinine
sulphate, iron preparations, strychnine, and ergot.
Local treatment is directed toward swellings which threaten
suffocation, and the antiseptic handling of wounds. Tracheotomy
may be necessary. The advocates of serum therapy claim excellent
results with polyvalent vaccines, antistreptococcic sera, ete.
Give the medicinal treatment of rachitis in the dog.
Calcium phosphate, or the syrup of calcium lactophosphate, is
especially indicated. Iron in the form of the syrup of the iodide,
and cod-liver oil are beneficial.
Define (a) diuretic, (b) diaphoretic, (c) hypnotic, (d) aphrodisiac.
Give an example of each.
(a) A drug which increases the secretion of urine, potassium
nitrate.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 321
(b) A drug which increases the secretion of sweat, pilocarpine.
(ec) A drug which produces sleep, potassium bromide.
(d) A drug which stimulates sexual appetite and function, can-
nabis indica.
Name three preparations of zinc and state the uses of each.
1. Zine chloride is used as a caustic in chronic ulcers and fistule,
and as an astringent in wounds; also used in conjunctivitis and
keratitis.
2. Zine sulphate is used as an emetic for dogs and pigs. Its prin-
cipal use is externally as an astringent (white lotion).
3. Zine oxide is used as a dusting powder for wounds and ex-
coriated surfaces. Used in the form of ointment for its desiccating,
astringent and protective properties. Occasionally given internally
in chorea and diarrhea.
Describe tannic acid. Give the source and the actions of tannic acid.
Tannic acid is a light, yellowish powder, odorless, or having a
faint characteristic odor, and a strongly astringent taste. Soluble
in 1 part of water. It is obtained from nut-gall. It is a powerful
astringent, styptic, and coagulates albumin.
Compare the action of morphine on the horse with its action on the
dog. State the dose in each case.
Morphine often causes cerebral and motor excitement, sweating,
and dilatation of the pupil in the horse. In the dog it seldom causes
excitement and sweating, but does cause contraction of the pupil,
nausea, and cerebral depression.
Hypodermic dose for the horse, 3 to 5 grains; for the dog, '/,, to
14, grain.
What is (a) a tonic, (b) an alterative? Give an example of each.
(a) A tonic is a drug which produces a permanent, though
scarcely perceptible, excitement of all the vital functions. Example,
iron.
(b) An alterative is a drug which alters the process of nutrition
and excretion and restores the normal functions of an organ or of the
system; e.g., iodide of potassium.
Give the properties, actions and uses of boric acid.
Occurs in transparent, white, scaly crystals; odorless, faintly
bitter taste, permanent in the air, and feebly acid. Soluble in 26
parts cold water, 3 parts of warm water, and in 15 parts alcohol.
It is a non-volatile, unirritating antiseptic, deodorant, and
astringent, and is used in all cases where an antiseptic is indicated.
21 .
322 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Particularly useful as a vaginal and uterine douche and to flush the
bladder in cystitis. Used in conjunctivitis and keratitis, and is given
internally in diarrhcea, dog distemper, and cystic catarrh.
What are expectorants? Name two classes of expectorants and give
an example of each class.
Expectorants are agents which modify the secretion of the
mucous membrane of the respiratory tract, and promote its
expulsion. :
- Two classes: nauseating (ipecac) and stimulating (ammonium
chloride).
Name three vegetable bitters. State the dose for (a) the horse, (b)
the dog. 3
Gentian, (a) 14 to 1 ounce, (b) 5 to 30 grains.
Quassia (fluidextract), (a) 1 to 2 ounces, (b) 14 to 1 drachm.
Cascarilla, (a) 14 to 1 ounce, (b) 10 to 30 grains.
These bitters are useful in promoting the appetite in atonic indi-
gestion, chronic gastro-intestinal catarrh, anemia, debility, and
during convalescence from acute diseases, as influenza, pneumonia,
ete. They also possess some vermicidal action, especially quassia,
infusions of which are used as enemas for rectal worms.
They are contra-indicated in acute inflammatory conditions of
the digestive tract, as they are mild irritants.
Name three vegetable cathartics. Explain briefly the action of each.
State the dose for (a) the horse, (b) the cow, (c) the dog.
1. Aloes. Stimulates peristalsis and the flow of bile. (a) 8 to 10
drachms, (b) 1 to 2 ounces, (c) 20 to 60 grains.
2. Oleum lini. Acts mechanically by lubricating the bowels.
(a) 1% to 1 pint, (b) 1 to 2 pints, (c) 1% to 2 ounces.
3. Oleum ricini. Acts by increasing secretions and mechanically.
(a) 1 to 2 pints, (b) 2 to 3 pints, (c) 4 to 2 ounces. Seldom used
in horses and cows.
Name three drugs that reduce temperature and explain the action of
each.
1. Acetanilide: prevents waste and heat production, by increas-
ing radiation and by depressing the activity of the heat centres.
2. Aconite: causes vascular dilatation, thus increases heat loss
by radiation; retards circulation and thus lessens heat production.
3. Quinine: by its antiseptic properties lessens reflex excitability,
diminishes oxidation, and depresses the heat centres.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 323
Describe the treatment of a case of eczema in the dog, explaining fully.
In the erythematous, papular, and vesicular stages zine oxide
ointment or zine oxide and starch dusting powder may be used.
In the weeping stage 6 per cent. solution of nitrate of silver or some
desiccant powder such as boric acid, lycopodium, or bismuth sub-
gallate is used to check the weeping. Chronic eczema is treated with
oil of cade, sulphuretted potash, Peruvian balsam, or creolin in suit-
able dilutions. Internally, Fowler’s solution of arsenic is of great
benefit.
In all forms dietetic measures are employed; a laxative diet and
occasional doses of sodium sulphate help materially. Cleanliness
is important, and in this connection bathing with a non-irritating
soap and water is paramount.
Describe a treatment for tapeworms in the dog.
Fast the dog for 24 hours. Give oleoresin aspidium, 15 to 60
minims, and repeat this dose in three hours. Nine hours later give
a purgative dose of castor oil. If the head of the tenia is not ex-
pelled, repeat the treatment three to five days later.
What are the actions and the uses of ipecac? State the dose for (a)
the horse, (b) the dog.
A nauseating expectorant, emetic, diaphoretic, hemostatic, ster-
nutatory, stomachic. Used in bronchitis, dysentery, jaundice; also
used to induce vomition in dogs and pigs. Dose (a) 14 to 2 drachms,
(b) as expectorant, 14 to 2 grains; as an emetic, 5 to 30 grains.
Discuss venesection. What therapeutic measures may be used in place
of venesection?
Venesection, or blood-letting, is employed chiefly to rapidly
relieve conditions associated with a high arterial pressure and local
engorgement of some organ. It reduces temperature and relieves
congestion, dyspnea, and cyanotic conditions. Venesection is
employed in plethoric animals only, in acute pleurisy, pulmonary
congestion, acute laminitis, urticaria, acute cerebritis or meningitis,
parturient apoplexy in cows, ete. It is also employed in toxemias
to remove the blood and its contained poison. Four to six and often
eight quarts are drawn from the horse.
Circulatory depressants as veratrum viride or aconite cause a
general reduction of arterial tension and relieve local congestion.
Cathartics, diuretics, and diaphoretics abstract fluid from the blood-
vessels and thus lower blood-pressure. Notable among these are:
arecoline, potassium nitrate; and pilocarpine.
J24 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Compare the action of digitalis with the action of aconite on the heart.
Digitalis slows the heart and increases its force, whereas aconite
slows the heart but reduces its force.
Give the action and the uses of chloroform. State the internal dose
for the horse and for the dog.
Chloroform is irritant, antiseptic, parasiticide, carminative, anti-
spasmodic, and analgesic. Locally in spray and internally by inhala-
tion, an anesthetic.
It is used in dystokia to prevent straining; in chronic diarrhea,
tzniasis, spasmodic cough and colic. Externally, in liniments as an
anodyne and counterirritant in muscular rheumatism and sprains;
by inhalation, a general anesthetic in surgical operations.
Dose: For the horse, 1 to 2 drachms; for the dog, 2 to 20 minims.
Describe the treatment of a case of mange in the dog.
Bathe with warm water and green soap to remove all dirt and
scabs. Clip the hair if itis long. Apply daily for four days a mix-
ture composed of Peruvian balsam 15 parts, creolin 5 parts, and
alcohol 80 parts. Bathe again and repeat the application until the
skin appears normal.
Mention the chief uses of areca. Name two constituents of areca and
give their therapeutic uses.
Areca is astringent in small doses, but large amounts induce
catharsis; an effective vermicide for dogs, being destructive to both
tape- and round-worms.
Two of its constituents are arecoline and red tannic acid. ) eee Se
Give the actions and the uses of resorcin. State the dose (a) for the
horse, (b) for the dog.
Resorein is antiseptic externally, and internally possesses a
slieht local anesthetic effect. Used externally in skin diseases,
psoriasis especially. Internally used in gastric fermentation and
indigestion, seldom. Dose, (a) 1 to 2 drachms, (b) 2 to 4 grains.
What are the uses of protargol in veterinary medicine? Describe
fully.
Protargol is a non-official preparation of silver (8.3 per cent.
strength). It is used in acute catarrhal and purulent conjunctivitis
in from one-half to ten per cent. aqueous solutions. It has an anti-
septic and astringent action and is less irritating than silver nitrate
solutions.
Discuss potassium nitrate as to derivation, actions and uses. State
the dose for (a) the horse, (b) the cow, (c) the dog.
Potassium nitrate is found in the soils in certain regions and
climates (India and Chile). It is made artificially by the putre-
faction of animal or vegetable material in the presence of heat, mois-
ture, oxygen, and alkaline or earthy bases.
It is alterative, febrifuge, diuretic, and feebly laxative in action.
It is also cardiac depressant, mildly refrigerant and diaphoretic,
as well as expectorant.
Used in febrile conditions such as pneumonia, influenza, laminitis, 4
mastitis, ete.; dropsical swellings in general. Externally, itis used
for its refrigerant action in local inflammatory conditions. 4
Dose, (a) 14 ounce, (b) 1 ounce, (c) 5 to 20 grains. :
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 331
Give the action and the uses of sodium bicarbonate. State the dose
for (a) the horse, (b) the dog. Discuss fully.
Sodium bicarbonate is antacid, alterative, and mildly anodyne
(locally). It increases the flow of the gastric juice and the fluidity
of the bile, and dissolves mucus.
Used in eatarrh of the gastro-intestinal tract, gastric indigestion
associated with flatulency and acidity. Often combined with calomel
for its synergistic action. Dissolves membranes in croupous enteritis.
Externally, it is used in solution to allay itching in skin diseases,
burns, ete., and as an injection for leucorrhea and chronic rhinitis.
Dose, (a) 2 drachms to 2 ounces, (b) 10 grains to 14 drachm.
What are(a) antiphlogistics, (b) antipyretics? Give an example of
each.
(a) Remedies employed to prevent the progress of inflammatory
processes, either local or general, as ichthyol.
(b) Agents which reduce high temperature in fever, as
phenacetin.
How do acids and alkalies act on the secretions?
Acids lessen the secretion of the gastric juice and increase the
secretion of saliva. Alkalies increase the flow of gastric juice and
diminish the secretion of saliva.
How are medicines classified?
A physiological classification of medicines depends upon their
action, whether general or local. Drugs having a general action
may be subdivided into stimulants, sedatives, tonics, and alteratives.
Drugs acting locally may be classified according to the part or parts
upon which they act; for instance, cardiac stimulants, cerebral
excitants, gastric sedatives, ete.
Name agents that prominently affect the alimentary canal or its con-
tents. .
Aloes, calomel, bismuth subnitrate, and opium.
Name agents that prominently affect the respiratory organs.
Lobelia, ipecac, belladonna, veratrum, and ether.
Name agents that prominently affect the follicular or glandular organs.
Pilocarpine, belladonna, eserine, and arecoline.
Name agents that prominently affect the nervous system.
Strychnine, opium, chloral, and ether.
332 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Name agents that prominently affect the organs of reproduction.
Ergot, cannabis indica, cantharides, and viburnum prunifolium.
Name agents whose actions are prominently chemical.
Acids, alkalies, and caustics.
Name agents whose actions are prominently mechnical.
Linseed oil, petrolatum, and acacia.
Describe saline infusion, three methods of introduction and three indi-
cations for its use.
Saline infusion refers to the introduction of a solution of sodium
chloride into the animal’s body to replace the normal blood-plasma
which has been lost by hemorrhage or has been withdrawn for thera-
peutic purposes. The solution which is used consists of 0.6 of 1 per
cent. sodium chloride in sterile distilled water. ;
The fluid may be introduced by (1) intravenous injection, (2)
injections into subcutaneous tissues (hypodermoclysis), (3) rectal
injection (enteroclysis), (4) intraperitoneal injection.
Saline infusions are used in cases of excessive purging where a
large amount of fluid is lost; in severe hemorrhage; in certain blood-
poisoning diseases the patient may be bled to rid the body of some
of the toxin present, and the fluidity of the blood restored by this
method.
PRESCRIPTION WRITING
Write a prescription for a purgative.
Jan. 2, 1914.
For Mr. Brown’s bay horse.
BR
Aloes “barbadensis (73.956 = seis es elighs scien 3x
Hiydrarey ri chloridt Mmitis. 00.0%... sea iho gy. XXX
PULVErIS, | ZIM SMDELIS 8s Bee. kip sees eee alee 5 iss
MH ervaeee his ee SEs eee op ae ee ag qs.
M. et fiant bolus No. I.
Sig—For doctor’s use.
JOHN Dor, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a chronic cough.
Jan. 2, 1914.
For Mr. Jones’s gray gelding.
R
Guaiaeol ah |g kaos eae a Sad Shas eae a er eee a 3 iv
(9) FESTGD bik cy ane uM eC I) rnb Me MRE TROD Rates ba eee coh Wn O ij
M. Sig.—Give one tablespoonful 3 or 4 times daily.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 333
Write a prescription for round worms in the dog. Give full directions.
For Miss Smith’s dog. Jan. 2, 1914.
R
Santonini.
Hydrarevyrs Chloridi Mibis 0... cn. cence es 4a grs. iv
SOKO “DIGHEPOMATIS, | 0k. tk eee eee 3j
M. et div. pulv. No. viij.
Sig.—Fast dog 24 hours, then give one powder every
hour until all are given.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a two-weeks-old calf suffering from diarrhcea.
For Mr. Jones’s calf. Jan. 2, 1914.
R
Bismuthi subnitratis.
reGe” praspar ates )2 105 sss \eis atais| tele wis lelors oe saws aa 3 iij
M. et ft. capsule No. X.
Sig.—Give one capsule every two hours.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a horse whose temperature is 105°, respiration
30 and pulse 75 but strong, the medicine to be given in liquid
form.
For Mr. Brown’s bay mare. Jan. 2, 1914.
BR
Chums? Sl Atish yo): 25 te oes te arenate de Ghee eye = eat Ziv
(Ac. sulphurici, qs.)
SUES ROME ES 2 cai cy ila x) alee a lanctlcld dap wires af ae: a4 cam) Ute l 5V
Alcoholis qs. ad. ....... at AM er Ec deragy ML Oj
M. et ft. sol.
Sig.—Give two tablespoonsful every six hours.
JOHN Dos, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for half an ounce of a 5 per cent. solution of
cocaine.
R
Cocaine ByGrochloraeisi sii) wines Fie dessin oe 3 ers. xij
AGU PV GCSEI bee Tae ata oie ttt a aie Maes ss Blea dled 3 iv
Prescribe for a dog suffering from mange.
For Mrs. Smith’s dog. Jan. 2, 1914.
R
Pela EGE VRIDE 0-3 | 8. Soap re eon ora ela entues fo 3 iiss
Sea aa 1s ee eae by kc bd eet ames at eet ee 3 vj
PICO CSCe 2025 9 a; «vn) 22 oes Meee aie Roe eee aiale Oj
M. et ft. sol.
Sig—Apply a small amount on affected areas once daily
for four days, then bathe and repeat.
JOHN Dor, D.V.M.
334
Write a prescription for a purgative for a goo-pound cow.
BR
Write a prescription for a horse suffering from spasmodic colic, giving
the directions in plain English.
BR
For Mr. Brown’s cow. Jan. 2, 1914.
- Magnesii sulphatis .............. atin mun cis 5 XXiv
Sods YOR TONIE DL io2se Vici ok ahs Sees WR eee tere ee 3 Viij
PEP SAIN OUDEPES ois Ook s' ss) 69ers Nn babe et Rant 3 lij
TAGES 4 1 iS lade BiG sorails ee A ashen ee etale make ake O iv
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
M. Sig.—Give at one dose as a drench.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
For Mr. Brown’s bay mare. Jan. 2, 1914.
Spts. ammonii aromatici.
i eel
lei Terebin thinness a hea ce nie ee ae eee ae aa 3 j :
Cer Fag Ae os wae hat es a a ac ere Rn aR a 5 xiv :
M. Sig.—Give at one dose as a drench.
JOHN Doe, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a tonic for (a) the horse, (b) the cow, (c)
the dog.
(a) B }
Liquors Potassll AGENTS wo... ae ewes 3 xij
TIMCEUTH GENLAND COMP. 20.06 52 as «Sees nud ee ee 3 iss
PaRCGURS a LOSS: W)ie/2) sire ete says niche eee ee 3 ij
Fluid? extract! nucis VomiIce 2.0/6 6 os geek ee ce 3 iss
M. Sig.—Give one tablespoonful t. i. d. before meals.
(b) B
Quinine” sulphatis ois als aW ici s eich sree s eicle scale nutes 3 vj
1OGr amc Ut Wa arin esis here Sinai ie See e614) Ss 5 ij
Pulveris gentine radicis .........-...e06 ROR ae 3 vj
PuUlVeErrssUCrs VOMNGR Ho LI a laine Va am eee nee 35 iss
M. et ft. pulv. No. xij.
Sig—Give one powder on tongue t. i. d.
(c) B&
Syrupi ferri, quinine et strychnine phosphati...... jiv
Sig.—One teaspoonful t. i. d. before feeding.
Write a prescription for a cough powder for an adult horse.
For Mr. Smith’s brown stallion. Jan. 2, 1914.
B
Camphore.
Potassil .chlOratis cco jc' ci scission ae aa 3j
Pulveris (@lyeyarbhibzee (Ge soit!) Sune os 3 iv ;
Wl ext. helladanmes 2h 22 (0. 6... Be NR os 3j 4
Theriace qs.
Misce et fiant electuarium.
Sig.—One tablespoonful on back teeth t. i. d. |
JOHN Dos, D.V.M. '
a
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 335
Write a prescription for 15 powders for a tonic containing a simple
bitter, a preparation of iron and a nerve tonic, to be given in
powder form.
For Mr. Black’s gray mare. Jan. 2, 1914.
BR
Polveric gemtiana Fania 2... oe re ee 5 viij
MSEC Re Aids Cie 8 vpece a eae Wid v Pee ble 3 ij
SpE VCHMIME SULT Wha os oe wie eee we ee aus grs. Xij
M. et ft. pulv. No. xv.
Sig.—Give one powder in feed t. i. d.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
Prescribe a treatment for chronic eczema in the dog.
For Miss Johnson’s dog. Jan. 2, 1914.
BR
RUNENAA SEROEEETIUGL? 53a 2 win ot's =f ain mode Glas wi wats wets 3j
ES AS 21a Sena aR eer Se OUR gape ESM ECR at 3 iij
PURE REID, VO BE eee. cates tar ee ea Osan kod walks 35V
M. et ft. unguentum.
Sig—Thoroughly rub in and leave for 48 hours, then
wash and repeat.
JOHN Dos, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a blister, in the form of an ointment. Give
directions for applying the blister and state what precau-
tions should be taken after it is applied.
For Mr. Williams’s bay mare. Jan. 3, 1914.
BR
Hydrargyri biniodidi.
Be I CAE AEE lie oases 3959's, syararn eas ds to af 44 3 ij
PNR Eccl by POS eit e dee aligka-s Shy aiaicra we reidinte L 5 iij
M. et ft. unguentum.
Sig.—Clip hair over spavin and apply ointment with con-
siderable friction. Three days later, apply vase-
line over blistered area. Tie horse short to pre-
vent interference by biting parts.
JOHN Doe, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a cathartic for a sheep.
For Mr. Black’s sheep. : Jan. 3, 1914.
R
Magnesii sulphatis ............--20. iaieetehel ds aaa
SOU: CUMPRIE RL 75 's's)="s'3.6 « 0'4 esa ars fatdierahe a ralst Geta als 5 ij
Misce et ft. pulv. No. I.
Sig.—Dissolve powder in half pint of water and give as
a drench.
JOHN DoE, D.V.M.
336 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Prescribe treatment for a dog whose temperature is 105°, respiration
50 and pulse 120 but weak, the medicine to be given in liquid
form.
For Miss Brown’s dog. Jan. 3, 1914.
R
ina@ buirce 1 aC Omaital 0s '5 4 es betaee e oknie ce te eae ee 3 iss
SES.) CEMeP IS TMEROSE |.) 2 Ute ok a aah ee on eee 3 iv
POLES OSs AE. gs one's, oe eter a & ohees Mine cua es i heme Pee 5 ij
Misce et ft. sol.
Sig.—One teaspoonful every 3 hours.
JOHN Dor, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for scratches.
For Mr. Jennings’s chestnut mare Jan. 3, 1914.
R
Tincture benzoini composite.
GIVGORMEL oi 2ES S So ae Rae he renee, oe ete 4a 3 viij
Misce et ft. sol.
Sig.—Apply to affected leg t. i. d.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a liniment.
Liniment.
R
Olei terebinthine.
Aque ammonii.
Camporese 5 o/s a0 oie. Sind ies eyaeieie ht samt tic lave ni tee Aa Zi
LD) Ces Tc RRA Nera UAE ARN Ot Loreto tiRiiel mae aN eee SL, D Swe
Misce.
Sig.—Shake well before using.
JOHN Dok, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a cow suffering from actinomycosis.
For Mr. Black’s cow. Jan. 3, 1914.
BR
POLASSEIS TOUTE «2.005 1 Sooner aso tana ‘ay wry Sear ieee ates 5 xij
Ft. pulv. No. xvi.
Sig—One powder in drinking water once daily.
JOHN DoE, D.V.M.
Prescribe for a horse suffering from acute indigestion.
Jan. 3, 1914.
For Mr. White’s bay gelding.
133
Sodil hyposulphitis a) i. 26.050 < thteneenide ecared mies 5 xiv
Ft. pulv. No. IT.
Sig.—Dissolve one powder in a pint of water and give
as a drench. Repeat in one hour if necessary.
JOHN Dos, D.V.M.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 337
R
AMOR MD URCOUAES: irilcs)c ec d a Wie’ at sid sue we em w ele 3x
Bydrarpyewchloridy mitisd: s.\.)5 55a ee ce he ws gr. Xxx
PUP ese rene ORM oie Sica’ 5 np d a walt d ayhl o eerdme 3 iss
Theriace qs.
M. et ft. bolus No. I.
Sig—Give one hour after drenching.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
(Evacuation of stomach by means of stomach tube is best
treatment. )
Write a prescription for ringworm.
For Miss Brown’s dog. Jan. 3, 1914.
BR
| SOU ATR 229) Gh 07 eee ge id Ee = pate Oe a 3 ij
PENG CHAGRIN ALIN 2G 20 5y yap ies a a ehanarny/ay.' Sie lane oslariye 5 ij
M. et ft. unguentum.
Sig.—Apply a small amount to affected parts once daily. |
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for flatulent colic in the horse.
For Mr. Smith’s gray mare. Jan. 3, 1914.
BR
ler Ceretimei ings (it! \isias boas aie bie as iba ei bra maps Shoe 3 ij
Mpls. AMON aTOMAeL js026 2 telaslosh lees e tL 5j
Gilet linitqsr add Oe. 2c C eee eens. Ha wei eh 0 ij
M. et ft. sol.
Sig.—Give at one time as a drench.
JOHN Dos, D.V.M.
Write a prescription containing at least three drugs for a case of
chronic constipation in the dog.
For John Smith’s dog. Jan. 3, 1914.
R
Ses couric Fon bet yee) (28s vate ciclo. oelial Gia tars she Sieh bw g we 16 gr. vj
Extracti belladonne.
Extracti physostigmatis .................... 44 gr. iij
M. et ft. pilule No. xxiv.
Sig.—Give one pill at night.
JOHN Dos, D.V.M.
Write a prescription for a case of chronic cough. Use at least three
drugs.
For Mr. Brown’s bay mare. Jan. 3, 1914,
BR
HE Veretsp OUR OTE os oi<'o date ala oad oe al delet 5 ij.
IBSE emeb awa bedicen ties oN. diecibls abe ante Qeie gi eckare 5 viij
Acid? hydrocyamer. diluti v7 ee 25.80. nos reie § ij
SyLupud smmpliets, qs. (ads) sis. soi vaste k dela Pk 0 ij
Sig.—Give one ounce every 3 hours.
JOHN Dog, D.V.M.
22
338 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
TOXICOLOGY
Mention three poisons, stating the antidote for each.
1. Corrosive sublimate: Antidote, egg-albumin.
2. Arsenic: Antidote, freshly prepared hydrated oxide of iron.
3. Phosphorus: Antidote, sulphate of copper.
What is the difference between antagonists and antidotes? Give an
example of each. |
Antagonists are agents which counteract each other in their
physiological actions; for example, strychnine antagonizes the de-
pressing effect of chloral hydrate on the heart. In this respect all
antagonists are physiological antidotes.
Antidotes are agents which counteract the effects of a poison and
render it harmless. They are classified as chemical, mechanical, and
physiological, according to their method of action. Chemical anti-
dotes change the composition of the drug, as starch given in poison-
ing by iodine forms the iodide of starch, which is insoluble and inert.
Mechanical antidotes surround the poison and protect the tissues
from its action, as egg-albumin protects the tissues from corrosive
agents. Physiological antidotes antagonize the action of the poison.
Give the symptoms of arsenic poisoning. Name the best chemical
antidote for arsenic poisoning.
Acute arsenical poisoning is shown by retching, vomiting, thirst,
purging, bloody stools, colicky pains, gastro-enteritis, rapid weak
heart, hematuria, subnormal temperature, general cedema, delirium,
collapse, coma, and death. .
Chronic form is characterized by indigestion, thirst, cachexia, -
enlargement of joints, chronic eczema, and necrosis of bones.
The best chemical antidote for arsenic poisoning is the freshly-
prepared hydrated sesquioxide of iron. |
Name an antidote for Paris green and tell how it should be adminis-
tered.
Same as arsenic (the poisonous action of Paris green is due to the
arsenic it contains). The antidote should be given every fifteen
minutes in doses of 30 ounces to the horse, 40 ounces to cattle, and
1 ounce to dogs, until relief is obtained.
What precautions are necessary in the treatment of skin diseases of
smaller animals?
Care should be taken to avoid poisonous drugs or any drugs in
large amounts because of the danger of absorption and also the
danger of the animal licking the medicine off. Coal-tar products
LS ———_—-— eS
fereey a - ? ° “
———— a se ee ee eee ee ee ee eee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 339
often nauseate and cause serious conditions in cats and dogs when
applied externally.
What are the symptoms of mercurial poisoning? Give an antidote to
mercury.
The symptoms of mercurialism (hydrargyrism) are: salivation,
ulcerous stomatitis, loosening of teeth, blue line along the gums,
gastro-enteritis, bloody diarrhcea, cough, nasal discharge, often
blood-streaked, weakness, dizziness, trembling, delirium. Acute
form lasts from 10 to 14 days. Chronic form may last several
weeks or even months, and is accompanied by extreme wasting,
chronic eczema, falling hair, and lameness, due to affections of the
joints and muscles.
Best antidote is egg-albumin, which forms the insoluble albu-
minate of mereury. Sulphur or sulphur compounds aiso form in-
soluble compounds with mercury.
Give the symptoms of lead poisoning in the ox. Prescribe treatment for
lead poisoning.
Lead poisoning, also called plumbism and saturnism, occurs in
acute and chronic forms. The acute form is rarely seen, and is
shown by intense gastro-enteritis, salivation, retching, paralysis,
coma, and collapse. The chronic form is characterized by emaciation,
dyspneea, tonic spasms of the flexor muscles and paralysis of the
extensors of the fore limbs, blue line along the gums, anemia,
cedema, colic, constipation, convulsions, and death.
Treatment in acute form consists of the administration of large
doses of sulphate of magnesia or soda to form the insoluble sulphate
of lead and to hasten the emptying of the alimentary tract. Give
stimulants and apply warmth to the body.
Chronic form is treated with potassium iodide, after having
emptied the alimentary tract. Sulphates may be given in small
repeated doses to assist elimination and prevent reabsorption.
Describe the effects of a poisonous dose of aconite.
Muscular weakness, dimness of sight, mydriasis, a slow, small,
and weak pulse, dyspnea, retching, belching, vomiting, salivation,
flatulence, and copious sweating. A peculiar clicking sound is often
observed, due to the irritation of the throat and constant attempts
at swallowing. The temperature falls two or three degrees. Death
is preceded by muscular twitching, loss of strength, and falling, and
is due to paralysis of the heart and respiration.
340 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
How should a case of poisoning by chloroform be treated?
Give hypodermic injections of strychnine or spirits of glonoin
to stimulate the heart. Inhalations of ammonia or amy] nitrite have
the same object in view. Pull the tongue forward to allow free en-
trance of air. Attempt artificial respiration by rhythmically com-
pressing the chest with the knees, feet, or hands. Allow plenty of
fresh air.
How should a case of poisoning by chloral hydrate be treated?
Use stomach-tube, or emetics in vomiting animals. Give large
doses of strychnine and atropine subcutaneously. Enemas of strong,
hot coffee and alcohol are useful. Arouse patient by shouting and
whipping. Inhalations of ammonia or amy] nitrite, as in chloroform
poisoning, to stimulate the heart.
Give the symptoms of morphine poisoning and state the antidotes.
In the horse, toxic doses of morphine cause considerable cerebral
excitement at first, but later depression, loss of reflexes, coma, cold
sweat, slow heart, dilatation of the pupil (not contracted, ‘‘pin-
point,’’ as in other animals and man), lessened urinary secretion,
and death by suspension of respiration.
Antidotes: Potassium permanganate by the mouth, aecopaae
and strychnine subcutaneously, artificial respiration; arouse patient
by slapping smartly. Emetics should be given vomiting animals.
Give the symptoms and treatment of atropine poisoning. ,
Rapid pulse and respiration, elevated temperature, dryness of
mouth, mydriasis, excitement, delirium, muscular twitchings, fre-
quent urination. Later the temperature falls, the urine is retained,
convulsions occur, the respiration becomes weak, slow, and irregu-
lar, death occurs from cardiac and respiratory failure. A few
drops of the urine of the poisoned animal placed in the eye of a
healthy animal causes mydriasis and aids in diagnosis.
Treatment: Stomach-pump, emetics, cardiac stimulants. Opium
and pilocarpine oppose its physiological action. Tannic acid should
be administered as the chemical antidote. Apply external heat in
collapse, and give strychnine if respiration fails.
Give a treatment of strychnine poisoning in the dog.
Apomorphine hydrochlorate, */,, to */, grain hypodermically,
is the best and surest emetic.
Give potassium bromide 2 to 4 drachms, or chloral hydrate 20
to 40 grains, to control spasms. Tannic acid is a chemical antidote.
——
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 341
SERUM THERAPY
What is serum therapy?
Serum therapy is a method of producing passive immunity. It
consists in the administration, for preventative or curative purposes,
of a blood-serum containing antitoxin (antibodies) or some other
substance which is antagonistic to the bacterium or toxin which
causes the disease in question.
Define immunity. What is meant by natural and acquired immunity?
Immunity is a state in which an animal’s body is resistant or
insusceptible to a certain disease. This state may be natural or
acquired.
Natural immunity is that enjoyed by the animal from birth, and
not a result of any changes during its lifetime. If the immunity
is the result of changes during the animal’s lifetime, it is spoken
of as an acquired immunity.
Acquired immunity may be active,—that is, obtained by an in-
dividual by having suffered from an attack of a pathogenic micro-
organism and having overcome it; or it may be passive,—that is, a
result of the injection of the serum of an animal which has acquired
an active immunity against the organism in question.
In what infectious diseases is immunization of value?
In rabies, tetanus, black-quarter, anthrax, and hog cholera, im-
munization is unquestionably of great value. Considerable experi-
mental work has been done on immunization in the following dis-
eases: hemorrhagic septicemia, influenza, dog distemper, Texas
fever, infectious abortion, glanders, tuberculosis, and foot-and-mouth
disease, but the results have been far from uniform and their value
is still swb judice.
_ Discuss the antitoxin treatment.
If gradually increasing doses of the toxins of a pathogenic micro-
organism are injected into an animal, the animal not only acquires
an immunity to the particular toxin, but its blood-serum will an-
tagonize or neutralize the latter if they are brought together. If
some of the serum of this immune animal is injected into an animal
which is suffering from the disease caused by this toxin, it will antag-
onize or render inert some or all of the toxin and thus aid in the
recovery of the sick animal. The substance contained in the immune
sera which combines with and neutralizes the toxin is called an
antitoxin.
The treatment of an infectious disease with a specific antiserum
is called serum therapy. Diseases treated in this manner are
342 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
tetanus and diphtheria. The antitoxin is also used as a prophy-
lactic agent.
Define amboceptors, lysins, complement.
Amboceptors are antibodies in serum which possess an affinity
for both the complement and the cell to be destroyed (a bacterium
or a red blood-corpuscle), and which serves to unite the two, so
that lysis or destruction of the cell may be effected. It is also
called the immune body.
Lysins are specific antibodies, formed in the blood-serum during
bacterial infection, which are destructive to the bacteria of the spe-
cific serum. They are probably identical with agglutinins.
Complement is a thermolabile (altered or destroyed by heat) sub-
stance in normal serum which is destructive to bacteria and other
cells with which it is brought in contact by means of the amboceptor.
(For further details, see Diagnosis of Glanders by Complement-
fixation Test, p. 167.)
Discuss the serum therapy of hog cholera.
It has been found that the serum from a hog which has recovered
from an attack of hog cholera possesses immunizing and curative
properties for susceptible hogs. If the hog which has recovered is
inoculated with the virus of the disease, its immunizing and curative
properties are greatly augmented, although the hog suffers no ill-
ness. This is called hyperimmunization. The hyperimmunized hog
is bled, the blood defibrinated, and a small amount of a preservative
(phenol) is added to insure its keeping qualities.
The use of serum as a curative agent is only of value in the early
stages of the disease. The serum is injected subcutaneously on the
inner side of the thigh in a dose of approximately 40 c.c. per 100
pounds of body weight. In recently infected or non-infected hogs
a passive immunity is secured which lasts only a few weeks, but is
sufficient to protect against the effects of a transient exposure, as at
fairs, travelling, ete.
How is hog cholera serum obtained?
(See answer to preceding question.)
Where serum is produced on a large scale, instead of utilizing
hogs which have survived a natural infection, susceptible hogs are
used. These are first given an immunizing dose of the serum as a
protective measure and later injected with gradually-increasing
doses of virus until they become hyperimmune (proven by test on
hogs). They are bled from the tails at intervals of ten days so long
as their serum is potent. They may then be injected with virus and
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 343
brought to the hyperimmune stage again, and so on until, from
repeated amputations, their tails become too short for subsequent
bleedings.
What is meant by the simultaneous method of immunization against
hog cholera?
The simultaneous method consists of the inoculation of a hog with
a protective dose of immune serum and 2 or 3 ¢.c. of virulent blood
at the same time. This method confers an immunity which will last
six months and possibly one year. But it is not a practicable method
for inexperienced therapeutists, because of the danger of the virus
being scattered.
How is tetanus antitoxin obtained? Discuss its use.
Antitetanic serum is obtained from a horse which has been re-
peatedly inoculated with gradually-increasing amounts of tetanus
toxin, obtained from artificial cultures. Extremely minute doses
of the toxin are given at first, but at the end of several months a
pint or more produces no ill-effect. When, by test on guinea-pigs,
the serum of the horse is of the desired potency, the animal is bled
from the jugular at intervals; the serum is drawn off and aseptically
preserved.
The antitoxin is measured in units; a unit representing the
amount necessary to neutralize a given amount of toxin, as proven
on guinea-pigs.
Tetanus antitoxin is a valuable prophylactic or immunizing
agent. It should be administered in cases of infected wounds when-
ever there is a suspicion that tetanus bacilli may be present. If
given before the symptoms of tetanus appear, 750 units seem to be
sufficient to immunize. This immunity lasts but a few weeks.
There is a great diversity of opinion regarding its value as a cura-
tive agent. If it is of any value in this connection, it should be
given early and in large doses. There is no definite dosage; as much
as 5000, and even 30,000, units have been given with equally varying
results.
VACCINE THERAPY
What is vaccine therapy?
Vaccine therapy is a method of producing an active immunity by
the injection of bacteria, or the products of bacterial growth, directly
into the patient. The virulence of the bacteria is modified by heat
or otherwise. As a result of their injection, antitoxins are produced
in the body. This is in contradistinction to serum therapy, which
produces a passive immunity. (See above.)
344 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
What is (a) a vaccine, (b) a bacterin.
These two terms are being used synonymously of late, although
a distinction was formerly, and should now be, made.
A vaccine is the modified and attenuated virus of a disease, in-
capable of producing a severe infection, but affording protection
against the action of the unmodified virus. The term is also applied
to emulsions of dead bacteria. Vaccines are designed to antagonize
bacterial infection, either in advance of a disease (prophylactic, as
in black-leg), or after the advent of the disease (therapeutic, as in
the use of vaccines in wound infections).
A bacterin is an emulsion of dead cultures of specific bacteria
in water or a saline solution, administered hypodermically to pro-
duce an active immunity against the particular bacteria.
Se ee oe
What is meant by “ autogenous vaccine ”?
A vaccine derived from bacteria taken from the patient infected
and intended to be injected into the same individual. It is far
superior to the ‘‘stock vaccines,’’ which are suspensions of bacteria
derived from any convenient source and are intended to be used in
the treatment of infections due to the same organism in any
individual.
eS + ee
Discuss bacterin therapy.
Same as vaccine therapy, described above.
SANITARY SCIENCE—MEAT AND
MILK HYGIENE
Define sanitary science.
Sanitary science deals with all measures designed to promote
health and prevent disease.
How can sanitary science be utilized by the veterinarian?
In preventing and controlling outbreaks of infectious diseases by
a systematic inspection of buildings and surroundings with regard
to ventilation, drainage, construction, ete.
Describe a proper method of drainage for a stable.
Stalls should not slope more than one-half inch toward their
centre, and a similar slope from before backward is sufficient.
A shallow gutter running back of the stalls should be conducted
outside and into a trap which empties into the sewer. All drains
within the stable should be on the surface to permit of ready access.
What is the objection to building a stable (a) on a damp northern
slope, (b) in a deep, narrow, east and west slope, (c) ona
springy, hill-foot or on other wet impervious soil?
(a) There would be insufficient sunlight to evaporate the objec-
tionable moisture.
(b) There would be insufficient sunlight and a tendency to
dampness.
(ec) It would be difficult to secure proper drainage, and the
dampness would be detrimental to health.
Mention some of the ways by which impure water may be purified or
made wholesome.
Sand filtration, sedimentation, and boiling.
What precautions should be taken in grain feeding as eegards watering
in connection with the grain?
Give the water before feeding grain; otherwise, the stomach
being comparatively small, considerable grain will be washed
through into the intestines in an undigested condition.
345
346 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Define proximate principle. Name three proximate principles and
mention a common food substance in which each is re-
spectively contained.
A proximate principle is a substance which is capable of being
decomposed into simpler principles or parts, as distinguished from
ultimate principles which are not capable of further division. For
example, NaCl is a proximate principle and can be decomposed
into Na and Cl, which, as ultimate principles, cannot be further
subdivided.
Starch, protein, and fat are proximate principles which may be
decomposed into C, O, H, ete. A common food substance which
contains these principles is oats.
AIR AND VENTILATION
What is the average composition of (a) atmospheric air, (b) air that —
has been breathed ?
(a) Oxygen, 20.96; nitrogen, 79.01; carbon dioxide, 0.03.
(b) Oxygen, 16.02; nitrogen, 79.01; carbon dioxide, 4.38.
At what stage of chemical impurity does rebreathed air cause oppres-
sion and at what stage does it become irrespirable?
Air becomes oppressive when it contains only 11 per cent.
of oxygen, and irrespirable when the oxygen falls to 3 per cent.
State the minimum amount of air space that should be provided in a
stable (a) for each horse, (b) for each cow.
This all depends on how often the air of the space is changed.
A horse requires 15,000 cubic feet per hour, and cattle slightly less.
The average air space given to a horse is 1500 cubic feet, and to a
cow 1200 cubic feet. In the case of the horse, the air would need
to be changed ten times per hour, and for the cow about twelve
times.
Does air space greatly in excess of the required amount render the ven-
tilation of a stable unnecessary? Give reason for your
answer.
No. The larger the air space, the smaller number of times the
air of that space needs to be changed; but once the impurities are
present, they remain and will only be removed by supplying fresh
air.
Describe the King system of ventilation.
Fresh air enters through openings in the outside wall, three or
four feet below the ceiling, passes up between the outside and the
¥
ian
v
ee a ee ee
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 347
inside wall and into the building just under the ceiling. These
intake flues should be 4 inches in diameter and 6 feet apart on all
four sides of the building. Impure air passes out through a large
ventilating shaft, situated in the middle of the building, and ex-
tending from one foot above the fioor upward through the ceiling.
One such shaft, two feet square, is sufficient for 30 cows. Its top is
usually provided with an elbow-like hood which keeps out rain and
swings with the wind. The wind creates a suction which favors
the circulation of air upward through this out-take flue. Near the
ceiling there is an opening in the shaft provided with a door, which
is only opened when the temperature of the interior of the building
is too high.
INFECTIOUS DISEASES
What hygienic measures should be employed to check the spread of
infectious abortion in cattle?
Segregation of infected animals. Thoroughly disinfect stables.
Wash the external genitals of all pregnant animals daily with a
non-irritating antiseptic, and irrigate their vaginas with same. Burn
all litter, membranes, and expelled fetuses. Cleanse the penis and
sheath of each male which has covered an infected female by irri-
gating same with a 1 per cent. soda solution, or 14 per cent. lysol
solution.
.. Describe the hygienic and sanitary precautions that should be observed
in a case of glanders occurring in a large livery in a city.
Apply complement-fixation, agglutination, and ophthalmic tests.
Destroy all reactors. Burn all litter and thoroughly disinfect the
stable, harness, utensils, ete. The stable should be quarantined until
tests have been completed. Any animals failing to react should be
kept under suspicion until subsequent tests, applied one month later,
prove them to be free from the disease.
Outline a plan for thoroughly disinfecting stable premises that have
become infected by the presence of contagious diseases.
Cleanse the stable thoroughly by removing manure and piles of
fodder, sweeping the ceilings, walls, and floors, removal of rotten
woodwork and loose boards, especially of the floor, removal of dried -
accumulations about mangers, floors, and drains; burn all the
removed material; scrub the mangers, feed-boxes, stalls, partitions,
harnesses, utensils, ete., with hot water and strong soap, lye, or wash-
ing soda. After cleansing, apply a chemical disinfectant with a
brush or, preferably, with a spray pump, which will carry it into
every crevice and over every surface. Bichloride of mercury,
348 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
1-1000, is the best disinfectant. Gutters and drains may be flushed
with a saturated solution of sulphate of iron. Dirt floors and barn-
yards containing infected material should be excavated to a depth
of six inches and filled in with new earth. Large fields may be
burned over.
Describe in detail your procedure in the treatment of a herd of cattle,
a part of which you have discovered to be infected with
tuberculosis. |
Separate the non-infected from the infected and test them every
three months for the first year and thereafter every six months.
All reacting or suspicious cases should be promptly removed. Reac-
tors which show clinical symptoms should be destroyed. Others may
be kept under the Bang system. Thoroughly disinfect the infected
premises.
How should all outbreaks of contagious diseases be handled?
By reporting promptly to the local or State authorities handling
such affairs. By enforcement of proper quarantine and attention to
disinfection.
Describe an effective method of disinfecting a ship that has contained
cattle affected with anthrax.
Send the boat out to sea not less than forty miles from land and,
beginning at the lowest occupied deck, have all excreta, fodder, fit-
tings, etc., brought up and thrown overboard. Then turn live steam
under pressure against every portion of the ship’s interior, touching
every crevice, nook, and corner. The bilge should be pumped out
and disinfected with bichloride of mercury or carbolic acid.
Mention a bacterium that is very resistant to the action of disinfectants.
Give a reason for your answer.
Bacterium of anthrax, because it forms spores which are very
resistant to the strongest disinfectants. These spores under favor-
able conditions develop into virulent bacteria.
Mention five ways in which pathogenic bacteria may be disseminated
from diseased to healthy animals.
By common watering and feeding troughs, by attendants, by
licking one another, by flies, and by an intermediate host (Texas-
_ fever tick).
Mention some of the contributing causes of contagious and zymotic
diseases.
Low-resisting powers due to previous disease, fatigue, or lack of
nourishment; overcrowding, poor ventilation, wounds.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 349
State the sanitary police measures necessary to prevent the spread of
dourine.
All affected horses should be excluded from breeding again.
Castration would be advisable as a safeguard. Stallions showing
no symptoms but having covered mares affected with the disease
should be similarly dealt with.
Describe the hygienic measures needful for the prevention of cerebro-
spinal meningitis.
Especial attention should be given to the food and water supply.
In ease of an outbreak of the disease in a stabie, the food, water, and
pasture should be changed immediately. Disinfect stalls, mangers,
etc., which have been used by affected animals.
Mention the measures of sanitary police that would be needed if lung
plague (contagious pleuropneumonia) were landed on our
shores.
Establish quarantine over the infected area. Kill all infected
animals and destroy carcasses by burning. Prevent any movements
of cattle into or out of the quarantined district for at least three
months after the last case appears. Destroy, by burning or plowing
under, all contaminated litter, and thoroughly disinfect premises,
as well as all boats, cars, etc., used in transporting infected animals.
Describe your method of procedure in case of an outbreak of anthrax
in a herd of cattle.
Isolate the sick animals. Kill badly diseased ones, but avoid
the shedding of blood. Destroy carcasses by burning, or burying in
quicklime at least five feet under the ground. The grave should be
in porous soil, far from any pond or river, and it should be fenced
off from pastures. Disinfect, by burning, all litter, fodder, manure,
urine, etc., and flame or drench with strong formalin solution all
stalls, and utensils used about the animals. Keep the remainder
of the herd immunized by vaccinating annually until the infection
is known to have disappeared from the premises. The sale of meat,
milk, hides, or other products from infected animals should be
prohibited.
PROPHYLAXIS
Describe the precautions that should be taken by the national and
State governments to prevent the introduction of foot-and-
mouth disease into this country.
A certificate, declaring the non-exposure of each cloven-hoofed
animal imported and a thorough disinfection of all litter, fodder,
300 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
halters, cars, boats, ete., as well as the clothing and the surface of
the bodies of all attendants and animals, should be required in every
case of an importation from an infected country. Such animals
should be held in quarantine for two weeks.
Describe the Bang method of eradicating tuberculosis from a herd of
cattle.
Slaughter all clinical cases. Apply the tuberculin test to the
remainder of the herd. Those reacting to the test but showing no
clinical symptoms are removed to a separate stable. (Perhaps it
would be better to remove the healthy animals to new or non-infected
quarters and leave the reactors in the old stable, which, in either
case, should be thoroughly disinfected.) Promptly remove the off-
spring of reactors from the mother and feed them on milk from
healthy cows or on sterilized milk of the mother. The non-reacting
animals and all offspring should be tuberculin tested every six
months and any reacting animals promptly removed and their
stalls disinfected. Every avenue of infection of the sound herd
must be guarded. Thus a healthy herd may be built up from a
diseased one,
Define disinfection. Name two natural and five chemical disinfectants.
Disinfection is the act of destroying microorganisms in or on
any substance, or inhibiting their growth and vital activity.
Sunlight and heat are two natural disinfectants.
Phenol, corrosive sublimate, chloride of lime, formaldehyde, and
oxalic acid are chemical disinfectants.
What precautions should be taken in feeding a horse that is kept from
work two or three days on account of lameness or injury?
Why? If such precautions are not observed, what is likely
to occur?
The amount of food should be greatly lessened and a laxative
diet would be advisable, because the vital activities are lessened and
less nourishment is required. Azoturia may follow rest and heavy
feeding in plethoric horses.
What factors do you consider important in the prevention of contagious
and zymotic diseases?
Isolation, quarantine, disinfection, and protective inoculations.
Name five prophylactic serums or vaccines and the disease against
which each is employed. '
Hog-cholera serum protects against hog cholera.
Tetanus antitoxin protects against tetanus.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 351
Black-leg vaccine protects against black-leg.
Anthrax vaccine protects against anthrax.
Rabies vaccine protects against rabies.
What precautions are necessary for public safety in an outbreak of
rabies?
Rigid quarantine for 100 days, or longer if necessary. Muzzle
all dogs over a wide area. All stray and unmuzzled dogs should be
shot. All dogs and cats that have been bitten by a rabid animal
should be destroyed or shut up in iron cages for six months under
veterinary supervision.
Mink AND MEatT HYGIENE
Mention the diseases of animals that render their fiesh unfit for human
food. 7
Unconditional. Conditional.
Extreme emaciation. . Pregnancy.
Exhaustion. Local inflammatory changes.
Enteritis. Tumors,
Peritonitis. Hepatitis.
Acute nephritis. Chronic nephritis.
Pneumonia. Mamuitis.
Pleurisy. Myocarditis.
Leukemia. Endocarditis.
Pseudotuberculosis. Pericarditis.
Anthrax. Anemia.
Rabies. Rachitis.
Glanders. Osteomalacia.
Variola. Parasitic diseases.
Tetanus. Tuberculosis.
Malignant cdema. Actinomycosis.
Septicemia. Botryomycosis.
Pyzmia. Swine erysipelas.
Black-leg. Hog cholera.
Hemorrhagic septicemia. Foot-and-mouth disease.
Uremia.
Parturient paresis.
Febrile diseases.
Name ten local disease conditions that do not call for rejection of the
meat for human food. |
Localized tuberculosis, actinomycosis and botryomycosis; peri-
carditis, benign tumors, chronic nephritis, dermatitis, mange, hemor-
rhage, thrombosis.
How is it determined at slaughter whether a tubercular cow is fit or
unfit for human consumption?
B. A. I. Order No. 150, Section 13, Paragraph 2, Rule A, reads
as follows: ‘‘The entire carcass shall be condemned—
302
VETERINARY STATE BOARD
‘“(a) When there is a tuberculous or other cachexia, as shown by
anemia and emaciation.
‘“(b) When the lesions of tuberculosis are generalized.
““(e) When the lesions of tuberculosis are found in the muscles
or intermuscular tissue or bones or joints, or in the body lymphatic
glands as a result of draining the muscles, bones, or joints.
‘*(d) When the lesions are extensive in one or both body cavities.
‘‘(e) When the lesions are multiple, acute, and actively pro-
eressive. (Evidence of active progress consists in signs of acute
inflammation about the lesions, liquefaction necrosis, or the pres-
ence of young tubercles. )
‘‘Rule B: An organ or a part of a careass shall be condemned—
‘“(a) When it contains lesions of tuberculosis.
‘‘(b) When the lesion is immediately adjacent to the flesh, as is
the case of tuberculosis of the parietal pleura or peritoneum, not only
the membrane or part affected but also the adjacent thoracic or
abdominal wall is to be condemned.
‘‘(¢) When it has been contaminated by tuberculous material,
through contact with the floor, a soiled knife, or otherwise.
““(d) All heads showing lesions of tuberculosis shall be con-
demned.
‘*(e) An organ shall be condemned when the corresponding
lymphatic gland is tuberculous.
“Rule C: The carcass, if the tuberculous lesions are limited to
a single or several parts or organs of the body (except as noted in
Rule A), without evidence of recent invasion of tubercle bacilli into
the systemic circulation, shall be passed after the parts containing
the localized lesions are removed and condemned in accordance with
Rule B.
““Rule D: Carcasses which reveal lesions more numerous than
those described for carcasses to be passed (Rule C), but not so severe
as the lesions described for carcasses to be condemned (Rule A), may
be rendered into lard or tallow if the distribution of the lesions is
such that all parts containing tuberculous lesions can be removed.
Such carcasses shall be cooked by steam at a temperature not lower
than 220° Fahrenheit for not less than four hours.”’
What points determine whether a case of tuberculosis is generalized
or local?
The term ‘‘localized tuberculosis’’ is applied to cases where
there is an infection of a single part of the body with the corre-
sponding lymph-glands, or the infection of several parts of the
body without the concurrence of the large circulatory system.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 353
‘“Generalized tuberculosis’? is a term applied in cases where a
part of the body is affected to which the tubercle bacilli can be
taken by the arterial blood only (e.g., spleen, kidneys, suprarenal
glands, testicles, ovaries, udder, bones, muscle, body lvmph-glands,
central nervous system, eyes, etc.). The presence of numerous
foci in the lungs positively indicates infection of the blood and
therefore is quite indicative of generalized tuberculosis.
What is “bob veal”? How is it detected and is it deleterious to human
health?
“Bob veal’’ is immature veal (veal from calves under three
weeks of age). The meat is watery, tender, easily torn, and grayish-
red in color; shows only slight muscular development, especially in
the region of the upper shank. The tissue, which later develops as
the fat capsule of the kidneys, is edematous, dirty yellow, or grayish-
red, and tough. The lumen of the navel vein is wide open and filled
with liquid blood. A chemical test will show an abnormal amount
of glycogen present in the muscles.
Jt is generally considered that calves under three weeks of age
are unfit for human food, and our Federal regulations provide for
their condemnation. Yet, in Germany, calves only three to four
days old are frequently slaughtered for food, are considered a
delicacy, and apparently are not detrimental to the health of the
consumers.
Name ten inflammatory and five non-inflammatory diseases.
Inflammatory: Pneumonia, pleurisy, rhinitis, enteritis, gastritis,
peritonitis, hepatitis, nephritis, arthritis, and pericarditis.
Non-inflammatory: Pernicious anemia, leukemia, chronic hy-
drocephalus, nasal polypi, tetanus.
Give the life-cycle of cystercus cellulosz. What disease does it cause?
What disposition should be made of a carcass affected with
this parasite?
The mature form of this parasite is the Tenia solium, a tape-
worm of man. The ova are passed in the feces and become dis-
seminated through the water or food and are taken in by the inter-
mediate host, the hog In the hog’s stomach the ovum hatches into
a six-hooked embryo, which finds its way through the stomach and
intestinal walls and enters the muscular tissues. There it develops
into the larval stage, becomes encysted, and either perishes in time
or is eaten by man. If the cyst containing the living larva is eaten by
man, the larva becomes liberated and attaches itself, by means of its
hooklets, to the intestinal wall and develops into the mature form.
23
304 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
Pork which contains these cysts is called ‘‘measly pork,’’ and if
badly affected should be condemned. Carcasses showing slight
lesions may be passed for lard.
Where and how would you look for “ measly pork ”?
With the naked eye the cysts may be seen in the intermuscular
tissue of the heart, tongue, larynx, abdomen, diaphragm, flanks,
jaws, neck, sternum, intercostal region, and adductors of the hind
legs. In case of doubt, a microscopic examination will help in ascer-
taining the presence or absence of the larva with its hooked scolex.
Explain the necessity of municipal and State meat inspection.
To prevent the spread of diseases communicable from animals to
man and to safeguard the public from unclean and unhealthy meat.
A considerable amount of our local meat supply is slaughtered
without inspection. One or more properly-inspected municipal abat-
toirs should be conducted in or near every city, where all slaughter-
ing of animals should be performed. State meat inspectors should
look after the smaller localities.
Mention the principal diseases of domestic animals that are com-
municable to man.
Anthrax. Actinomycosis.
Rabies. Botryomycosis.
Glanders. Tuberculosis.
Foot-and-mouth disease. Pseudotuberculosis.
Variola. Septicemia.
Tetanus. Pyzemia.
Malignant edema.
Name four physiological conditions that would render beef unfit for
food.
1. Immaturity. 2. Advanced pregnancy. 3. Strong sexual
odor. 4. Within ten days after parturition.
Is a carcass affected with mange fit for human food?
Carcasses which show advanced lesions associated with emacia-
tion should be condemned. Mild cases are passed for food.
What is trichinosis? How detected? State the disposition that should
be made of a carcass affected with trichinosis.
A disease of hogs (and man) caused by the presence of the larval
form of the parasite, Trichina spiralis, in the muscles. (The mature
worm infests the intestinal tract and causes intestinal trichinosis. )
A careful microscopical examination is necessary in order to
detect trichina in pork.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 395
Badly-infested carcasses should be destroyed. Mild cases should
be rendered into lard, smoked, pickled, or salted to destroy the
parasite.
What is cold slaughtered beef and how is it detected?
Cold slaughtered beef is that from a carcass of a dead unslaugh-
tered animal. Fraudulent attempts are made to give the carcass
the appearance of a normally slaughtered animal by performing
the sticking or cutting on post-mortem. This can be detected by the
absence of bloody infiltration of the edges of the wound, improper
bleeding, and perhaps evidence of post-mortem decomposition.
What is your opinion about ante-mortem examination of animals used
for food?
It is very desirable, but should not supplant the post-mortem
inspection. By it many diseases of animals may be detected and
the contamination of slaughter-houses avoided, not to mention the
safeguarding of the public health. Certain diseases, such as scabies,
rabies, tetanus, etc., which show slight or no lesions on post
mortem can be readily diagnosed on ante-mortem examination.
What is the average composition of cow’s milk?
BR BEN ico is cireseria ogdiel desea 87.00 Proterdsy 4.) g.;h0 2 Sakae 3.30
OTIS AU ne eh 13.00 1 TL De ike IS MR BMD As Pag 4.00
Raetose) ys ee Un a 4.95
SaleSH sac Sill eee de 75
State the hygienic precautions that should be observed in managing a
dairy from which milk is sold daily.
“‘‘Cleanliness’’ is the keynote.
Stable: Well drained, ventilated, and lighted.
Cows: Healthy, well fed and cared for, and clean.
Milking: The milkers should be healthy and tidy.
Care of milk: Promptly remove milk from the stable and cool it
to 45° F., and keep it at this temperature.
Utensils: Should be all metal and cleansed daily by washing
and sterilizing with steam or boiling water.
Water supply: Should be of unquestioned purity.
What is meant by certified milk? Mention the conditions in the pro-
duction and care necessary to warrant the certification of
the milk from a particular dairy.
Certified milk is that which is produced so as to conform to the
requirements of a legal contract between a medical milk commission
306 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
and a dairyman. Although subject to slight variations (principally
with regard to the maximum bacterial and minimum buiter-fat
content), the conditions are as follows: The milk must be clean and
wholesome and obtained from healthy cows which are kept in sani-
tary quarters, fed wholesome feed, and given pure water. It must be
drawn from clean cows by clean, healthy attendants into clean recep-
tacles and in a clean atmosphere. It must be handled in a clean
manner, cooled quickly, put into sterile receptacles, placed in cold
storage, and iced in transportation when necessary. The bacterial
content must not exceed 10,000 per c.c., and the fat-content must
equal or exceed 4 per cent.
Name some of the diseases that may be transmitted through the
medium of milk.
Typhoid fever, diphtheria, scarlet fever, tuberculosis, foot-and-
mouth disease, actinomycosis, anthrax, cholera infantum, ete.
Describe the dangers of infection to man through the consumption of
cow’s milk, covering (a) infection from bovine, (b) infec-
tion from germs added to the liquid during or after milking.
How may these dangers be guarded against?
(a) Tuberculosis, actinomycosis, foot-and-mouth disease, and
anthrax may be transmitted from the cow to man through the milk.
Strict veterinary supervision of the herd should eliminate these
dangers. |
(b) Diphtheria, tuberculosis, scarlet fever, and typhoid fever
may enter the milk during or after milking. To guard against this.
danger, the milker and milker’s family should be free from infee-
tious diseases. All bottles or other receptacles returned from houses
holding cases of contagious diseases should be carefully sterilized
or, better, destroyed. Dogs and cats carry disease germs, and should
be excluded from the stable and dairy-house. The water supply
should be pure.
State in what way milk may become a means of transmitting the germs
of typhoid fever.
The milk may become infected with the typhoid bacillus through
flies, dust, contact with human patients suffering from this disease,
cows wading in filth containing bowel and urinary discharges of
human beings and contaminating the udder with germs of typhoid
fever and thus conveying them to the milk; the water supply to the
milk-house; bottles returned from houses holding typhoid patients.
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 357
How is milk tested for the presence of (a) boric acid, (b) salicylic
acid, and (c) sodium bicarbonate?
(a) Add toa few drops of milk, contained in a white dish, a drop
or two of hydrochloric acid, and then several drops of a saturated
alcoholic solution of turmeric. Heat the dish gently for a few
minutes, and if boric acid or borax is present, a pink or dark-red
color will appear. Cool, and add a drop of ammonia, when a dark-
blue or green color should be seen.
(b) Add two or three drops of sulphuric acid to 20 ¢.c. of milk
and then shake gently with 20 c.c. of a mixture of equal parts of
ether and petrolic ether. Then, after standing for several hours,
the upper ethereal solution is poured off and the remaining liquid
is evaporated in a porcelain evaporating dish. Add to the residue
a few drops of water, and if salicylic acid is present a violet or
purple color will be produced on adding a drop of a ferric chloride
solution.
(ec) Add to the suspected milk an equal volume of alcohol and
two drops of a 1 per cent. solution of rosalic acid. If sodium bicar-
ponate is present, a red-rose color will appear.
Classify milk from the stand-point of its number of harmless bacteria.
Class1. Certified milk: not over 10,000 bacteria per cubic centi-
metre.
Class 2. Inspected milk: not over 100,000 bacteria per cubic
centimetre.
Class 3. Pasteurized milk: none, or a variable low number of
bacteria.
What is pasteurized milk?
Milk which has been heated to a temperature below the boiling-
point but sufficiently high to destroy all pathogenic microorganisms
(140° F., or 46° C. for 30 minutes; 150° F., or 65° C. for 20 minutes;
160° F., or 70° C. for 10 minutes). This should be done as soon as
practicable after milking in inclosed vessels, preferably the final
containers, and after such heating immediately cooled to a tempera-
ture not exceeding 50° F., or 10° C.
Give a test to prove that milk has been pasteurized.
Pasteurization cannot be proven unless the milk has been heated
to 170° F., or over, because this temperature is necessary to destroy
the ferments upon which the test depends.
Storch’s test: Add to 5 ec. of milk two drops of a freshly-
prepared 2 per cent. solution of paraphenylenediamine hydrochlor-
308 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
ide, and then one drop of a 2 per cent. solution of hydrogen dioxide.
Unheated milk gives a blue color when thus treated, but milk heated
to 170° F. gives no color. ‘
Arnold’s guaiac test: Add, drop by drop, a little tincture of
guaiac to a small amount of milk in a test-tube. If the milk has not
been heated to 80° C. (170° F.), a blue zone is formed between the
two fluids; heated milk gives no reaction, but remains white.
Give a test for formaldehyde in milk.
Place about 20 c.c. of milk in a small glass vessel, dilute with
an equal volume of water, and add, by pouring slowly down the
inside of the vessel, a small amount of 90 per cent. commercial sul-
phurie acid. If formaldehyde is present, a purple or bluish zone will
appear at the junction of the acid and milk. If no formaldehyde is
present, a faint, slightly greenish ring forms. This test will detect
formaldehyde even if present in as small proportion as 1 in 200,000.
Name the common preservatives used in milk.
Borie acid, salicylic acid, formalin, benzoic acid, potassium
bichromate.
Give the cause for: (a) ropy milk, (b) bitter milk, (c) blue milk, (d)
red milk, (e) suppression of the milk, (f) pus in the milk.
(a) Inflammation of the udder may cause ropy milk, but in the
majority of cases it is due to B. lactus viscosus.
(b) Eating of certain foods by cows (lupines, ragweed, ecab-
bages, Swedish turnips) ; it occurs in old milk due to growth of
oerms.
(c) Bacillus eyanogenus.
(d) A mixture of blood: B. prodigiosus. Rarely due to eating
of pigmented plants.
(e) Mastitis, severe febrile diseases, certain drugs such as bella-
donna, idodine, camphor, alum, ete.
(f) Mastitis. (A small number of leucocytes is often found in
milk from apparently healthy cows.) Prolonged retention of milk
in the udder gives rise to an increased leucocyte content.
Describe briefly: (a) sanitary farm, (b) sanitary barn, (c) sanitary
milk-house.
(a) A sanitary farm is one that is located sufficiently high to
have good drainage, and that is free from germs of infectious
diseases.
(b) A sanitary barn is one provided with good drainage, venti-
lation, and light, and pure water supply; it has the necessary
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 359
amount of air space per animal, and is clean and free from germs
of infectious diseases.
(e) A sanitary milk-house is so constructed that it can be
readily disinfected throughout with boiling water or steam. All
apparatus used in it should be of metal as far as practicable so as to
permit of thorough sterilization. Good drainage, ventilation, and
a supply of pure water are essential. It should be well fitted with
all apparatus necessary for the proper handling, cooling, and storing
of milk.
How is a quantitative bacterial analysis of milk made?
A eubie centimetre of milk is diluted with sterile water and
mixed with melted nutrient agar. This mixture is poured in a
Petri dish, allowed to cool, and then placed in an ineubator for 24
hours. Each bacterium grows and produces one colony. By count-
ing the colonies and multiplying the result by the dilution, the num-
ber of bacteria per cubic centimetre is determined.
What is the significance of the presence of streptococci in milk?
This question is subject to great dispute. Most authorities are
agreed that any number of streptococci in excess of the ordinary
number found in milk calls for an investigation of the dairy supply-
ing the milk, looking particularly for mammitis, and contamination
with dirt, especially manure.
Name the microorganism that causes milk to become sour.
B. lactis acidi.
What is the difference between pasteurized, sterilized and certified
milk?
Pasteurized milk has been heated to a temperature below the
boiling-point but sufficiently high to destroy nearly all living micro-
organisms, or at least to check their growth. (Ninety-five to ninety-
eight per cent. of all bacteria are destroyed by pasteurization.)
Sterilized milk is free from all bacteria and spores. Sterilization
is usually accomplished by heating the milk to the boiling-point. By
this process the milk is altered in composition and taste, and there-
fore it is objectionable as a commercial product.
Certified milk is produced under such cleanly methods as to
contain a very low number of non-pathogenic bacteria: not over
10,000 per cubic centimetre.
ZOOTECHNICS
What is zootechnics? What subjects are included in the study of
zootechnics ? |
Zootechnics refers to the breeding, keeping and general manage-
ment of domesticated animals. It includes a study of breeds, breed-
ing, feeds, feeding, conformation, type, soundness, ete.
Give a definition for the following terms: protein, fat, carbohydrates,
balanced ration, crude fibre.
Protein refers to the nitrogen compounds in vegetable and ani-
mal foods. About 16 per cent. of protein substances consist of
nitrogen. |
Fat is an important constituent of foods. Its presence is deter-
mined by submitting the feeding-stuff to the action of ether, which
dissolves fat. It is often called ether-extract and is found in seeds
more than in coarse foods. Cotton-seed and flax-seed are especially
oleaginous.
Carbohydrates are compounds that are important constituents
of food. They are made up of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen; the
hydrogen and oxygen being in the proportion to form water. They
are non-nitrogenous compounds and are present in large proportions
in all the common fodders, in the form of starch, sugar, cellulose,
ete. 3
A balanced ration is one which contains the different nutrients
in the proper proportions to meet the physiological requirements of
the animal, with the least waste of nutrients.
Crude fibre is the tough or woody part of plants. It consists
mainly of cellulose and is especially abundant in hay and straw.
What would constitute a normal day’s ration for a 1200-pound horse?
The following rations should meet the needs of a 1200-pound
horse, doing moderate work: 3 3
1 2h 3
10 pounds hay. 10 pounds hay. 10 pounds hay.
6 pounds corn. 10 pounds oats. 6 pounds oats.
7 pounds wheat bran. 5 pounds wh. bran. 6 pounds corn.
360
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 361
From the following list of hay, grains and concentrates, subdivide those
best suited for dairy cattle, beef cattle, horses, sheep and
swine: Hay—timothy, common red clover and alfalfa;
grains—peas, oats, barley and rye; concentrates—bran, cot-
ton-seed meal, oil cake and gluten meal. .
Dairy cattle: Clover hay, alfalfa, barley, bran, cotton-seed meal,
_ oil cake, and gluten.
Beef cattle: Clover hay, rye, bran, cotton-seed meal, and gluten.
Horses: Timothy hay, alfalfa, oats, bran, and barley.
Sheep: Clover hay, alfalfa, bran, cotton-seed meal, gluten, and
oil cake.
Swine: Clover hay, peas, barley, and bran.
Define the following terms: hereditary, prepotency, in-breeding, cross-
breeding, thoroughbred and grade.
Hereditary refers to diseases or qualities which are derived from
ancestry or obtained by inheritance.
Prepotency is a quality possessed by certain individuals, by
reason of which they have greater power than the other parent in
transmitting inheritable characters to the offspring.
In-breeding is a form of line-breeding which involves the breeding
together of sire and offspring or dam and offspring or of brother and
sister.
Cross-breeding refers to the combining of encestral lines of two
distinct races, breeds, or varieties.
The term thoroughbred refers to a specific breed of horses (the
English race-horse) which are noted for speed and endurance.
The term grade is applied to an offspring resulting from the
mating of a common or unimproved parent with one more highly
improved, a ‘*pure-bred.”’
What is atavism? Give an example.
Atavism is the inheritance of characteristics from remote, but not
from the immediate, ancestors. In breeding pure-bred animals we
occasionally obtain an offspring which is off-color or off-type and
resembles a very remote ancestor. The peculiar color or type may
not have been shown in several generations.
Name the various breeds of dairy cattle and wool sheep.
Dairy cattle: Holstein-Friesians, Jerseys, Guernseys, and
Ayrshires.
Wool sheep: Merinos, Southdowns, Shropshires, Oxfords, Dor-
sets, Leicesters, Cotswolds, and Lincolns.
362 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
What points should be especially considered in the selection of animals
' for breeding purposes?
We should consider the individual and its ancestry, noting
particularly that the high standard of the ancestors has been main-
tained in each individual in the line of parentage. ‘‘Like begets
hike’’; therefore, the desirable, as well as the undesirable, points of
the selected animal are likely to be transmitted to the offspring.
What influence on the offspring does heredity play and what environ-
ment?
Heredity should not be considered from the stand-point of the
individuals mated only, but of the race as a whole. Consider the
ancestors and the desirable characteristics which they uniformly
possessed. From individuals whose ancestry has shown a uniform-
ity of certain characteristics it is reasonable to expect that these
points will be transmitted to offspring. Among the characteristics
inherited are: conformation, type, color, temperament, milk-pro-
duction, wool-production, speed, endurance, style, action, etc.
Environment, likewise, deserves general consideration. The
effect of environment on the immediate offspring is of little impor-
tance. Insufficient food, overwork, and improper care may result
in the production of an individual offspring of inferior size and
development. But the succeeding generation may lack in neither of
these respects. However, if a great number of generations are
kept in the same improper environment, there will be a tendency
toward retrogression.
What is the value of a pedigree and upon what does it depend?
A pedigree is a record of ancestry, and its value depends upon the
reputation of the ancestors. If the ancestors for five or six genera-
tions back have been individuals of a uniformly good character, the
pedigree is valuable, and the individual, which it represents, is
desirable as a breeding animal. On the contrary, if there has been
a lack of uniformity in the previous generations, the pedigree is of
little account, and the individual is more or less undesirable as a
factor in breeding.
An ideal pedigree would be one which contains definite infor-
mation regarding the merits and demerits of the individuals
recorded.
Name the conditions of the tarsus that cause unsoundness.
Arthritis chronica deformans, curb, bog-spavin, and thorough-
pin.
Pee, me
ee en eh, Pee a
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 363
What unsoundnesses in horses may be regarded as sufficient cause
for disqualification of animals by judges in the show ring?
Some judges disqualify horses which show lameness from any
cause whatsoever. But it would seem more logical to disqualify
only those in which the lameness is due to structural changes in the
limbs, such as ring-bone, navicular bursitis, spavin, curb, splints,
quittor, laminitis, tendonitis, shoulder, hip and stifle lameness, ete.,
and to ignore temporary lameness due to nail-wounds, corns, thrush,
ete.
Other recognized unsoundnesses are: roaring, heaves, periodic
ophthalmia, blindness, infectious diseases (glanders, influenza,
dourine, ete.), osteoporosis, congenital malformations (ceryptorchid-
ism, monorchidism, herniz, ete.), chronic hydrocephalus and vicious
habits.
‘What diseases are hereditary in horses? Mention faulty conforma-
tions that predispose to unsoundness in horses.
The consensus of opinion would indicate that there are few, if
any, hereditary diseases. But there is no doubt about the transmis-
sion of defects in conformation. Among the latter should be
mentioned :
Curby hocks. Base narrow.
Narrow hocks. Toe wide.
Knee-sprung. Toe narrow.
Calf-knees. Narrow, long-coupled back.
Short, upright pasterns. Small, deep-set eyes.
Base wide. Narrow forehead.
These defects predispose to unsoundness.
_, What are the characteristics of a good milch cow?
Head: Small and clean cut; muzzle large; forehead straight or
concave; small horns; eyes bright and prominent.
Neck: Long and thin.
Body: Soft, fine, thick hair; clean, pliable skin; broad loins
but not thickly fleshed as in the beef type; frame wedge-shaped,
tapering from rump to shoulder; flank high ; abdomen well barrelled
and roomy.
Udder: Broad, full, extending high up behind and far forward ;
not loose, pendulent, and fieshy ; teats large, evenly placed, and wide
apart; large, prominent milk-veins.
Extremities: Fore limbs short and wide apart; long and power-
ful hind quarters with thin thighs, widely separated; tail long, slim,
and loosely jointed.
Temperament: Docile; heavy feeder.
364 VETERINARY STATE BOARD
mag
Describe a properly built stall for a horse. Give its dimensions.
A properly-built stall for a horse should be ten feet long from
the manger and six feet wide. The partitions must be strong and
high enough, especially in front, to prevent quarrelling. The pillars
are rounded and provided with rings, about three feet from the
floor, to which a chain can be attached.
The floor is made of concrete or other impervious material and
covered with wood. The slope, posteriorly, should be as little as
possible to secure drainage. One inch lower behind than in front is
sufficient. ;
Mangers are best made of metal and so constructed as to permit:
of thorough cleansing. The hay-rack should be low to avoid the
danger of dust, chaff, ete., falling into the nostrils and eyes.
Windows should be high overhead to prevent drafts and the glare
of light in the eyes.
At what age does the cow, mare, bitch, ewe and cat bear young?
| The age at which the various animals arrive at puberty varies in
different species and in individuals of species. Records show that
cows have given birth to young as early as 14 months, mares 22
months, bitch 8 months, ewe 13 months, and cat 10 months.
It is undesirable to have a female bring forth young before she
has matured because of the dangers to her health and development.
Therefore breeders, as a rule, do not mate females until they have
reached ages as follows: Cow, 1 to 1144 years; mare, 4 to 5 years;
bitch, 1 year; ewe, 1 year; cat, 1 year.
What are some of the principal causes of sterility in domestic animals?
How may these conditions be overcome?
(See subject of obstetrics, p. 293.)
Name the several external and internal parasites of sheep.
External: Melophagus ovinus (sheep-tick), hematopinus stenop-
sis (sheep-louse), cestrus ovis (sheep gad-fly), sarcoptes scabei (face-
scab parasite), symbiotes communis (foot-scab parasite), psoroptes
communis (common scab parasite).
Internal: Cstrus ovis (grub in head), ecenurus cerebralis (gid),
strongylus filaria and rufescens (lung worms), strongylus convo-
lutus (stomach worm), cesophagostoma columbiana (nodular disease
in intestines), distoma hepaticum (fluke), tenia expansa, alba and
fimbriata (tapeworms).
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS 365
Give the process of dentition in the equine from birth to the age of
b five (5) years.
At birth or within two weeks after: The colt shows two tem-
porary nippers, above and below, and the first three temporary
grinders.
Four to six weeks: The temporary intermediates appear.
Six to nine months: The temporary corners appear.
Ten to twelve months: The fourth molar erupts.
Two years: The fifth molar erupts.
Two and one-half to three years: The permanent nippers replace
the temporary ones and the first two premolars are replaced.
Three and one-half to four years: The intermediates and third
premolars are replaced by permanent teeth.
Four and one-half to five years: The permanent corners, canines,
and last molars erupt.
. What are the characteristics of a seven-year-old mouth?
The tables of the nippers and intermediates are levelled (cups
gone); the ring of central enamel is wider anteroposteriorly and
shorter from side to side; the nippers are oval, the intermediates
becoming so. A notch is formed on the posterior surface of the
superior corners.
State the advantages and disadvantges of a pair of mules over a pair
of horses.
Advantages. Disadvantages.
1. Less susceptible to digestive dis- Practically none.
orders, laminitis, azoturia, glan- Many people are prejudiced against
ders, influenza, foot lameness, the mule for no valid reason.
heat prostration, etc. The mule is not adapted to heavy draft
2. Require less elaborate stables. work because of size.
3. Longer period of serviceability.
4, Stand hard usage better.
INDEX
Abdominal cavity, regions of, 99
organs, pathology, 152
Abducens nerve, 75
functions of, 134
Abomasum, anatomy, 81
conditions of food leaving, 118
Abortion, 264, 276
from ergot, 198
infectious in cows, 182
course and etiology of, 277
methods of control, 277
of diagnosing, 182
symptoms, 277
non-contagious, causes of, 276
symptoms of, 276
Abscess, cold, 209, 240
of shoulder, 240
treatment, 209, 240
defined, 144, 209
postpharyngeal, causes, 220
symptoms and treatment, 220
Absorption, 103, 122
of gas by fluids, 114
Acariasis, poultry, cause of, 203
treatment, 203
prevention and treatment, 205
Accommodation, 103
process of, 137
A. C. E. mixture, 305
Acetanilide, action, 304
effect on temperature, 304
source and uses, 3
Acetates, 35
Acid, 3
acetic, 35, 38
action on secretions, 331
arsenious, 33
boric, 31
action, properties and uses of, 321
carbolic, source, 37
dibasic, 4
gallic, 34
hippuric, 127
hydrochloric, 318
preparation of, 26
source of, in gastric juice, 118
lactic, 38, 42
mineral, 40
monobasic, 4
nitric, preparation of, and uses, 19
phosphoric, 11, 318 -
sulphuric, 23
graphic formula of, 11, 24
preparation of, 23, 24
tannic, 34
actions and source, 321
tartaric, 38
Acid, tribasic, 4
uric, 127
Acid-fast organisms, 162
Acne, pathology, 156
« symptoms and treatment, 202
Aconite, dose of tincture, 299
maximum doses, 299
physiological actions, 298
therapeutic uses, 298
Aconitine, 315
Actinobacillosis, 180
animals affected by, 180
diagnosis and treatment, 180
Actinomycosis, 180
fungus of, 162
prescription for, 336
symptoms and treatment, 180, 227
Adrenalin, dose for dog and horse, 318
preparation, source and uses, 318
Adrenals, anatomy, 96, 98
vascular glands, 112
Aérobic, facultative and obligative, 161
term defined, 161
Age, determination of, 225, 365
of breeding, 364
Agglutinins, 163
Air, 20, 346
changes in inspired, 113, 346
composition of breathed, 346
‘of normal, 115, 346
constituents of, 20
injurious substances added to, in
breathing, 20
mixture not a compound, 20
residual, 114
space requirements, 346
tidal, 103, 114
Anatomy, 44
Albuminuria, conditions found in, 186
Alcohols, absolute, 35
ethyl, 35
methyl, 35
preparation and uses of, 35
Aldehyde, 35
Alimentation, 104
Alkalies, 3
actions of, 300
on secretions, 331
caustic, antidote for, 39
uses, 300
Alkaloid, 38, 311
antidote for, 38
Alkaloids, six common, 311
Allantois, 274
Allotropism, 5
Aloes, action of, 322
Barbadoes, 317
367
368 INDEX
Aloes, Cape, 317
dose for cow, dog, and horse, 322
Socotrine, 317
Alterative, 321
Aluminum, important salts of, 31
sulphate, 31
Alums, 31
Alveolus, 45
Amalgam, 4
Amaurosis, causes, 218
defined, 218
treatment, 218
Amboceptors, 167, 168, 342
bacterial, 168
hemolytic, 167, 168
Ammonia, 19
aqua, 301
aromatic spirits of, dose, 320
sign of danger in drinking water, 19
source and uses of, 19
Ammonium acetate, 35
carbonate, 301
dose, 320
chloride, 19, 301
dose, 320
iodide, 303
dose, 314
nitrate, 20
Amnion, 274
Amorphism, 2
Amphiarthrosis, 52
Amputation of hind limb, 98
of penis, 235
of tail, indications for, 239
of udder, indications, 326
Amylopsin, 116, 121
Anabolism, 40, 126
Anzmia, 182, 141
causes of, 182
cerebral, 200
post-mortem appearance of, 155
infectious, treatment, 182
Anaérobic, term defined, 161
facultative and obligative, 161
Anesthesia, chloroform, 258, 315
dangers of, 258
of a foot for operation, 258
Anesthetic, defined, 307
general, local, and uses, 307
Anesthetics, 258
in major operations, 258
in horse, ox and dog, 258
in minor operations, 258
| in horse, ox and dog, 258
Analysis, 3
Anaphylaxis, 148
Anasarca, 144
Anatomy, histological, 99
obstetrical, 259
soft organs concerned in, 259
topographical, 98
Anchylosis, defined, 214}
Anchylostoma, 197
\ animals attacked by, 197
PT eater symptoms and treatment,
Aneurism, 149
causes, 187
defined, 217
false, 217
of cceliac and mesenteric arteries, 149
cause of, 149
symptoms and treatment, 187
true, 217
varieties of, 217
Angioma, 146
Animal heat, 128
conditions influencing, 128
how maintained, 128
how regulated, 128
in cold-blooded animals, 128
in warm-blooded animals, 128
Ante-mortem examination of food-animals
355
Anthelminties, 325
Anthrax, in cattle, 175
bacillus of, 172
course, 175
cutaneous form, 175
ee from malignant cedema,
disinfecting ships, 348
immunization in, 341
ee of procedure in outbreak,
9
post-mortem lesions, 158
symptoms, 175
Antibodies, 167, 168
Antidotes, chemical, 39
differentiated from antagonists, 338
for poisoning by aconite, 339
by alkaloids, 38
by arsenic, 338
by atropine, 340
by chloral hydrate, 340
by chloroform, 340
by corrosive sublimate, 338
by lead, 339
by mercury, 339
by morphine, 340
by strychnine, 340
mechanical and physiological, 39
Antimony, 34
Antiphlogistics, 210, 331
Antipyrine, 310, 317
Antiseptic, defined, 161, 329
economic, 316
for wounds, 309
wound treatment, 206
Antiseptics, 24
Antitoxin, 1638, 341
tetanus, dose, 343
source, unit, and use, 343
treatment, 341
Anus, imperforated, treatment, 296
Aorta, anterior branches, common, 64
posterior, branches of, 63
Aphrodisiac, 320
INDEX
Aphthz epizoétice, 176
symptoms and treatment, 176
Apneea, 114
Apomorphine, for the dog, 308
tration and dose, 308
use, 308, 316
hydrochloride, dose, 327
Aponeuroses, 57
Apoplexy, 155
parturient, 287.
Aqueous humor, 93, 94
Arachnoid, anatomy, 71
physiology, 133
Areca nut, a vermifuge, dose, 316
use and constituents of, 324
Arecoline hydrobromide, actions, 303
dose, 303, 312
Argyrol, 27
Arsenic, 33
actions and administration, 303
antidote for, 39, 338
compounds of, used in medicine, 38
Fowler’s solution of, 33
Marsh’s test for, 33
poisoning by, symptoms, 338
preparations used in medicine, 303,
327
trioxide, 33
uses, 303
Arteries, anterior mesenteric, 63
anterior tibial, 65
axillary and brachial, 64
broncho-cesophageal, 63
collateral of cannon, 64
digital, 64
external carotid and iliac, 65
external pudic, 92
femoral, 66
function, 110
gastric, 66
glossofacial, 65
hepatic, 66
histologically described, 99
humeral, 64
iliac, 64
inflammation of, 217
intercostal, 63
internal iliacs, 66
middle sacral, 63
perpendicular, 64
phrenic, 63
plantar ungual, 64
popliteal, 65
posterior mesenteric, 63
radial, 64
preplantar ungual, 64
renal, 63
small testicular, 64
spermatic, 63, 92
splenic, 66
superficial temporal, 65
369
Arteries, umbilical, 67
uterine, 66
vertebral. 65
Arteritis, causes, defined, 217
Arthritis, defined, 148, 214
deforming, 214, 248
lesions of, 148
serous, suppurative, and tubercular,
21
varieties of, 214
Arthrology, 51
Articulations, 51
atlo-axoid, 52
classes, 51
costochondral and costosternal, 53
coxofemoral and femorotibial, 56
humeroradial, 53
interphalangeal, 55
of the tarsus, 56
of the vertebre, 52
radiocarpal, 54
scapulohumeral, 53
structures entering into, 52
Atrophy, 141, 143
causes of, 143
Ascaris megalocephala, 195
prescription for, 195
symptoms, 195
Ascites, causes, 198
defined, 198
in the dog, causes, symptoms and
treatment, 231
Asepsis, defined, 161
Aseptic wound treatment, 206
Asphyxia, 115
in new-born, 294
treatment, 294
stages of, 115
Aspidium, dose, 324, 325
oleoresin, 325
precautions in administering, 324
value of, 324
Asthma, bronchial, 189
animal most susceptible to, 189
causes, symptoms and treatment, 189
Atavism, 361
Atelectasis, 151
Atom, 3
Atomic weight, 5
Atlas, vertebra, 48
articulation of, 52
Atropine, action, 309
poisoning by, symptomsand antidote,
340
source, 309
sulphate, dose of, 312
Auditory nerve, 75
function of, 1385, 137
Augmentation, defined, 133
Auscultation, 171
Autogenous vaccine, 344
Auto-intoxication, 142
Automatism, defined, 133
Avogadro’s law, 12
370 INDEX
Axis, vertebr, 48
articulations of, 52
Azoturia, 183
differentiated from spinal meningitis,
169
etiology, 183
pathology of, 154
prevention of, 183
symptoms, 183
treatment, 183, 329
Bacillus, 160
Bang’s, 161, 277
Johne’s, 179
Koch’s, 161
necrophorus, 163
Nicolaier’s, 161
of anthrax, tetanus and tuberculosis,
162
paratuberculosis, 163
Bacteria, pathogenic, methods of dis-
semination, 348
Bacteriacez, 160
Bacterin therapy, 344
Bacteriology, 160
Bacteriologic examination, 163
collecting tissues for, 163
Bacterium, 160
lactic acid, 42
method of producing disease, 164
Migula’s classification of, 160
resistant to disinfectants, 348
Balanced rations, 127, 360
Balsam copaiba, dose, 318
Peru, actions, 325
dose, source, and use, 325
Bang, bacillus of, 161, 277
method of eradicating tuberculosis,
350
Barium, 29, 30
chloride, 30
dose, and indications for, 299
Bar-shoe, contra-indicated, 256
in corns, 254
in laminitis, 255
in thrush, 254
uses of, 256
Base, 3
Bayer’s operation for quittor, 252
Beef, cold slaughtered, 355
detection of, 355
physiological conditions rendering un-
fit, 354
Beggiatoa, 160
Beggiatocee, 160
Belladonna, actions and uses, 308
Bell metal, 12
Benzoated lard, 309
preparation of and uses, 309
Bessemer process, 32
Bile, 120
functions of, 120
result of suspended secretion of, 109
salts of, 103
Bile, secretion in equine and bovine com-
pared, 120
Bishoping, method of, 226
Bismuth, 31
citrate, 31
salts of, action externally, 314
subcarbonate, 31
subgallate, 31
subnitrate, 31
actions and dose, 314
subsalicylate, 31
Bitters, vegetable, 322
Bladder, urinary, anatomy, 89
paralysis of, in horse and dog, 283
ee symptoms and treatment,
2
prolapse of, in mare, treatment, 233
rupture of, causes, symptoms and
treatment, 233
Blastoderm, function of, 273
membranes of, 273
Bleaching powder, 8
Blistering agents, 313
for different animals, 313
Bloating, accompanying choke, 222
in cattle, 192
Blood, amount of, in horse, 107
arterial and venous compared, 108
cause of alkalinity, 108
circulation of, in brain, 112
coagulation of, 108
color of, in renal veins, 108
composition of, 101, 106, 107
defined, 106
flow of, in arteries and veins, 111
forces that cause circulation of, 110
function of, in secretion, 104
gases found in, 107
inflammatory appearances of, 210
oxygen, how carried in, 108
pathology of, 146
pressure, 111
factors that decrease and ine
_ crease, 111
governed, 111
highest and lowest, 111
proteids of, 107
velocity of, 111
greatest and lowest, 111
vessels, 100
diseases of, 217
pathology of, 148
Blood-clot, 147
ante-mortem and post-mortem com-
pared, 147
Blow-pipe, oxyhydrogen, 15
Blue vitriol, 7
Bones, 44
atlas, 48
axis, 48
blood supply of, 66
carpal, 48
cuneiform, 48
development of, 44
ee ee eee ee oe
INDEX 371
Bones, femur, fracture of, 246
frontal of the ox, 45
ilium and ischium, 50
inferior maxillary, 46
inflammation of, 212
lunar, 48
number of, in the horse, 44
of the cranium,
of the ear, 137
of the foot, 48
of the fore limb, horse and ox, 47
of the head, 44
of the hind limb, 50
of the pelvis, 50
os innominatum, 50
pathology of, 147
pedal, 48
pisiform, 48
properties of, 44, 105
pubis, 50
ribs, 51
sacrum, 50
scaphoid, 48
scapula, 47
superior maxillary, 45.
trapezoid, 48
ulna, 47
unciform, 48
Bob-veal, 353
method of detection, 353
relation to health, 353
Body, excreting organs of, 105
inorganic constituents of, 106
secreting organs of, 105
vital organs of, 105
Borax, 31
Boric acid, 31
Boron, 31
Bots, in throat of solipeds, 188
Boyle’s law, 1
Brain, anemia of, pathology, 155
anatomy, 71, 72
circulation of blood in, 112
hyperzemia of, 200
membranes of, 71, 133
function of, 133
Brandy, 35
Brass, 12
Breathing, Cheyne-Stokes, 166
Broken knee, treatment of, 241
Bromine, preparation of, 27
uses in medicine, 27
Bronchitis, inhalation, 188
causes of, 188
symptoms, 189
verminous, treatment in calves, 189
Bronchopneumonia, 188
appearance of lungs in, 151
Bunsen burner, 22
Caecum, anatomy, 83
capacity of, 83
horse and ox compared, 83
puncturing, tissues involved i in, 2382
Cecum, puncturing, unsatisfactory results
in, 232
Cesium, 29
Caffeine, actions, dose and use of, 327
Calabar bean, alkaloid of, 312
Calcification, 144
Calcium, 29
carbide, 22
hydroxide, 11
hypochlorite, 8
sulphate, 30
Calculus, defined, 212
salivary, treatment, 227
urinary, symptoms and treatment, 223
varieties of, 212
Calomel, 28, 299
preparation and properties of, 28
uses, 299
Calorie, large and small, 129
Camphor, actions, dose, source and uses,
Canal, auditory, 95
Haversian, 105
infra-orbital, 46
inguinal, 62
lachrymal, 45
maxillodental, 46
palatine, 45
Cancer, varieties of, 145
Canker, 254
differentiated from thrush, 254
prognosis, 254
symptoms and treatment, 254
Cannabis indica, actions and use, 324
dose for dog and horse, 324
Cantharides, actions and uses, 302
active principles of, 314
source, 314
Capped hock, causes, definition and treat-
ment, 249
Carbohydrates, 34, 41, 360
differentiated from hydrocarbons, 34,
Al
Carbolic acid, 37
antidote for, 40
source, 37
Carbon, 20
allotropic forms of, 21
amorphous, 21
dioxide, 11, 21
effect on health, 20
preparation of, 21
test for, 22
weight compared with air, 22
element of proteids, 106
monoxide, 11
reducing agent, 21
Cardiac cycle, 110
hypertrophy, 148
causes and lesions of, 148
Caries, defined, 148, 213
of the teeth, 224
causes of, 148
treatment, 224
372 INDEX
Carpus, structures of, 54
Cartilage, articular, function of, 105
development of bone from, 44
ensiform, 49
lateral, 55
function of, 55, 138
of prolongation, 47°
xiphoid, 49
Caruncle, 136
Cascara sagrada, 319
dose, source and uses, 319
Cascarilla, actions, dose and use, 322
Casting, accidents i in, 257
methods of, in horse and ox, 257
Castor oil, actions and dose, 322,
Castration, diseases resulting from, 234
hemorrhage following, 208, 234
in the male, 234
ill effects following, 234
tissues cut in, 235
Casts, urinary, 153
blood, 153
epithelial, 153
fatty, 153
granular, 153
hyaline, 153
in acute parenchymatousnephritis, 153
in chronic interstitial nephritis, 153
in chronic parenchymatous nephritis,
153
ears 153
xy, 153
Geis 40, 126
Cataplasm, 329
Cataract, conditions giving rise to, 219
defined, diagnosis, and forms of, 219
Cathartics, classes of, 298
vegetable, 322
Catheterization, operation of, 233
in cow, gelding, mare and steer, 233
Caudal myotomy, object, 239
Caustic alkali, 3, 39
liquid, 29
lunar, 27
Cautery, actual, 245
value of, 245
Cavity, abdominal, regions of, 99
glenoid, 51
Cell division, 102
direct and indirect, 102
physiology and properties of, 102
Cerebellum, effect of its removal, 133
function of, 133
Cerebral anzeemia and hyperzemia, 200
Cerebrospinal meningitis, see Meningitis
Cerebrum, anatomy, 72
function, 133
Cervix uteri, ‘laceration of, 289
treatment, 229
Cesarean section, in mare, 281
complications of, 281
in multiparous animals, 282
Chabert method of opening guttural
pouch, 220
Chemical action, 5
affinity, 3
calculations, 12, 13
change, 2
equations, 8, 9, 10
prefixes, 8
suffixes, 7
Chemistry, 1, 2
distinguished from physics, 1
inorganic, 2
organic, 34
physiological, 40
Chestnut, anatomy, 95
Cheyne-Stokes breathing, 166
Choke, in the cow, treatment, 222
cesophagotomy i in, 221
treatment of, 221
Chordz tendine, 103
Chorea, in the dog, causes, Symptoms and
treatment, 200
Chorion, 274
Choroid, anatomy, 93
Chlamydobacteriacez, 160
Chloral, 36, 313
hydrate, 36
actions, dose and preparation of,
313
compared with chloroform, 36
uses in medicine, 36, 313
Chlorine, compounds of, 26
preparation and uses of, 26
Chloroform, 36
actions and uses of, 324
action of, compared with ether, 315
compared with chloral, 36
dose for dog and horse, 324
preparation of, 36
test for bile in urine, 42
Chyle, 103
compared with chyme, 119
with lymph, 120
Chyme, 119
compared with chyle, 119
Circulation, fetal, 67
of blood in the brain, 112
in the kidney, 112
pulmonary, 67, 110
systemic, 67, 110
Circulatory organs, anatomy, 62
Cladothrix, 160
Clipping, arguments for and against, 130
Clitoris, anatomy, 938, 261
Coal-tar products used in medicine, 317
Cocaine, actions and dose, 318
prescription for, 333
Coccacez, 160
Coccidia, 197
animals infested by, 197
diagnosis, prevention and treatment,
197
in the skin, 203
oviforme, 203
Cceliac axis, 66
Coenurus cerebralis, 200
a
q
:
4
,
|
i
INDEX
Colic, crapulous, symptoms and treatment,
194
engorgement, 194
flatulent, prescription for, 337
in pregnant animals, causes and treat-
ment, 292
nervous, symptoms and treatment,
194
spasmodic, 194
differentiated from enteritis, 170
prescription for, 334
thrombo-embolic, 196
Collar-galls, treatment for, 229
Collargol, 27
Collyrium, defined, 304
Colon, eeatomy, 82
doubl e, 82
function of, in digestion, 120
floating, 83
Colostrum, composition of, 269
Combustion, 3, 17
Complement, 160, 167, 168, 342
Complement-fixation test for glanders, 167
for abortion, 182
Compounds, 3
distinguished from mixtures, 9
inorganic and organic, 7
Concrements, 212
Condyle, 51
Congestion, active, 149
of lungs, 190
causes, 149, 190
lesions, 150
symptoms and treatment, 190
passive, 149
difference between active and, 149
Conjunctiva, inflammation of, 217
physiology, 136
Conjunctivitis, acute catarrhal, 217
causes, Symptoms and treatment, 217
Connective tissue, anatomy, 101
varieties of, 101
Constipation, in dog, 197
in hog, treatment, 330
prescription for, 337
symptoms, 197
Contagious disease, 165, 347
contributing causes of, 348
disinfecting in, 347
ee factors in prevention,
5
method of handling, 348
Contagious pleuropneumonia, 175
appearance of lungs in, 151
course of, 175
differentiated from influenza, 170
sanitary police measures, 349
symptoms, termination and treat-
ment of, 175
Contracted hoof, treatment, 256
tendons, 241
operation for, 241
shoe for, 241
Coérdination, defined, 133
373
Copper acetate, 35
uses, 315
arsenite, uses, 315
preparation of, used in medicine, 315
sulphate, 7, 24
preparation of, 24
uses of, 315
Cornea, anatomy, 93
Corns, dry, 253
pathology of, 253
side-bones, relation to, 254
suppurating, 253
treatment, 253, 254
Corona, fracture of, 251
symptoms and treatment, 251
Coronary cushion, anatomy, 96
function ‘of, 138
Corpora libra, 214
nigra, function of, 137
quadrigemina, anatomy, 72
Corpus luteum, 265
false and true, in cow and sow,
265
Corpuscles, Malpighian, 97, 112
red blood-, function, size and shape of,
107
white blood-, function, 107
Corrosive sublimate, 7, 28
antidote for, 39
Corti, membrane of, 137
Cotton-seed meal, 199
effects of overfeeding, 199
Cotyledons, animals in which found, 271
fetal and maternal compared, 266
Counterirritants, 313, 339
indications for, 313
Cow, characteristics of a good milch,
363
Cowpox, causes, 173
extinction of, 173
sequele of, 173
symptoms and treatment, 173, 174
Coxitis, 245
Creatine, 127
Creatinine, 127
Crenothrix, 160
Crith, 5
Cross-breeding, 361
Croton oil, action, 328
antidote. for, and derivation of,
328
dose, toxic, 328
properties and uses of, 328
Crude fibre, 360
Cryptorchidism, cause of sterility, 293
Crystalline lens, anatomy, 93
Culture, defined, 161
pure, 161
media, 161
Cuneiform bone, anatomy, 48
Curb, causes of unsoundness, 362
defined, 249
treatment for, 249
Curd, 42
374
Cushion, coronary, 96
elastic, of heel, 95
plantar, 95, 96
Cyanosis, age liable to occur, 187
causes of, 187
in new-born, cause and symptoms, 296
Cystic calculi, symptoms and treatment
ol,
ovary, pathology of, 154
Cysticercus cellulose, disease caused by, 353
disposition of carcass, 353
life-cycle of, 353
Cystitis, urinary, 141, 185
causes, diagnosis and treatment, 185
Cysts, defined, 146
degeneration, 146
foreign body, 146
parasitic, 146
retention, 146
Dairy cattle, breeds of, 361
hygienic precautions in, 355
Dandruff, 124, 156
Dartos, anatomy, 92
Deafness in the dog, causes of, 220
Death by asphyxia, 115
by lightning, lesions of, 142
Decay, 34
Decidua vera, function of, in cat, 139
Decoction, defined, 304
Decussation, defined, 104
Degeneration, fatty, 148
differentiated from fatty infiltra-
tion, 143
Deglutition, organs of, 77, 80
Dehorning, methods of, in cattle, 228
Deliquescence, 3
Demodex folliculorum, 203, 204
Dental formula, dog, 78, 79
horse, 78, 79, 115
Ox, (8;) 09, 105
Dentition, process of, from birth to five
years, 365
Deodorant, 24, 329
Dermatitis, gangrenous, 203
course, Symptoms and treatment,
203
Descemet’s membrane, 94
' Desmotomy, patellar, 247
object of, 247
Development, physiology, 139
Diabetes, forms of, 184
insipidus, 184
mellitus, 184
treatment, 184
Diad, 4
Diagnostic inoculation, 171
Diagnosis, general and differential, 165
Dialysis, 2
Diamond, 21, 23
Diaphoretic, 320
Diaphragm, anatomy, 61
of the horse and ox compared, 61
rupture of, symptoms of, 229
INDEX
Diarrhoea in new-born, causes and treat-
ment, 194
prescription for, 333
Diarthrosis, 52
Diastole, 109
Diet for a dairy cow, 127
for a horse, 127
Diffusion, 6, 41
of gases, 6
Digestion, action of salt in, 122
conditions that retard, 122
of proteids, 118
organs of, 77
steps in process of, 115
Digestive organs, anatomy, 77
Digitaline, action of, 317
source of, 312
Digitalis, action of, on heart, 109, 326
compared with aconite, 324
active principles of, 315
fluidextract, dose, 318
Diseases, 165
acute general infectious, 172
chronic infectious, 179
communicable to man, 354
contagious, 165
contributing causes of, 348
following parturition, 284
incident to pregnancy and labor, 284
infectious, 165, 347
and contagious differentiated, 165
inflammatory, 353
milk transmission of, 356
non-inflammatory, 353
of the abdomen, 229
of the blood and blood-forming organs
182.
of blood-vessels, 217
of circulatory organs, 186
of the digestive organs, 191
of the foot, 250
of the fore limb, 239
of the generative organs, 234
of the hind limb, 245
of the nervous system, 199
of the new-born, 294
of the organs of locomotion, 201
of the respiratory organs, 188
of the skin, 202
precautions in treating smaller
animals in, 338
of the spinal column and pelvis, 238
of the thorax, 228
of urinary organs, 184, 232
rendering meat unfit for food, 351
specific infectious, 178
Disinfectants, 24
chemical, 350
defined, 161, 329
natural, 350
use of formaldehyde as, 25
Disinfection, defined, 141, 350
of ships, 348
of stables, 347
INDEX
Distemper in the dog, symptoms, 176
Distillation, 14
Distoma hepaticum, 198
Distomiasis in sheep, 198
oees symptoms and treatment,
Diuretic, 320
for cow, dog and horse, 318
liquid and powdered, 314
Dog distemper, symptoms of, 176
Dose, lethal and toxic, 298
Dourine, cause and definition of, 181
sanitary police measures in, 349
symptoms, 181
treatment, 182
Dover’s powder, 328
composition and uses, 328
Dropsy of the abdomen, 187
of the limbs, causes, 187
Drugs acting chemically, 332
mechanically, 332
on the alimentary canal, 331
on the glandular structures, 299,
331
on the nervous system, 331
on the pupil of the eye, 319
on the reproductive organs, 332
on the respiratory organs, 331
Duct, mammary, 91
stenosis of, symptoms and treat-
ment, 238
Ductless glands, anatomy, 96
Ductus arteriosus, 68
choledochus, 84
venous, 67
Dummy, see Chronic hydrocephalus
Duodenum, anatomy, 82
Dura mater, anatomy, 71
physiology, 133
Dysentery, chronic bacterial, see Johne’s
disease
Dyspnea, 114
Dystocia, 264, 279-284
causes of, 279
fetal and maternal, 279
Ear, bones of, 137
diseases of, 217
E. C. mixture, 305
Ectropion, defined, 218
Eczema, chronic squamous, 205
causes, symptoms and treat
ment, 205
stages of, 156
treatment, in dog, 323
Efflorescence, 3
Elastic cushion of heel, 95
Elements, 6
Electricity, 6
Electrolysis, 2
Electrolyte, 2
Electro-plating, 2
Electuary, defined, 304
Elimination, 102, 103
375
Elimination, four ways of, 103
organs of, 102
Elixir, defined, 304
Embolism, 149
Embryology, 265
Embryotomy, 265
Emetics, 316
animals given to, 326
definition of, 326
Emmenagogue, 267
Emmenagogues, two principal, 267
Emphysema, pulmonary, 191
lesions, 150
symptoms and treatment, 191
in facial sinuses, 223
in frontal sinuses, 223
in guttural pouches, 220
diagnosis and symptoms, 220
in nasal sinuses, treatment, 223
Emulsion, 8, 304
difference from solution, 8
Encephalitis, 200
Endometritis, acute, causes, symptoms and
treatment, 288
chronic, symptoms and treatment,
288
Endotoxin, 163 ;
Enteritis, chronica paratuberculosa, see
Johne’s disease
catarrhal, acute and chronic, 152
intestinal lesions in, 152
Enterocentesis, described, 232
indications for, 232
tissues involved in, 232
unsatisfactory results in, 232
Enterokinase, 116, 119
Enteroliths, description of, 152
Entropion, defined, 218
Environment, influence on offspring, 362
Enzymes, 116, 118, 119
Epiblast, function of, 273
Epididymis, 92
Epididymitis, sterility from, 293
Epistaxis, causes, 188, 223
' defined, 188, 223
treatment, 223
Epitheliomata, cylindrical, 145
squamous, 145
Epithelium, columnar, 101
histology, 101 °
kinds of, 101
modified, 101
specialized, 101
squamous, 101
Epizootic cellulitis, 175
symptoms and treatment, 175
lymphangitis, 179
symptoms, prognosis and treat-
ment, 179
Epsom salts, 30
administration of, to a cow, 317
Ce eee from zinc sulphate,
is
preparation of, 30
376
Equations, 8, 9, 10
Erepsin, 116, 119
Ergot, actions of, 302
anatomy, 95
dose for dog and horse, 320
indications for use in labor, 280
poisoning in cattle, 198
forms of, and symptoms, 198
source, 320
uses of, 302
Ergotine, source of, 312
Ergotism in cattle, 198
forms and symptoms of, 198
_ Erythema, 204
ae prevention and treatment,
Hserine, actions, 312
dose for dog, horse and ox, 312
source and uses, 312
Esmarch’s bandage, 208
Ether, compared with chloroform, 315
dose, 320
effects and uses of, 320
Eupnea, 114
Eustachian catheter, 220
tube, anatomy, 95
epithelium of, 101
function of, 95, 137
Eutocia, 264, 278
Evaporation, 2
Excretion, four ways of, 103
organs of, 102, 103, 105
Expectorants, 322
nauseating and stimulating, 322
Exosmosis, defined, 104
Exotoxin, 163
Exudates, inflammatory, 144
Exudation, difference from _ secretion,
0
Eye, anatomy, 93, 94
appendages of, 136
diseases of, 217
enucleation of, 219
muscles, 93
pathology, 155
tunics, 93, 94
Eyeball, anatomy, 93
muscles and structures of, 93
tunics of, 93, 94
Eyelashes, 136
Eyelids, 136
Facial nerve, 75
function of, 135
paralysis, 224, 258
ieeere symptoms and treatment,
22
sinuses, 85
trephining, 223
Feces, average amount of, in horse and
cow compared, 126
composition of, 103, 120
of ere and carnivora compared,
INDEX
Fallopian tubes, function of, 264
Farcy, 180
differentiated from acute lymphangi-
tis, 169
tissue changes in, 157
- Fats, 41, 360
palmitin, steapsin, and olein, 41
Fatty degeneration, 143
differentiated from fatty infiltra-
tion, 143
infiltration, 143
differentiated from fatty Pee
eration, 143
Favus, symptoms and treatment, 202
Fecundation, 264
Feeding, precautions as regards rest, 350
watering, 345
ac supercon obtained through,
Fehling’s solution, use of, 43
Fermentation, 34, 103
Ferments acting on milk, 118
on proteids and starch, 116
defined, 103
digestive, 116
of pancreatic juice, 121
Ferrous chloride, 11, 32, 302
uses of, 317
phosphate, 302
uses of, 317
sulphate, 32, 302
dose, 309
preparation of, 32
uses in medicine, 32, 317
vermifuge, 316
Fever, caused by infection, 141
by nervous disorder, 141
by poison, 141
methods of reduction of, 310
Fibrin, composition of, 108
globulin, 107
Fibrinogen, 101, 107, 108
Filaria immitis, 183
conditions produced by, 183
where found, 183
Filtration, 14
Firing, 245
diagram of, 214
Fistula, bone, 211
defined, 144, 210
ear, P11
lachrymal, treatment of, 219
milk, 211
of the lateral cartilage, 211, 251
of the spermatic cord, 211
of the withers, 211, 229
treatment, 229
salivary, 227
causes, symptoms and treatment,
227
Fistulz, ten important, 211
Fistulous withers, chronic, 229
symptoms and treatment, 229
Flagella, 160
INDEX
Flatulency, gastric, 193
causes and symptoms, 193
treatment, 193, 313
surgical, 229
Fleas, 203
Fluidextracts, preparation of, 320
Foal-lameness, 296
causes, symptoms and treatment, 296
Foetus, dead, in utero, diagnosis, 284
envelopes surrounding, 274
extraction of, mechanical means, 280
phenomena of nutrition of, 271
position of, in ninth month, 275
secretions of, 267
skin of, development, 275
Fomentation, 329
Foods, 127
ante-mortem examination of animals
for, 355
carbohydrate, 127
conditions of causing paralysis, 155
fat, 127
inorganic matter in, 127
non-nitrogenous, 127
effete materials produced by, 127
proteid, 127
ultimate results of, 127
Foot, diseases affecting, 156, 250
physiology, 138
provisions for preventing concussion
in, 138
Foot and mouth disease, 176
pathology, 158
prognosis and symptoms of, 176
sanitary police measures in, 349
Forage poisoning, cryptogamic, 169
differentiated from lead poison-
ing, 169
hygienic measures in, 349
symptoms of, 201
Foraging overcome by shoeing, 256
Foramen, 51
infra-orbital, 45
magnum, 98
mental, 46
ovale, 68, 98
Formaldehyde, use of, in disinfecting, 25
Formalin, used in white scours, 178
Fowler’s solution, 308
composition and uses, 308
dose for dog and horse, 308
Fracture, comminuted, 213
compound, 213
es rendering bones liable to,
21
defined, 213
modes of union in, 213
of the femur, 246
diagnosis and prognosis, 246
of the ilium, 239, 245
prognosis and treatment, 239
of the ischial tuberosity, 238
prognosis, symptoms and treat-
ment, 23
377
Fracture of the metacarpus, 243
symptoms and treatment, 243
of the navicular bone, 250
prognosis, symptoms and treat-
ment, 250
of the os corona, 251
symptoms and treatment, 251
of the os suffraginis, 243
symptoms and treatment, 243
of the ulna, 241
prognosis, symptoms and treat-
‘ment, 241
pelvic, 238, 239
plaster-of-Paris dressing for, 213
reparative process of, 147
ribs, symptoms and treatment, 229
simple, 213
varieties of, 213
Frog, use of, 138
Frontal bone, anatomy, 45
Fur, compared with hair and wool, 124
Gall-stones, 195
factors producing, 195
prophylaxis and Seca signa 195
Ganglion, Arnold’s,
ciliary, 75
Meckel’s, 75
ophthalmic, 75
otic, 75
sphenopalatine, 75
sympathetic, 77, 136
vertebral, 136
Gangrene, defined, 143, 211
kinds of, 211
of the lungs, 190
post-mortem appearance of, 150
treatment, 211
Gapes, 190
causes, symptoms and treatment, 190
Gas, calculations, 1
laughing, 18
Gastric juice, composition of, 118
source of hydrochloric acid in,
118
Generation, four stages in, 272
physiology, 139
Generative organs, changes in, after con-
ception, 269
female, function of, 265
modifications after ‘labor, 266
system, chief functions of, 264
Genitals of the cow, 92
diseases of, 234
Gentian root, 312
action, 322
dose for dog, horse and ox, 312,
322
uses, 312, 322
German silver, 12
Gestation, 269
abdominal, ovarian, and tubal, 270
Gid, in sheep, 300
causes and symptoms, 200
318
Glanders, 180
cause, course and symptoms of, 180
chronic, 157
tissue changes in, 157, 160
complement-fixation test for, 167
diagnostic tests for, 166-168
differentiated from strangles, 169
from nasal gleet, 169
hygienic and sanitary precautions in,
347
nasal ulcer in, 157
Glands, adrenal, 96, 98
Brinner’s, 119
Cowper’s, 264
ductless, 96
lachrymal, 94
Tieberkiihn’s, 119
mammary, 91, 140, 263
pituitary, 97
prostate, 92, 264
disease of, 236
salivary, 80
sebaceous, 95, 124
sudoriparous, 124
sweat, 95, 123
thymus, 97,.98
thyroid, 97
vascular, 112
Glass, 12
Glauber’s salt, 7, 29, 300
Glaucoma, defined, 218
Gleet, defined, 223
Globus major, 92
Glossitis, causes of, 191
definition of, 191
Glossopharyngeal nerve, 75
function of, 135
Glucose in tissues, 127
in urine, 121
relation of pancreas to, 121
Glycerine, preparation of, 38
Glycogen, 121
destination and origin of, 127
Glycosuria, relations of pancreas to, 121
Goitre, cystic, in dog, treatment, 228
prognosis and treatment, 228
in the dog and horse, 228
Gold, 27
test for, 27
Goll’s column, 103
Goulard’s extract, 310
preparation and uses of, 310
Graafian follicle, 139
development and maturation of.
139
Grade, 361
Gram differential stain, 164
negative and positive, 164
Gramme, defined, 306
Granular oe disease, in abortion,
8
Graphic formula, 11, 24
Graphite, 21
Gypsum, 30
INDEX
Guttural pouch, anatomy, 86
function of, 86
method of opening, 220
Chabert, 220
Viborg, 220
pus in, 220
diagnosis and symptoms, 220
Heematin, 103, 109
Hematoidin, 109
Hematuria, 153
Hemoglobin, 107
combination with oxygen, 108
eemoglobinuria, 153, 183
ee from spinal meningitis,
69
etiology, 183
pathology of, 154
prevention and symptoms of, 183
treatment, 183, 329
Hemolysis, 108, 167, 168
Hemophilia, definition of, 182
Hemopis sanguisuga, 188
Hair, 95
compared with fur and wool, 124
precautions to limit injurious growth
of, 125
Halogens, 25
Haustus, defined, 304
Haversian canals, 105
Healing of wounds, 207
by first intention, 207
by granulation and cicatrization,
207
by second intention, 207
by third intention, 207
under an eschar, 207
Hearing, mechanism of, 137
Heart, action of digitalis on, 109
anatomy, 62, 63
disease, lesions of, 148
hypertrophy, 148
causes and lesions of, 148
muscle, 130
motor excitant of, 317
physiology of, 109
sounds, cause of, 109
Heat, 5
animal, conditions influencing, 128
how maintained and regulated,
128
stroke, 201
differentiated from heat exhaus-
tion, 166
symptoms, 201
treatment, 201, 314
tissues producing greatest amount of,
129
unit of, 129
exhaustion, differentiated from heat
stroke, 166
Heaves, symptoms and treatment, 191
lesions, 150
Hematite, 32
INDEX
Hemorrhage, 165
drugs checking, 310
following castration, 208, 234
internal, 165
methods of arresting, 208
postpartum, treatment, 290
Hemorrhagic septicemia, 174
post-mortem lesions of, 159
symptoms of, 174
Hepatitis, acute parenchymatous, in dog,
symptoms and treatment, 198
chronic interstitial, 152
appearance of liver in, 152
Hepatization, gray, 150
pulmonary, changes in air-cellsin, 150
red, 150
Hereditary, 361
diseases, 363
Heredity, influence on offspring, 362
Hermaphrodism, 296
external sexual organs in, 296
Hernia, classification of, 212
defined, 212
diaphragmatic, symptoms, 229
inguinal, symptomsand treatment, 230
irreducible, 212
of bladder into vagina, 292
reduction of, 292
reducible, 212
umbilical, treatment of, 230
Heroin, action and uses of, 315
Histological anatomy, 99
Hobbles, use in casting, 257
Hog, methods of medicating, 330
Hog-cholera, symptoms of, 172
causes of, 163
immunization in, 341
simultaneous method of, 343
lesions of, 160
prophylactic measures in, 173
serum, how obtained, use, 342
Hoof, anatomy, 95
secretion of, 138
Hoose, 189
Hoove, 192
Horns, anatomy, 95
Horse-pox, symptoms and treatment, 173
causes of,"and extinction, 173
Hoven, 192
Humor, aqueous, 93
of the eye, 94
vitreous, 93
Hunger, cause of sensation, 119
mange, see Chronic squamous eczema
Husk, 189
Hydrargyri chloridum mite, 299
actions, dose and uses, 299
chloridum corrosivum, 299
actions, doses and uses, 299
iodidum rubrum, 299
actions, doses and uses, 299
Hydrocarbons, 34, 41
te from carbohydrates, 34,
379
Hydrocele, sterility from, 293
symptoms and treatment, 236
Hydrocephalus, 265, 279
chronic, causes, symptoms and treat-
ment, 199
pathology of, 155
dystocia from, 279
how overcome, 279
Hydrogen, 13
an element of proteids, 106
compared with oxygen, 17
dioxide, 15, 16
sulphide, preparation of, 23
Hydrops uteri, causes and treatment, 284
amnii, 285
causes, Symptoms and treatment,
285
Hydrothorax, causes and symptoms, 191
lesions, 151
eperations for, 228
treatment, 191, 228
Hygiene, 345
meat and milk, 351
Hyperemia, 141
cerebral, 200
differentiated from cerebral an-
zemia, 200
Hyperisotonic, 40
Hyperpnoea, 114
Hypertrophy, causes of, 143
Hypnotic, 309, 320
Hypoblast, function of, 273
Hypoderma lineata, 203
Hypoglossal nerve, anatomy, 76
function of, 135
Hypo-isotonic, 40
Icterus, causes and symptoms, 193
pathology of, 153
relative gravity of, in dog and horse,
193
fleum, anatomy, 82
Illuminating gas, 22
Immobility, 199
causes, Symptoms and treatment, 199
Immune body, 168
Immunity, 141, 164, 341
acquired, 164, 341
active, 164
natural, 164, 341
passive, 164
varieties of, 164
Immunization, 341
in infectious diseases, ‘341
Imperforate anus, treatment of, 296
Impregnation, artificial, 273
Impregnator, use of, 273
In-breeding, 361
Incompatibility, 6
chemical, 6, 305
pharmaceutical, 6, 305
physical, 6
physiological, 6, 305
therapeutic, 6
380
Index, opsonic, how determined, 163
Indigestion, acute gastric, 193
causes, 193
prescription for, 336
symptoms, 193
treatment, 193, 313
surgical, 229
Inertia, pee 283
ymptoms and treatment, 283
ee defined: 141
rise in temperature due to, 141
Infectious abortion, causes of, 182
anzemia, causes and characteristics of %
182
disease, 157, 165, 347
agents in development of, 142
disinfection in, 347
Inferior maxilla, anatomy, 46
Infiltration, fatty, 143
differentiated from fatty degen-
eration, 143
Inflammation, cardinal symptoms of, 144
causes of, 209
classification of, 210
defined, 144, 209
process ‘of, 144
productive, 144
symptoms ‘and treatment, 209
termination of, 210
tissue changes in, 144
use of cold and heat in, 210
Influenza, causes of, 177
cellulitic form, 175
differentiated from contagious pleuro-
pneumonia, 170
symptoms, 177
treatment, 300
modern forms of, 177
Infusion, defined, 304
saline, indications for, 332
methods of administration, 332
Inguinal canal, anatomy, 62
Inhibition, defined, 133
Inoculation, diagnostic, 171
Insolation, 201
differentiated from heat exhaustion,
166
symptoms, 201
treatment, 201, 314
Insufficiency of cardiac valves, 186
causes and symptoms, 186
treatment, 187
Intestines, anatomy, 82
length of, in horse, cow and dog,
82
small, 82
Intussusception, defined, 194
genera most liable to, 194
prognosis and treatment, 194
symptoms, 194, 231
Invagination, genera most liable to, 194
symptoms, 194, 231
treatment, 194
Invertase, 116, 119
INDEX
Todine, 25
compounds, actions and uses, 303
dose for dog and horse, 317
general actions of, 317
preparation and uses of, 26
test for, 25
tincture, uses of, 304
Iodoform, derivation of, 36
in chronic metritis, 289
uses of, 36, 304
Ions, 2
Ipecac, actions and uses of, 323
an expectorant, 322
dose for dog and horse, 323
for cats and swine, 327
in Dover’s powder, 328
Tridocyclochoroiditis, 156
Iris, anatomy, 93
function of, 136
innervation of, 136
Iron, 31
‘carbonate, 32
cast, 32
chloride, 32, 302
uses of, 317
compounds of, 32
occurrence in nature, 31
ores of, 32
phosphate of, 302
uses of, 317
preparation of, 309
reduced, 32
dose of, 309
salts of, uses, 302
sesquioxide of, 302
uses of, 39, 338
sulphate, 32, 302, 309
preparation of, 32
uses In medicine, 32, 317
wrought, 32
Ischemia, defined, 147
Ischial notch, vessels and nerves passing
through, 260
Ischium, 50
fracture of tuberosity of, 238
notch of, 260
Isomerism, 5
Isotonic, 40
Jaborine, 328
Jaundice, 109
causes and symptoms of, 193
pathology of, 153
ae gravity of, in horse and dog,
19
Jejunum, anatomy, 82
Johne’s disease, 179
cause, 179, 163
genus subject to, 179
prevention and symptoms, 179
Joints, 51, 214
classification of, 51
false, 214
fetlock, 55
;
7
;
:
INDEX
Joints, hip-, horse and ox compared, 56
open, treatment, 214
pathology of, 147
shoulder, 53
muscles that flex, 58
structures entering into, 52
Karyokinesis, 102
Keraphyllocele, 250
Keraphyllous tissue, anatomy, 96
Keratogenous membrane, anatomy, 96
function of, 138
Kidneys, anatomy, 89
blood supply of, 89
compared with liver, 104
capsule of, 125
circulation of blood in, 112
cortical layer of, 125
elimination by, 102
function of, 125
of horse and ox compared, 89
secretion of urine by, 125
structures of, 101, 125
King system of ventilation, 346
Labor, 278
care of dam after, 283
signs and stages of, 279
-Lachrymal apparatus, 94, 136
bone and canal, 94
fistula, treatment of, 219
gland in the ox, 94
of horse and ox compared, 94
sac, 94
secretion, function of, 137
Lactase, 116, 119
Lameness, hip, 245
symptoms and treatment, 245
varieties, 245
shoulder, 239
symptoms and treatment, 239
stifle, 246
symptoms and treatment, 246
trochanteric, 245
Lamine, sensitive, 96
function of, 96, 139
Laminitis, acute, causes, symptoms and
treatment, 255
pathology of, 156
chronic, 255
pathology of, 156
puerperal, in mare, causes, symptoms
and treatment, 293
Lampas, defined, 210
Lanolin, source, 124
Laparotomy in the cow, 230
indications for, 230
Laryngitis, acute, 171
differentiated from acute pharyn-
gitis, 171
Larynx, anatomy, 85
cartilages of, 86
epithelium of, 104
motor nerve to, 135
effect of division of, 135
381
Larynx, nerve pepe tas to, 77, 86, 135
sensory nerve 0
Lateral cartilages, ae 95
function of, 55, 138
Laughing gas, 18
Law, Avogadro’s, 12
of constant or definite proportions, 11
of multiple proportions, 11
Laxatives, 298, 316
Lead, 28
acetate of, 35
antidote for, 39
chamber process, 24
poisoning, 169, 195, 339
in cattle, 195, 339
symptoms and treatment,
195, 339
sugar of, action, 28
dose, uses, 319
Leech, horse, 188
Lens, crystalline, anatomy, 93
Leptomeningitis, 155, 200
Lesion, primary and secondary, 141
Leucocytes, function, 107
Leucocythemia, defined, 146
Leucocytosis, defined, 147
diseases in which occurs, 147
relation of, to phagocytosis, 147
Leucorrhea, 288
symptoms and treatment of, 288
Leukemia, definition of, 147, 182
Lice, 203
Ligaments, broad, of liver, 83, 84
of uterus, 85, 91
calcaneo-cuboid, 56
iliosacral, 260
of elbow-joint, 53
of femorotibial articulation, 56
of fetlock-joint, 55
of hip-joint, 56
of knee-joint, 54
of liver, 83
of pelvis, 260
of radiocarpal joint, 54
of shoulder-joint, 53
of vertebral articulations, 52
prepubic, rupture of, 231.
round, of liver, 84
of uterus, 91
sacrosciatic, 260
suspensory, 55
sprain of, 242
utero-ovarian, 91
Ligamentum nuche, 53
elastic fibrous tissue in, 101
Light, 5
Lightning, death by, 142
lesions, 142
Lignieres, coccobacillus of, 177
Lime water, 30
Linguatula teenoides, 192
animals infested by, 192
diagnosis and treatment, 192
Linseed oil, actions and doses, 322
382
Liquid, metric unit of, 306
Liquor amnil, 272, 274
functions, 272
plumbi subacetatis, 310
preparation and uses of, 310
potassii arsenitis, 33
sanguinis, 101
Lithium, 29
salts of, uses, 301
Liver, anatomy, 83
blood supply, 66, 84, 120
compared with kidney, 104
satan appearance of, 152
fluke, 19
eee 120
ligaments of, 83, 85
nerve supply, 84
rot in sheep, see Distomiasis
Lobelia, properties and uses of, 317
Lochia, 289
common in all animals, 289
treatment, 289
Loco poisoning, prevention, 199
when and where enzootic, 199
Lugol’s solution, 303
Lumbago, 171
distinguished from acute nephritis,
Lunar bone, anatomy, 48
caustic, preparation of, 27
uses in medicine, 27
Lungs, anatomy, 87
blood supply, 66, 88.
congestion of, 190
elimination by, 103
epithelium of, 104
function, 114
number of lobes in dog, horse, ox,
pig, and sheep, 87
Luxation, causes of, 215
defined, 215
patellar, 246
symptoms and treatment of, 246
Lymph, appearance, 122
capillaries, 122
described, 122
forces assisting flow of, 123
function of, 122
involved in diseases of connective
tissues, 123
source, spaces, and vessels, 122
Lymphagogues, 123
Lymphangioma, 149
Lymphangitis, acute, 169
differentiated from farcy, 169
causes, 217
defined, 217
epizodtic, 158, 179
prognosis and symptoms, 179
infectious, 158, 179
pathology of, 158
symptoms and treatment, 217, 329
Lorepbae Eas 70
ary, 71
INDEX
Lymphatic glands, bronchial, 70
iliac, 70
inguinal, 71
mesenteric, 71
of the thorax, 70
popliteal, 71
posterior cervical, 70
mediastinal, 70
precrural, 71
prescapular, 70
Lymphatics, 69
Lymphoid tissue, 70
Lysins, 342
Magnesium, 29
carbonate, 30
compounds used in medicine, 30
sulphate, 30
administration of, to cow, 317
aa from zinc sulphate,
preparation of, 30
Magnetite, 32
Mammary duct, stenosis of, symptoms and
treatment, 238
gland, anatomy of, 91, 263
function of, 266
of the bitch, 92, 263
of the cow, 91
of the mare, 140
Mammitis, see Mastitis
Mange, demodectic, 203, 204
symptoms and treatment, 204
disposition of carcass, 354
follicular, 204
hunger, 205
prescription for, 333
psoroptic, 203, 204
sarcoptic, 203, 204
symbiotic, 203
treatment in dog, 324
Malignant oedema, 174
cause and course of, 174
differentiated from anthrax, 166
symptoms, 174
pustule, 175
Mallein, 162
cutaneous test, 167
intradermal test, 166
ophthalmic test, 167
test for elanders, 166, 167
compared with agglutination, 167
course to be pursued in, 167
Malpighian corpuscles, anatomy, 97, 112
Maltase, 116, 119
Marsh gas, 22
Marsh’s test for arsenic, 33
Massage, effect of, 319
indication for, 319
Mastitis, 238
a sequel of cowpox, 173
acute, in the cow, 291
causes, symptom and treatment,
291, 326
ee eS ee ee eS
INDEX
Mastitis, purulent, 258
treatment, 238, 326
Masturbation, cause of sterility, 293 (see
Onanism)
Materia medica, defined, 297
Measly pork, 353
method of detecting, 353
Meat and milk, hygiene, 351
inspection, municipal and State,
304
Mediastinum, anatomy, 88
Medicine, classified, 331
theory and practice of, 165
Medicines, kinds according to general
action, 316
modes of administration of, 297
comparison of, 297
Medulla oblongata, anatomy, 72
functions of, 133
Meibomian glands, physiology, 136
Melanosarcomata, 145
animals found in, 145
gross appearance of, 145
Melanosis, cause of, 145
Membrana tympani, anatomy, 95
function, 95
granulosa, 139
Membrane, Descemet’s, 94
keratogenous, 96
mucous, 100
nictitans, 94, 136
of Corti, 137
of Reissner, 137
serous, 100
tympanic, 95
Meningitis, 155
cerebral, symptoms of, 200
cerebrospinal, symptoms of, 201
hygienic measures in, 349
spinal differentiated from azoturia, 169
Menstruation, causes of, 265
in bitch, cat, cow, and sow, 267
notindependent of ovaries, 265
Mercurialism, antidote and symptoms, 339
Mercuric chloride, 7, 28
antidotes for, 39
properties of, 28
Mercurous chloride, 11, 28
properties of, 28
Mercury, 28
compounds used in medicine, 28
poisoning, antidote and symptoms,
338
preparations of, 299
Mesoblast, function of, 273
Metabolism, 40, 126
diseases of, 183
of nutrition, 126
Metacarpus, fracture of, 243
symptoms and treatment, 243
Metals, 5
alkaline earth, 29
bell, 12
distinguished from non-metal, 9
383
Metastasis, defined, 142
Methemoglobin, 109
Methylene blue, uses, 325
Metritis, 154
sterility from, 293
Metron indications and operation of,
Micrococcus, 160
Microérganisms, acid-fast, 162
pus-producing, 161
Microspira, 160
Miliary tubercle, 159
Milk, 41
bacterial analysis of, 359
bitter, 358
blue, 358
butter fat in, 42
certified, 355, 359
classification of, 357
cow’s, composition of, 41,140, 268,355
dangers of infection in, 356
diseases transmitted through, 356
hygiene, 351
inspected, 357
mare’s, compared with cow’s, 268
composition of, 140, 269
pasteurized, 357, 359
preservatives used in, 358
pus in, 358
red, 358
ropy, 358
sour, microérganisms causing, 359
souring of, 42
standards, 42
sterilized, 359
streptococci in, significance of, 359
suppression of, 358
test for boric acid, 357
for formaldehyde, 358
for pasteurization, 357
for salicylic acid, 357
for sodium bicarbonate, 357
typhoid germs in, 356
uterine, 139
Mitosis, 102
Mitral stenosis, changes following, 149
Mixture, distinguished from compound, 9
Molecular repulsion, 4
Molecule, 3
weight, 5
Monad, 4
Morphine, actions and uses, 307
on dog and horse compared, 321
defined, 307
dose for dog and horse, 307
poisoning by, symptoms and treat-
ment, 340
Morula, stage of, 268, 271
Motor oculi nerve, 74
functions, 134
Mucous membrane, 100
compared with serous, 100
location, 100
secreting gastric, 118
384
Mules compared with horses, 365
Multiparous, 266
Muscles, anconeus, 58
anterior extensor of the metacarpus,
58
caput magnum, 58
medium, 58
parvum, 58
cremaster, 92
diaphragm, 61, 114
expiratory, 114
extensor pedis, 58
suffraginis, 58
external flexor of the metacarpus, 58
flexor brachii, 58
function of, 130
gastrocnemius, 59
gemelli, 59
gluteal, 59
heart, 130
humeralis obliquus, 58
iliopsoas, 59
inspiratory, 114
internal flexor of the metacarpus, 58
- obturator, 59
involuntary, 130 .
kinds of, 130
longissimus dorsi, 60
longus colli, 61
masseter, 57
mastoidohumeralis, 57
epee ce of the metacarpus,
flexor of the metacarpus, 58
obturator externus, 59
of hogs, parasite in, 155
of respiration, 62, 114
of the eye, 57
of the forearm, 58
of the tail, 60
pathology of, 155
panniculus carnosus, 60
pectineus, 59
perforans, 58
perforatus, 58
popliteus, 59
psoas, 59
pterygoid externus and internus, 57
quadratus femoris, 59
sartorius, 59
serratus magnus, 61
small adductor of the thigh, 59
striated, 100
striped, 100
and unstriped compared, 100
subscapulohyoideus, 57
‘surgery of, 216
temporal, 57
tensor fascia lata, 59
teres externus and internus, 58
triceps, 58
unstriped, 100
vastus externus and internus, 59
voluntary, 100, 130
INDEX
Muscular contraction, 130
chemical changes in, 130
phases of, 130
excitability, conditions enhancing, 131
conditions impairing, 131
Mustard, 319
an emetic, 316
dose for dog, 316
as a blistering agent, 313
Mydriatic, 309
Myocarditis, 149
Myology, 57
Myoma, 146
Myositis, causes, 216
defined, 216
symptoms, 216
Myotic, 309
Myotomy, caudal, object of, 239
Nasal gleet, 169, 188
causes of, 188
differentiated from glanders, 169
symptoms and treatment, 188
Navicular sheath, anatomy, 62
bone fracture of, 250
disease of, 252
symptoms and treatment,
252
Necrobacillosis, cause and forms of, 163
Necrosis, 143
bacillus of, 163
caseation, occurrence, 143
coagulation, 143
liquefaction, 143
Negative phase, 164
Negri bodies, 158
Nephritis, acute, 171
casts found in, 153
causes and treatment of, 185
distinguished from lumbago, 171
from lumbar rheumatism,
171
gross pathology, 154
chronic interstitial, 185
casts found in, 153
gross pathology, 154
Nerves, abducens, 75, 134
afferent, 131
auditory, 75, 185 137
ciliary, 93
cranial, 73-76
described, 99
digital, 76
efferent, 131
facial, 75, 134
function of, in secretion, 104
glossopharyngeal, 75, 135
hypoglossal, 76, 135
median, 76
motor, effect of electric stimulation of,
133
motoroculi, 74, 134
olfactory, 73, 134
optic, 74, 93, 134
INDEX
Nerves, patheticum, 74, 134
phrenic, function of, 133
plantar, 76
pneumogastric, 75, 135
radial and sciatic, 76
sensory and motor compared, 132
spinal, 73
effect of division of both roots of,
132
of inferior roots of, 132
functions of, 132
number of, 73
spinal accessory, 76, 135
surgery of, 216
trifacial, 74, 134
vagus, 75, 135
Nervous system, 71, 131
cerebrospinal, 71
development of, in the foetus, 275
influence on secretion, 134
pathology of, 155
sympathetic, 77
function of, 135
Neurectomy, anterior tibial, 249
high plantar, 244
indications for, 245
relation of artery, vein,
nerve and tendon, 245
median, indications for, 244
structures severed in, 99
posterior tibial, 250
trifacial, technic of, 228
unfavorable results in, 216
Neurilemma, 100
Neurology, 71
Neuroma, 146
Neurotomy, unfavorable results in, 216
Neutralization, 4
New-born, asphyxiated, 294
cyanosis, causes and symptoms, 296
treatment, 294
diarrhea in, 294
causes and treatment, 294
diseases of, infectious, 294
non-infectious, 294
Nitrate of potash, see Potassium
Nitric acid, preparation and uses of, 19
tonic, 318
oxide, 11, 12
Nitrogen, 18
an element of proteids, 106
compared with oxygen, 18
function of, 18
oxides of, 18
preparation of, 18
Non-metal, 9
Nutrition, metabolism of, 126
Nux vomica, dose of fluidextract, 310
uses, 310
Obstetrics, 259
Obstetrist, disadvantage of, 280
veterinary, 280
Ocular sheath, physiology, 136
25
385
Oculomotor nerve, 74
function of, 134
Cidema, 141, 144
causes, i44
differs from secretion, 104
of the glottis, 188
symptoms and treatment, 188 >
of the lungs, cause, 149
(sophagotomy, 221
in choke, 221
Cisophagus, anatomy, 80
Céstrus larvee, i in throat of solipeds, 188
Oils, castor, action and dose, 322
croton, see Croton oil
essential, 34
fixed, 34
linseed, action and dose, 322
Olein, 41
Olfactory nerve, 73
function of, 134
Oligemia, defined, 182
Oligocythemia, definition of, 182
Omasum, anatomy, 82
Omphalophlebitis, 295
causes, symptoms and treatment, 295
Onanism, sterility from, 293
correction of, 293
Odphorectomy, in the bitch, 237
in the mare, accidents, 237
Odphoritis, 154
Open joint, treatment of, 214
Opium, dose for cow, dog and horse, 301
general actions, source and uses, 301
Ophthalmia, periodic, 155
pathology of, 155
prognosis, 218
symptoms and treatment, 218
contagious, animals affected by, 219
diagnosis and treatment, 219
Opsonic index, 163
how determined, 163
_ Optic nerve, anatomy, 74, 93
function of, 134
thalami, anatomy, 72
Orchitis, 141, 154
causes, 236
sterility from, 293
symptoms and treatment, 236
Organs, abdominal, pathology, 152
eliminating, 102, 105
genito-urinary, pathology, 153
of secretion, 105
respiratory, pathology, 150
sense, 93
vital, 105
Orgasm, 266
Os innominatum, 50
coxa, 50
Osmosis, ‘41
Osteology, 44
Osteomalacia, 169
differentiated from osteoporosis, 169
in pregnancy, 284, 292
treatment, 292
386
Osteomyelitis, defined, 212
Osteoporosis, 169
course of, 184
differentiated from osteomalacia, 169
pathology of, 147
symptoms and termination of, 183
treatment of, 184
Ostitis, defined, 212
Otorrhoea of dog, treatment, 220
Ovaries, anatomy, 90, 262
changes in, after fecundation, 265
conditions of, causing sterility, 294
cystic, 293
pathology of, 154
during menstruation, 264
extirpation of, in bitch, 236
in mare, 237
function of, 265
of cow and mare compared, 90
of mare, cow, sheep, goat, pig, bitch
and cat compared, 263
pitted in old age, 264
Ovariotomy, in the bitch, 236
in the mare, accidents, 237
Oviducts, 264
function of, 264, 265
Ovum, impregnation of, 268
journey of, 268
Oxidation, 16, 17
rapid and slow, 17
' Oxygen, 16
an element of proteids, 106
compared with hydrogen, 17
compared with nitrogen, 18
how carried in blood, 108
preparation of, 16, 17
Oxyhemoglobin, 109
Oxyuris curvula, 195, 196
prescription for, 195
mastigodes, 196
Ozone, 17
Pachymeningitis, 155, 200
Palmitin, 41
Palpation, 171
Pancreas, anatomy, 84
blood and nerve supply of, 84
functions of, 121
relation of, to glucose in urine, 121
relations of, 84
secretion, 121
Paper-skin disease, 189
Patheticum nerve, 74
function of, 134
Paralysis, facial, 224, 258
food conditions causing, 155
of aya in horse and dog,
causes, Symptoms and treatment,
233
of the lips, causes, symptoms and
treatment,’ 224
of the masticatory muscles, symp-
toms and treatment, 226
INDEX
Paralysis of the penis, causes, symptoms
and treatment, 235
originating in brain, cord and periph-
ery, differentiated, 216
radial, symptoms and treatment, 241
suprascapular, cause, symptoms and
treatment, 240
Paraphimosis, symptoms and treatment,
235
Parasites, affecting gullet of cattle, 192
in intestines of the horse, 195
of the dog, symptoms, 197
in muscles of hogs, 155
in the throat of solipeds, 188
prevention, symptoms and treat-
ment, 188
of sheep, 364
of the skin, 203
Paris green, 33
antidote for, 39, 338
Parturient, apoplexy, 287
Schmidt treatment of, 287
eclampsia, 287
and parturient paresis
entiated, 287
in the mare, 287
causes and treatment of, 287
paresis, 287
Parturition, 279 ;
diseases following, in cow, 284
fetal conditions interfering with, 279
sign and stages of, 279
Patella, displacement of, symptoms and
treatment, 246
Pathogenic, defined, 161
Pathology, defined, 141
special, 141
Pearson’s solution, 308
dose, preparation and uses, 308
Pedal bone, anatomy, 48
connection of hoof wall with, 96
Pedigree, 362
depends upon, 362
value of, 362
Pelvis, articulations of, 260
bones of, 50
centres of ossification in, 259
defined, 259
diameters of, in cow, 260
diseases of, 238
fracture of, 238, 239
function of, 259
ligaments of, 260
of horse and ox compared, 50
of mare, cow, sheep, goat, bitch and
cat compared, 259
of sheep and cow compared, 260
Penetrating street nail, treatment, 256
Penis, amputation of, 235
paralysis of, cause, symptoms and
treatment, 235
Pentad, 4
Pepsin, 116, 118, 119
preparation and properties of, 315
differ-
INDEX
Percentage composition, determination of,
1
Periarthritis, defined, 148, 2*
Pericarditis, acute, 149
chronic, lesions, 149
in bovines, causes, prevention, symp-
toms ard treatment, 186
Perimysium, 100
Periodic ophthalmia, 155
pathologic changes in, 155
prognosis and symptoms, 218
treatment, 218, 312
Periostitis, aseptic, 213
aS symptoms and treatment,
13
defined, 148, 212
Peristalsis, 119
remedies promoting, 314
Peritoneum, anatomy, 84
part of spermatic cord, 92
Peritonitis, 198
causes, 198, 232
pathology of, 152
pulse in, 165
symptoms and treatment, 198
Perspiration, 124
effect of suppression, 124
Petroleum, uses, 37
Peyer’s patches, 70
in catarrhal enteritis, 152
Phagocytes, 146
Phagocytosis, 104, 146
method of stimulating, 147
relation of leucocytosis to, 147
Pharyngitis, acute, differentiated from
acute laryngitis, 171
Pharynx, anatomy, 80
Phase, negative and positive, 164
Phenacetin, 310, 317
Phenol, source, 37
antidote, 40
Phlebitis, causes, and defined, 217
Phlebotomy, indications for, 228 (see Vene-
section)
Phlegmon, 209
Phosphine, 11
Phosphoric acid, 11
Phosphorus, 25
allotropic forms of, 25
antidotes for, 39
occurrence, 25
physical properties, 25
source and uses of, 25
Phragmidothrix, 160
Phrenitis, 155, 200
Physical change, 2
Physics, 1
distinguished from chemistry, 1
Physiologic action of a drug, 298
salt solution, 40
Physiology, 102
a study of the properties of cells, 102
definition, 102
obstetrical, 264
387
Physostigmine, 319
Pia mater, anatomy, 71
physiology, 133
Pilocarpine, action of, 317
source of, 312, 328
Pilocarpus, actions, 328
active principles of, 328
composition, 328
dose and uses, 328
Pineal bodies, vascular glands, 112
Pisiform bone, anatomy, 48
Pituitary gland, anatomy, 97
vascular gland, 112
Placenta, 139
cotyledonary, 139, 271
development of, 271
diffuse, 139, 271
function of, 139, 271
retained, 291
prescription for, 291
zonary, 139, 271
Planococcus, 160
Planosarcina, 160
Plasma, 101
Plaster of Paris, 30
Pleura, anatomy, 88
Pleurisy, 190
of the dog, 191
lesions, 151
pulse in, 165
symptoms and treatment, 190
Pleuritis, acute diffused, 190
lesions, 151
symptoms and treatment,
190
Plexus, brachial, anatomy, 76
cardiac, 136
lumbosacral, 76
mesenteric, 136
pelvic, 91
solar, 136
Plumbi acetate, 28
actions, dose and uses, 319
Plumbism, see Lead poisoning
Pluriparous, 266
Pneumogastric nerve, anatomy, 75
function of, 135
influence on heart, 109
Pneumonia, broncho-, appearance of lungs
in, 151
gangrenous, 190
post-mortem appearance, 150
symptoms of, 190
inhalation, 188
causes of, 188, 258
prevention, 189 .
symptoms and treatment, 189
medicinal treatment of, 300
post-mortem appearance, 150
symptoms of, 190
Podophyllum, actions and uses, 328
dose, 317, 328
general action, 317
source, 317
388
Poisoning, ergot, in cattle, 198
lead, 169, 195
differentiated from forage poison-
ing, 169
loco, 199
uremic, 185
Poisons, 38
irritant, 38
neurotic, 38
metallic, 39
Poll-evil, operation for, 227
Polycythzmia, defined, 146
Polypi, nasal, 223
symptoms, 223
treatment, 223
pharyngeal, treatment, 221
Polyuria, causes and treatment, 185
Portal circulation, 112
vein, 69
relation to absorption, 120
Position, cephalosacral, 281
obstetrics, 278
right cephalo-ilial, 281
sterno-abdominal, 281
varieties, 279
Positive phase, 164
Post-zygopophyses, 52
Potassium, 300
acetate, 35
dose, 318
alum, 31
bicarbonate of, 29
bromide, 300
chlorate of, 11, 29, 301
dose and properties of, 311
uses, 301, 311
citrate, dose, 318
hydroxide, 29, 301
iodide, preparation of, 26
dose of, 314
uses, 301, 304
nitrate, 7, 11, 29, 300
action, 319, 330
dose, 318, 330
source, 330
uses, 319, 330
permanganate, 11, 326
action and uses, 326
sodium tartrate, 7
Precipitation, 14
Prefixes, chemical, 8
rregnancy, 269
care and food of animals during,
269).
changes in blood, 274
diseases incidental to, 284
duration of, in bitch, cow, ewe, mare
and sow, 268
effects of indigestion, 270
extra-uterine, varieties of, 270
multiple, position of foetus in, 272
pees of neighboring organs during,
2
signs of, 270
INDEX
Prehension, organs of, 77, 80
in le cattle and sheep compared,
1
Premature birth, 276
Prepotency, 361
Prescription for actinomycosis, 336
for acute indigestion, 336
for blister, 335
for bowed tendons, 216
for cathartic, sheep, 335
for chronic constipation, dog, 337
for chronic cough, 332, 337
for chronic eczema, dog, 335
for cocaine, 333
for cough powder, 334
for diarrhcea in calves, 333
for fever in horse, 333
for flatulent colic, 337
for intestinal worms, 195
for liniment, 336
for mange, 333
for purgative, 332, 334
for rmgworm, 337
for round worms in dog, 333
for scratches, 336
for spasmodic colic, 334
tonic for horse, cow and dog, 334,
35
Presentation, 278
anterior, 281, 282
most difficult, 278 .
most favorable and frequent, 278
normal, 278
posterior, 281
varieties, 278
Prezygopophyses, 52
Primiparous, 266
Process, basilar, 48
condyloid, 46
coronoid, 46
retrossal, 48
spinous, 49, 51
Prognosis, 165
Prolapse, defined, 212
Prophylaxis, 349
Prostate gland, 92°
diseases of, symptoms and treat-
ment, 236
Protargol, 27
uses, 330
Proteids, elements composing, 106
ferments acting on, 116
important food, 127
Protein, 360
Proximate principles, 346
Pseudomonas, 160
Psoroptes communis, 203
Ptomaines, 39
Ptyalin, 116
Ptyalism, causes, 226
accidental, 226
disease, 226
Puberty, 364
in various domestic animals, 364
INDEX
Puerperal laminitis in mare, cause, symp-
toms and treatment, 293
septicemia, causes, symptoms and
treatment, 291
Pulmonary congestion, 190
causes, 149, 190
lesions, 150
symptoms and treatment, 190
emphysema, 191
lesions, 150
treatment, 191
cedema, causes of, 149
Pulse, compressible, 165
dicrotic, 165
fast, 165
hard, 165
normal, in horse, ox, dog, sheep and
cat, 112
Pupil, anatomy, 93
drugs contracting and dilating, 319
Purgatives, 298, 316
cholagogue, 298, 316
drastic, 298, 316
hydragogue, 298
saline, 316
simple, 098
Purpura hemorrhagica, causes of, 177
prognosis of, 178
symptoms of, 177
treatment of, 178, 320
Pus, microérganisms producing, 161
in guttural pouch, 86
diagnosis and symptoms, 220
in nasal sinuses, treatment of, 223
Putrefaction, 34
Pyzmia, 209
differentiated from septicemia, 170
treatment for, 170
Pyelitis, diagnosis and treatment, 184
Pyoktanin, uses, 325
Quassia, actions, dose and use, 322
Quinine sulphate, action, 306
dose for cow, dog and horse, 306, 307
uses, 306
Quittor, 251
Bayer’s operation for, 252
symptoms and treatment, 251
Rabies, 176
course and symptoms of, 176
diagnosis of, 171
dumb, 176
furious, 176
immunization in, 341
lesions of, 157
period of incubation, 178
evens taken in bitten animals,
sanitary police measures, 351
Rachitis, cause, 184
in pregnancy, treatment, 292
symptoms, 184
treatment, 184, 320
389
Radial paralysis, 241
symptoms and treatment, 241
Radium, 29
Rations, 127, 360
balanced, 127, 360
nature and value of, 127
for a dairy cow, 127, 361
for a horse, 127, 360, 361
for swine, 361
Receptaculum chyli, 70
Reduction, 5
Reflex, action defined, 104, 132
experiment illustrating, 132
movements, 134
Reil, island of, 72 —
Reissner, membrane of, 137
Rennin, 116, 118, 121
Repeller, indications for use, 280
Repulsion, molecular, 4
of a diseased upper molar, 226
Resection, perforans tendon, indications
for, 256
Residual air, 114
Resorcin, actions, dose and uses, 330
Respiration, Cheyne-Stokes type of, 166
functions of, 113
muscles of, 62
normal number, 114
relation to pulse-beats, 114
Respiratory organs, anatomy, 85
pathology, 150
Restraint, methods of, 257
in recumbent position, 257
in standing position, 257
Reticulum, anatomy, 82
Retina, anatomy, 93
Rheumatism, articular, causes, Symptoms
and treatment, 201
muscular, causes, symptoms and treat-
ment, 201
Rhinitis, chronic, causes of, 188
differentiated from glanders, 169
symptoms and treatment, 188
Rhino-adenitis, see Strangles
Ribs, anatomy, 51
asternal, 51
fracture of, 229
symptoms and treatment, 229
sternal, 51
Rigor mortis, 131
changes in muscle in, 131
Ringbone, defined, 243
forms of, 243, 251
symptoms of, 243
treatment, 243, 251
Ringworm, cause, 203, 164
prescription for, 337
symptoms and treatment, 202
Roaring, changes in nervous and muscular
tissue in, 151
operation for, 222
symptoms of, 222
Rochelle salts, 7
Rotation, obstetrics, 278
390
Rubidium, 29
Rumen, anatomy, 81
Rumenotomy, in cow, 230
Rumination, physiology of, 117
Rupture of the bladder, causes, symptoms
and treatment, 233
of the diaphragm, symptoms, 229
of the flexor metatarsi, 247
of the ligamentum teres, 245
of prepubian ligament, 231
of tendons, 215
Sacrum, anatomy, 50
Saddle-galls, treatment for, 229
Salicylic acid, preparations of, 327
actions and uses, 327
Saline infusion, 332
- indications, 332
' methods of administration, 332
Saliva, action in stomach, 119
amount in horse and ox, 117
properties and uses of, 116
Salivary calculi, treatment of, 227
fistula, causes, symptoms and treat-
ment, 227
glands, 80
nerve supply of, 77
ducts of, 80
Salol, 37
actions and uses, 327
t,
acid, 4, 12
basic, 12
physiologic solution of, 40
use of, 332
effect of, on growth of wool, 125
Saltpetre, 7
Salvarsan, used in contagious pleuro-
pneumonia, 176
in dourine, 182
Sanitary, barn, farm,
358
science, used by veterinarian, 345
Santonin, dose, 325
Saphrophytic, defined, 161
Sarcina, 160
Sarcolemma, 100
Sarcoma, tissue resembling, 145
types of, 145
Sarcoptes scabei, 203, 204
Saturnism, see Lead poisoning
Scabies, 204
in sheep, 204
Scaphoid bone, anatomy, 48
Scapula, anatomy, 47
and milk-house,
Scirrhous cord, causes, symptoms and -
. treatment, 234
Sclerostoma equinum, 196
tetracanthum, 196
Sclerostomata in bowels of horse, 195
symptoms, 195
Scratches, prescription for, 336
Scrotum, anatomy, 92
Sebaceous glands, 124
INDEX
Sebum, functions of, 124
where and how secreted, 124
Secretion, defined, 104
differs from exudation, 104
from oedema, 104
from transudation, 104
function of blood in, 104
function of gland cells in, 104
function of nerves in, 104, 134 ;
influenced by nervous system, 134
lachrymal, function of, 137
organs of, 105
Sedatives, action of, 298
danger of excessive use, 298
Seedy toe, 253
defined, 253
treatment, 253
Selection for breeding, 362
points considered, 362
Sense organs, anatomy, 93
physiology, 136
Senses, physiology, 136
Septiczeemia, 209
differentiated from pyzmia, 170
puerperal, 291
causes, 291
symptoms and treatment, 291
treatment for, 170
Serous membrane, 100
compared with mucous, 100
location, 100
Serum albumin, 101, 107
bactericidal, 163
bacteriolytic, 163
danger in transfer, 108
globulin, 101, 107
prophylactic, 350
therapy, 341
of hog cholera, 342
Sexual organs, anatomy, 90
Sheep, parasites of, 364
wool breeds of, 361
Shoe-boil, etiology, 240
treatment of, 240, 241
Shoeing, in bruised heel, 257
in canker, 254
in contracted tendons, 256
in contracted hoof, 256
in corns, 253
in laminitis, 255
in navicular disease, 252
in quarter crack, 256
in thrush, 254
physiologic, 139
to overcome forging, 256
Shoulder abscess, cold, 240
cause and treatment, 240
joint, 53
dislocation of, 239
lameness, 239
symptoms and treatment, 239
Side-bones, pathology, 251
treatment, 251
Siderite, 32
INDEX
Silver, 27
compounds used in medicine, 27
German, 12
nitrate, 11, 18
test for, 27
Sinapis alba semina, 319
nigra semina, 319
Sinuses, 51
facial, trephining of, 223
frontal, of horse and ox compared,
galactophorus, 92
maxillary, 45
point to trephine, 99
nasal, pus in, treatment, 223
of the head, 85
Skin, appendages of, 95
diseases of, 202
elimination by, 102
function of, 123
glands found in, 123
parasites of, 203
pathology of, 156
Soap, preparation of, 41
dium acetate, 35.
arsenate, 33
bicarbonate, 11, 29, 300
action, 331
dose and uses, 331
borate, 31
bromide, 300
carbonate, 7, 29
preparation of, 29
chloride, 29, 300
an emetic, 316
dose for dog, 316
citrate, a lymphagogue, 123
hydrate, 42
hydroxide, 29, 301
hyposulphite, 300, 313
iodide, 303
dose, 314
nitrate, 18
phosphate, 29
salts, 29
sulphate, 7, 29, 300
Solder, 12
Sole, pumiced, cause, 253
prognosis and treatment, 253
Solution, 8
difference from emulsion, 8
Fehling’s, use of, 43
Fowler’s, composition, 308
dose for dog and horse, 308
uses, 308
Pearson’s, 308
dose, preparation and use, 308
Solvay process, 29
Soundness, certificate for, 172
mode of examining for, 172
Spasm 4 pt diaphragm, and treatment,
of muscles of hind leg, and treatment,
391
Spavin, blood, 248
bog, 248, 362
forms of, and treatment, 248
lesions of, 148
unsoundness, 362
Specific gravity, determination of, 1
of urine, 43
Spermatic artery, 92
cord, structures of, 92
vein, 92
Spermatozoa not always in semen, 266
Spider in teat, 238
symptoms and treatment, 238
Spinal accessory nerve, 76
function of, 135
Spinal column, diseases of, 238
cord, anatomy, 72
functions of, 131
inferior columns of, 132
function of, compared with
superior column, 132
reflex functions of, 132
superior columns of, 132
Spinal meningitis, 169
differentiated from azoturia, 169
Spine, acromian, 47
supermaxillary, 45
Spirillacee, 160
Spirillum, 160
Spirits, ammonia aromaticus, action and
dose, 326
definition, 305
difference from tinctures, 305
glonoin, action and dose, 326
nitrous ether, dose, 318
Spirochzeta, 160
Spirosoma, 160
Spleen, a ductless gland, 96
anatomy, 97
a vascular gland, 113
blood supply of, 66, 97
diseases in which enlarged, 153
engorgement of, 97
function of, 113
nerve supply of, 77, 97
of horse and ox compared, 97
Splint, etiology of, 242
symptoms and treatment, 243
Spore, 160
Sporotrichosis, 179
Stable, objectionable locations for, 345
proper drainage for, 345
Staggers, stomach, see Vertigo
Stall, properly built for horse, 364
Stannous chloride, 11
Staphylococcus pyogenes albus, 161
aureus, 161
citreous, 161
Staphyloma, defined, 218
Starch, ferments acting on, 116
Starvation, 126
effect on tissue, 128
on urine, 126
Steapsin, 116, 121
392
Stearin, 41
Stenosis, mammary duct, symptoms and
treatment, 238
mitral, changes following, 149
Sterile, defined, 161
ete causes and treatment, 293
in female and in male, 293
defined, 293
Sterilization of hands and instruments,
method of, 258
Sternum, anatomy, 49
of horse, ox and dog compared, 49
Stimulants, cardiac, 305
cerebral, 305
definition of, 305
diffusible, 305
general, 305, 314
hepatic, 305
Stomach, anatomy, 81
blood supply of, 66, 81
epithelium of, 104
function of, 117
nerve supply of, 77, 81
number of, in horse, ox, goat and
camel, 118
ruptured, symptoms of, 192
staggers, see Vertigo
tube, indications for use, 232
method of passing, 232
Stomatitis, causes and treatment, 225
Strangles, complications occurring in, 178
differentiated from glanders, 169
symptoms of, 178
Streptococcus pyogenes, 161
Streptothrix, 160
Stringhalt, operation for, 248
Strongylosis, bronchial, 189
symptoms, 189
Strongylus equinum, 196
rufescens, 189
disease produced by, 189
symptoms, 189
tetracanthum, 196
Strontium, 29
Strophanthus, action and dose, 326, 328
uses, 328
Strychnine, actions and uses, 310
antidote, 39, 340
dose for dog and horse, 310
poisoning in dog, and treatment, 340
Succus entericus, 119
Suffixes, 7
Suffraginis, fracture of, symptoms and
treatment, 243
Sulphur, 23
an element of proteids, 106
effect of ingestion of, on wool growth,
i
in disinfecting, 23
properties and uses of, 23
Sunstroke, differentiated from exhaustion,
symptoms of, 201
treatment, 201, 314
INDEX
Superior maxilla, anatomy, 45
Suppuration, 208
susceptibility of different animals, 208
Suprascapular paralysis, cause, symptoms,
and treatment, 240
Surgery, 206
Surra, causes of, 163
Suspensory ligament, anatomy, 55
sprain of, causes, prognosis,
symptoms and treatment, 242
Suture, continuous, uses of, 207
Swamp fever, causes and characteristics of,
182
Sweat-glands, 123, 124
in different genera, 123
Sweeney, defined, 216, 240
treatment, 216, 240
Swine plague, 172
prophylactic measures in extinc-
tion of, 173
symptoms, 172
Sylvius, fissure of, 72
Symbiotes communis, 203
Sympathetic nervous system, 77
functions of, 135
Synarthrosis, 52
Syncope in anesthesia, 258
Synechia, 156
Synergistic remedial agents, 297
Synovitis, 214
Synthesis, 3, 6
Systole, 109
Tenia coenuris, 200
mamillana, 195
perfoliata, 195
plicata, 195
solium, 353
Tapeworm in dog, treatment, 323
in solipeds, 195
Tar, actions of, 318
coal, products of, 317
source and uses, 318
Tarsus, conditions causing unsoundness,
362
Tartar emetic, 34, 325
actions, 325
dose, 316, 325, 327
vermifuge, 316
Taste, nerves of, 134, 135, 137
primary sensations of, 137
Teeth, anatomy, 78
at various ages, 79, 225
canine, 78
composition of, 78
incisor, 77, 78
horse and ox compared, 78
modifications in upper and lower
molars, 79
molar, 78
repulsion of diseased upper, 226
Temperature, body, 128
average normal, for different genera,
128
INDEX
Temperature, causes of the variation in, 129
in cold-blooded animals, 128
in warm-blooded animals, 128
factors in regulation of, 129
result of severe exercise on, 129
rise in, due to infection, 141
due to nervous disorders, 141
due to poison, 141
‘subnormal, diseases with, 171
of a germ, maximum, minimum, opti-
mum, 164
Tendinitis, causes of, 215, 242
symptoms, 242
treatment, 215, 241, 242
Tendons, bowed, prescription for, 216
flexor, contraction of, treatment, 241
inflammation of, causes, symp-
toms and treatment, 242
metatarsi, rupture of, 247
rupture of, causes of, 215
surgery, 215
Tendovaginitis, causes, symptoms and
treatment, 215
Tenotomy, cunean, object of, 247
peroneal, object of, 248
Termination, defined, 165
Testicles, anatomy, coverings of, 92
function of, 139
Test, agglutination, 166, 167
complement-fixation, 166, 167
for preservatives in milk, 357
mallein, 166, 167
Marsh’s, for arsenic, 33
precipitin, 166
Tetanus, accessory cause, 174
bacillus of, 162
cause and prevention, 174
genera most subject to, 174
immunization in, 341
symptoms and treatment, 174, 300
Tetrad, 4
Texas fever, causes, 176
post-mortem lesions, 158
symptoms, 176
Therapeutics, defined, 297
Thermic fever, symptoms and treatment
of, 201
differentiated from heat exhaus-
tion, 166
Thermometric equivalents, 2
Thiothrix, 160
Thirst, cause of sensation of, 119
Thoracic duct, 69, 123
receptaculum chyli of, 70
Thorax, anatomy, 87
diameters enlarged in inspiration, 113
diseases of, 228
of horse and ox compared, 87
organs contained in, 87
Thoroughbred, 361
‘Thorough-pin causes unsoundness, 362
pathology of, 249
Throat, diseases of, 217
Thrombin, 108
393
Thrush, causes, prognosis, symptoms and
treatment, 254
differentiated from canker, 254
Thumps, treatment for, 307
Thymus gland, 97, 98
a vascular gland, 112
Thyroid gland, 97
a vascular gland, 113
function, 113
Ticks, 203
Tidal air, 103, 114
Tincture, definition of, 305
difference from spirits, 305
official, 306
preparation of, 305
Tinea tonsurans, disease produced by, 164
Tissue, collecting for bacteriologic exam-
- ination, 163
connective, 101
elastic fibrous, where found, 101
keraphyllous, 96
Tongue, anatomy, 77, 79
Tonic, 321
acid, 318
blood and nerve, 314
Topographical anatomy, 98
Torsion, arresting hemorrhage by, 208
of uterus, symptoms and treatment,
283
Toxicology, 38, 338
Toxin, 163
Trachea, anatomy, 86
Tracheotomy, indications for, 224
in cedema of glottis, 188
structures severed in, 98
Transudation differs from secretion, 104
Trapezoid bond, anatomy, 48
Triad, 4
Trichina, spiralis, 155, 202, 354
Trichinosis, 202, 354
animals affected by, 202
channels of infection, 202
diagnosis and prevention, 202
disposition of carcass, 354
lesions, 155
methods of detection, 354
_ Trifacial nerve, 74
function of, 134
Trochanter, 51
Trochanteric lameness, 245
Trochlea, 51
Trypanosoma Evansi, 163
Trypsin, 116, 121
Turpentine, oil of, administration of, 311
dose, 325
source and use, 311
Tube, Eustachian, anatomy, 95
epithelium of, 101
function of, 95, 137
stomach-, indications for, 232
methods of passing, 232
Tubercle, crude and miliary, 159
Tubercula nates, 72
testes, 72
394
Tuberculin, 162
testing with, 170
sources of fallacy in, 170
Tuberculosis, 181
bacillus of, 162
Bang method of eradicating, 350
channels of infection, 162
course of, 181
generalized, 352
handling of infected herds, 348
localized, 352
rules for ‘inspection of carcass, 351
symptoms of, 181
tissues most commonly affected, 159
Tuberosity, 51
Tumors, classification of, 145, 211
defined, 211
malignant and non-malignant, 145,211
Tunica adventitia, 99
intima and media, 99
vaginalis, anatomy, 92
Tympanites accompanying choke, 222
in cattle, 192
ante-mortem and post-mortem,
153
symptoms and treatment, 192
Udder, anatomy, 91
of the cow, 91
diseases affecting, 154
Ulcer, causes and treatment, 211
defined, 144, 210
Ulna, anatomy, 47
fracture of, 241
prognosis, symptoms and treat-
ment, 241
Umbilical cord, function, 271
inflammation of, causes, Symp-
toms and treatment, 295
hernia, causes, symptoms and treat-
ment, 295
infection, causes, 294
Unciform bone, anatomy, 48
Uncinaria, 197
animals attacked by, 197
symptoms and treatment, 197
Unguentum hydragyri, 299
actions, doses and uses, 299
Uniparous, 266
Unit, antitoxin, 343
of measure of liquids, 306
of weight, 306
Unsoundness, conditions of tarsus causing,
362
diseases causing, 363
faulty conformation predisposing to,
363
in horses disqualifying, 363
Urachus, 275
persistence of, 296
symptoms and treatment, 296
Ureemia, symptoms and treatment, 185
Urea, 43, 127
sources of, 126
INDEX
Ureter, anatomy, 89
Urethra, anatomy, 90
of horse and ox compared, 90
of mare, 90
Uric acid, 127
Urinary organs, 89
fetal development of, 276
Urine, 42, 125
acidity of, causes, 126
albumin in, 186
test for, 42
wise amount of, in horse and cow,
bile in, test for, 42
blood in, 186
composition of, 125
examination of, steps in, 185
of herbivora and carnivora compared,
126
reaction of, 126
specific gravity of, 48, 126
sugar in, test for, 42
Urticaria, causes, symptoms and treat-
ment, 203
Uterine inertia in mare, 283
symptoms and treatment, 283
Uterus, amputation of, 286
anatomy, 90, 261
blood supply of, 66, 262
cervix of, 279
lacerations of, 289
methods of dilating, 279
function of, 266
glands of, functions of, 262
inversion of, 238, 286
causes and symptoms, 286
treatment, 238, 286
ligaments of, 91
functions of, 262
modifications after labor, 266
during pregnancy, 269
muscular contractions of, 280
methods of overcoming, 280
nerve supply of, 77
of bitch, 262
of cow and bitch compared, 90
pregnant, influence on neighboring
organs, 267
situation of, in mare and cow,
275
rigidity of the os, treatment, 284
rupture of, during labor, 289
true of, symptoms and treatment,
Vaccine, autogenous, 344
prophylactic, 350
therapy, 343
Vagina, anatomy, 91
function of, 91, 266
inversion of, antepartum, 285
ee prognosis and treatment,
strictly a generative organ, 266
INDEX
Vaginismus, 290
Vaginitis, causes, 290
contagious, symptoms and treatment
of, 290
defined, 290
symptoms and treatment of, 290
Vagus nerve, anatomy, 75
function of, 135
influence on heart, 109
Valence, 4
Valves, heart, 62
ileocecal, 83
of veins, 110
Valvular insufficiency, causes and symp-
toms, 186
treatment, 187
Vascular glands, 112
Vas deferens, definition of, 92
Vaseline, source of, 37
Vaso-vasorum, 99
Vegetables, green, 127
Veins, anterior cava, 68
described, 99
dorsal, 68
function of, 110
internal thoracic, 68
jugular, 69
portal, 69, 120
pulmonary, 68
spermatic, 92
superior cervical, 68
valves of, 110
vena azygos, 68
vertebral, 68
Venesection, 323
Ventilation, King system of, 346
relation of air space to, 346
Veratrum viride, actions, 306
dose for dog and horse, 306
uses, 306
Vermifuge for cow, dog and horse, 316
_ Version, obstetrics, 278
Veriebre, anatomy, 48
cervical, 48
common characteristics of, 49
true, 49
Vertigo, abdominal, 199
causes, prevention, symptoms
and treatment, 199
Vesicovaginocele, causes, 292
reduction of, 292
Vesiculze seminales, 92
absent in dog and cat, 264
function of, 263
Viborg method of opening guttural pouch,
22
0
triangle, 220, 221
Viburnum prunifolium, uses of, 313
Vieussens, ring of, 68
Vinegar, 35
Vitreous humor, 93, 94
Vitriol, blue, 7
Voluntary movements, 134
muscle, 100, 130
395
Vomition in cattle, diagnosis, 192
differentiated from regurgitation,
192
rare in the horse, reason, 117
Vulva, anatomy, 93
function of, 266
mucous membrane of, 261
epithelium of, 261
structure of, 261
soft, 15
tests for chlorides in, 14
for lead in, 14
for nitrates in, 14
Weight, atomic, 5
metric system of, 306
molecular, 5
of sai supported by hoof, 96,
9
unit of, 306
Whartonian gelatin, 272
Whey, 42
White scours in calves, 178
causes and treatment, 178
Wind-galls, causes, defined, 216
Wine, 35
Wool compared with fur and hair, 124
conditions favoring growth of, 125
improvement of, 125
effect of ingestion of salt on, 125
of sulphur on, 125
Wounds, classification of, 206
healing of, 207
infection, 206
lacerated, treatment of, 208
of the coronet, treatment, 208
reopening, indications for, 207
treatment of antiseptic and aseptic,
206
Wry-neck, 279
Zine, 31
_ acetate, 35
antidote for, 39
chloride, 31
uses of, 321
oxide, 31
uses of, 321
sulphate, 31
an emetic, 316
dose for dog, 316
Sees from Epsom salts,
1
preparation of, 31
uses of, 321
Zona pellucida, 268
Zone of Zinn, anatomy, 93
Zoodtechnics, 360
y
4 ’
’
;
4
/
.
*
.
. .
-
°
.
¥
4
i :
\
on
’ ’
’ sd i / ¢ A ei
ae . i f 7 eA
vr i _ j
vats F 4 :
aay AP ‘i q ay >
we “ey
ine. onl
: **z om s,
i
. ij
cd
’ §
f
ie
‘
-
-*
a
ena8 we
ae
in
r
LIBRARY OF CONGRESS
: 0 002 82
| |
90317 ©
sagen